Home

dtc550 service manual

1. IS IZ E O mn lt 1 E g 7 X O z gt aloajo amp o o SS SS 7 IIIJ Oge 5 LO 2 a O O amp Seca o a E JR is Ueci O fe fe fe 2Sesse OC LO N D Y bl aalala JE IE w re ola olgig wo 818 x Ssg lt 0 N 2 e0 ey ps N _ e eal cl ed eae anggel L z 7 2 5 te Pee Clolk L si 3 E Geo oY OO x 7 z lsd Z x oO a 5j ge s5 lt OOES A O as n gt lt gt lt OJO lt q I 1 l O oW o oa A F IC SIRS IX lt x 2 5 gt le 5 Dla VISIR So rog i a se XY le ra a eA z Wal 2 galaan N OrPpHrig n 5 w w fous uw fs S foo gt ae Ww x S O lt tn D A HI E N ino O titin Ve cg eS N gt aw S a uw a Ija an OI i D 3 OF Es D e c ol z o Ws 5 olNila A als zZ KIES nt oarT YO H H e lai S am oe no COl a u o e N O tioj ee OINI Q on 72 N
2. 2 3 8 9 IO Ii I2 FARGO ITEMIQTY ITEM NUMBER TYPE DESCRIPTION G FI EAS ED A000372 ASSEMBLY ASY BRD USERINTERFACE G 2 D850456 ASSEMBLY ASY DTC500 LOCK 3 D855012 ASSEMBLY ASY CBL LCD DISPLAY NOT PRODUCTION VALID W O STAMP ABOVE 4 D855013 ASSEMBLY ASY CBL KEYPAD LED 5 D855147 PAR DTC550 KEYPAD 6 D855148 PAR TAPE VHB 50X2 I7 ADH TR T D855I60 ASSEMBLY ASY ENCLOSURE MAIN DTC550 E 8 2 FOOOI72 PART SCREW M3xXIO_ TPH ZP_SEM F 9 ia FOOO386 PART CLAMP CABLE RIBBON 88 X 25 IO LOOO679 PART ABEL DTC550 PRINTER SETTINGS ll LOOO6G80 PAR FARGO BADGE 2 LOOOGS8I PART ABEL DTC550 E a E D D C C B ADDED BALLOONS Cl2377 lO Oct O5 CAR B A PRODUCTION RELEASE Clele7 O8 Aug 05 REP B VER REV RECORD ECO DATE APPR DRAWN BY DATE This document is the property REP I6 May O5 f gt of FARGO Electronics Inc DIM UNITS I It contains confidential and 4 ety proprietary information In Unauthorized duplication ELECTRONICS INCORPORATED or disclosure is prohibited DESCRIPTION SCALE SIZE C k A 0 300 B ASM ENCLOSURE W LOCKS lla ENGINEERING USE ONLY PROJECT ASSY PART NUMBER ITEM NUMBER DRAWING FILE ENGINEERING MODEL NAME MODEL TYPE gt Di D855180 p8ssiso ASSEM ASSY DWG DTC2 D85580 Hosa 2 3 8 9 IO
3. RELEASED NOT PRODUCTION VALID W O STAMP ABOV FARGO IO ASSE MODEL TYPE D855050 ENGINEERING USE ONLY ENGINEERING MODEL NAME D855050 DRAWING FILE J H G LU Q O MA lt 1 FARGO TEM NUMBER y DESCRIPTION 1 2 130302 PAR SCREW M2X3 PPH RELEASED 2 30878 PART CLAMP CBL MW SEB 3 01A RT 3 a 130884 PART WASHER 097 ID 300 OD 090 THK NOT PRODUCTION VALID W O STAMP ABOVE 4 1 730975 PART PIN SPRING ROLL 094DX 44L CAR 5 2 140040 PART WASHER 3MM FLAT 6 3 1140048 PART RETAINING RING EXT C 25 IN SHFT 7 2 1140061 PART RETAINING RING EXT E 094 IN SHFT 8 13 1140062 PART RETAINING RING EXT E 250 IN SHFT 9 f4 760288 PART GEAR RBN IDLER 10 1 1760289 PART GEAR RBN DRIVE 1 1 17604061 ASSEMBLY PINION MOTOR 12 1 1810492 PART
4. 2 3 8 9 IO I2 FARGO ITEM QTY ITEM NUMBER TYPE DESCRIPTION RELE A S ED 30302 PART SCREW M2X3 PPH G 2 30884 PART WASHER O97 ID 300 OD 090 THK NOT PRODUCTION VALID W O STAMP ABOVE BEAM ila a TA Bal aE L Aaa 4 2 4006l PAR RETAINING RING EXT E 094 IN SHFT 5 3 40062 PAR RETAINING RING EXT E 250 IN SHFT 6 760287 PART PULLEY GEAR COMBO 7 760288 PAR GEAR RBN IDLER 8 810694 PART SPACER ALIGNMENT PLATE F 9 D840867 PART POST IDLER FLM DRIVE O D840980 ASSEMBLY ASY MTR AQOOI24 MTR RIB I D841I72 ASSEMBLY BRACKET TRAVEL 2 D841I73 PART POST TRVL GEAR 3 D841I74 PART POST IDLER TRVL 4 D841I75 PAR EVER SPRING LOAD 5 D84II76 PART POST SPRING LOAD E 6 D84IIT7 PART BUSHING SPRING LOAD 7 2 D84202 PAR GEAR 6OT PULLEY 28G 8 D850548 PART BRKT DL HPR SUPPORT 9 FOOOI32 PART WASHER_ O841D_X_ 2I90D_X_ 025 20 FOOOI58 PART O RING I03 X 1 063 SH A 80 21 4 FOOOI6S PART SCREW M3X5_TPH_ZP_SEM 5 22 2 FOOOITO PART SCREW M3X6_TPH_ZP_SEM 23 2 FOOOI9O PART SCREW_M3X4_TPH_TAPTITE C B 810694 WAS 130876 FOOOI58 WAS FOO0063 cC14055 II DEC O6 KB ML A PRODUCTION RELEASE Ci2i67 29 Jul 05 REP 5 VER REV RECORD ECO DATE APPR DRAWN BY DATE i EP I3 Mey 05 E N eee oe DIM UNITS I amp O It contains confidential and inch neutered dupecarien ELECTRONICS INCORPORATED or disclosure e prohibited a e DESCRIPTION 0 500 B ASY TRANS GEAR TRAIN lla ENGINEERING USE ONLY
5. Current Value X Sensor Automatic Magnetics gt None Yes Encoder Settings p E Card Docks i gt None Yes Contact None Yes HID Prox _ None Yes ICLass gt None Yes Mifare gt None Yes MagneticTOF 1 99 min 99 max Current Value X Mag Verify y On Off Card Sensor d Onor Hopper Settings p Exception Feed gt caon R 25 min 25 max Print Flip Level gt Current Value X Flipper Settings p Print Flip Angle gt AR Pe s 25 min 25 max Encoder Flip Angle gt Current Value X 5 min 5 max Brightness gt Current Value X LCD Settings p 5 min 5 max Contrast o a Current Value X DTC550 Direct to Card Printer Encoder Service Manual Rev 2 8 12 4 FOR RESTRICTED USE only Fargo Electronics Inc Accessing the Menu Option Structure Tree continued Part 2 See the next page Please review the display at 150 or 200 DTC550 Direct to Card Printer Encoder Service Manual Rev 2 8 12 5 FOR RESTRICTED USE only Continued from the previous page Setup Printer MENU System Info System Upgrade Fargo Electronics Inc Prn Head Up Down
6. Obtain an IP address automatically 2 O Use the following IP address IP Address 10 1 210 240 Stored Settings Subnet Mask 255 255 255 0 Default Gateway 101 2104 DNS Server Address DNS Domain Suffix Clear Changes Note Changes to fields with gray background only take effect after reboot Internet v DTC550 Direct to Card Printer Encoder Service Manual Rev 2 8 7 20 FOR RESTRICTED USE only Fargo Electronics Inc Changing to the static IP address mode Step Procedure 1 Select the Network link from any web page of the Printer 2 Select the Use the following IP address radio button which prepares the Printer to use network settings that the User has manually set These manual settings will then be used the next time the Printer is rebooted Enter the network settings which are required for Ethernet communications from within the same subnet With only these entries the User will be unable to print from a subnet other than the subnet on which the Printer is connected These required settings are the following e P Address e Subnet Mask Enter the optional network settings for Ethernet communications across a router from other subnets These are the following e Default Gateway Enter the optional network settings for DNS These are the following e DNS Server Address e DNS Domain Suffix Select the Submit button to save these changes
7. Continued on the next page DTC550 Direct to Card Printer Encoder Service Manual Rev 2 8 8 97 FOR RESTRICTED USE only Fargo Electronics Inc Replacing the Card Path Exit Rollers D855046 continued Steps Procedure 3 a Remove any Belts and Pulleys connected to the Card Path Roller D855046 Shafts Note The Pulleys 0850190 must be replaced if removed from the Shaft or if it appears to be loose to the Shaft Turn the Printer around and remove the Main Board See Replacing the Main Board A000116 01 Single sided A000116 02 Dual sided A Caution To prevent equipment or media damage observe all established Electrostatic Discharge ESD procedures while handling Cables in or near the Circuit Board and Printhead Assemblies C Remove the E Clips washer wave washer Gears and Bushing from both sides of the Card Path Roller D855046 Shafts Set these on the side they were removed to facilitate reassembly Note the orientation of the Card Path Rollers D855046 Remove from the Printer Replace the Card Path Rollers D855046 and note its orientation Note The Pulleys 0850190 must be replaced with new ones Note that the flats of the shafts should be in the same positions Reverse this procedure to re assemble DTC550 Direct to Card Printer Encoder Service Manual Rev 2 8 8 98 FOR RESTRICTED USE only Fargo Electronics Inc Replacing the Card Feed Input Roller D
8. DTC550 Direct to Card Printer Encoder Service Manual Rev 2 8 9 14 FOR RESTRICTED USE only Fargo Electronics Inc Section 10 Diagnostic Tool Utility Selecting the Self Tests tab Use these options to run the internal Printer Self Tests step Procedure Select the Self Test tab to bring up the Printer Self Tests Fargo Diagnostics Utility Run Barcode Test Card Run YMCK Self Test Run Blue Self Test Run Magnetic Self Test Run Color Bars Self Test Run Alignment Self Test Run Device Settings Self Test Help About Exit DTC550 Direct to Card Printer Encoder Service Manual Rev 2 8 10 1 FOR RESTRICTED USE only Fargo Electronics Inc Selecting the Barcode Test Card button Procedure 1 Use this card to test the resin printing capabilities of the Printer Note A full Color Ribbon YMC with a Resin Panel K or a Resin Ribbon is required for this test Selecting the YMCK Test Card Self Test button Procedure Use this card to determine Image Placement and confirm that a the image colors are properly reproduced and b the Resin Panel is printing properly Note The Image consists of twelve spot colors YMC and RGB as well as gray density bars and thin resin lines lal Selecting the Magnetic Self Test button Procedure Use this card to test the Magnetic Encoding capabilities of the Printer Be sure to have Magnetic Stripe Cards installed in your Printer when run
9. 4 screws to secure printer to Baseplate DTC550 Direct to Card Printer Encoder Service Manual Rev 2 8 5 15 FOR RESTRICTED USE only Fargo Electronics Inc Performing the procedure for the DTC550 Card Lamination Module Attachment Kit continued Procedure If you have not already done so install the Laminator version of your Printer model s Printer Drive For lamination related Printer Driver options see the Using the Lamination tab only with Card Lamination Module For overlaminate information see the Reviewing the Overlaminates and Loading the Overlaminate The packaging for the Card Lamination Module has been designed to accommodate shipping either the Lamination Module only or the fully assembled Printer with Lamination Module After assembling the complete Printer lamination system please re use the Lamination Module packaging when transporting the unit Connect the plug from the power supply to the Card Lamination Module Note There are two power supplies to the DTC550 Direct to Card Printer Encoder with Laminator There is one power supply to the Printer and one power supply to the Card Lamination Module Installation of the field upgradeable Card Lamination Module is now complete e If you have not already done so install the LC version of your Printer model s Printer Driver e Refer to the included DTC550 Quick Start Sheet for instructions on installing the Printer Driver and on loading the pri
10. Duplex Printing Printing on the front and the back of the card Continued on the next page DTC550 Direct to Card Printer Encoder User Guide Rev 1 0 15 5 RESTRICTED USE ONLY Fargo Electronics Inc Glossary of Terms continued Term Definition Dwell Time Dye Migration The speed at which the card moves across the lam Roller measured in seconds inch sec in This can be adjusted in the driver to ensure adhesion and card flatness The diffusion of dye out of the card surface and into another receptive surface such as a vinyl pouch card holder resulting in a faded image Dye Sublimation Also called dye diffusion thermal transfer it is the process of heating a dye suspended in a cellulous substrate until the dye can flow diffusing into the dye receptive surface of the card or InTM This produces the image in the surface of the card E card An abbreviation for electronic card A generic term used to reference any card with built in electronic devices such as Smart Cards or prox cards E card Docking Station The device in the Printer that accepts Smart Cards with an ISO Smart Card contact Station This allows the user to write to the Smart Card chip with a standard RS 232 interface in the back of the Printer or with the optional built in Encoder Edge to Edge Refers to the maximum printable area on a card resulting in printed cards with virtually no border ECP Mod
11. 4 Replace the PCB Power Assembly A000380 5 Reverse this procedure to re assemble Continued on the next page DTC550 Direct to Card Printer Encoder Service Manual Rev 2 8 8 144 FOR RESTRICTED USE only Fargo Electronics Inc Replacing the PCB Power Assembly A000380 continued See the procedure on the previous page lt ONIOFF Switch a 12011 Switch Bracket D855043 Saddle Cable F000382 Screw F000169 PCB Power Mount D855042 Screw F000191 PCB Power Assy A000380 Power Mount Cover D855044 DTC550 Direct to Card Printer Encoder Service Manual Rev 2 8 8 145 FOR RESTRICTED USE only Fargo Electronics Inc Replacing the PCB LED Assembly A000109 Ribbon Sensor LED Board Refer to Drawing D855051 Tools Needed Torx T10 Screwdriver Parts Needed PCB LED Assembly A000109 Estimated Repair Time 2 to 10 minutes Steps Procedure IX Caution Turn off the Printer and unplug the power cord from the Printer A Danger Wear proper eye protection to perform this procedure 2 a Lift up on the bottom edge of the Top Lid Tilt it back into the fully open position b Use the Torx head Screwdriver to remove the two 2 screws F000172 located near the hinges c Release the plastic tabs in the four corners of the Cover Lift the Cover off of the Printer 3 a Use the Torx T10 Screwdriver to remove the two 2 screws 1309
12. PolyGuard available in a CR 80 patch size DTC550 Direct to Card Printer Encoder Service Manual Rev 2 8 FOR RESTRICTED USE only Fargo Electronics Inc Technical Specifications continued Print Area CR 79 3 303 L x 2 051 W 83 9mmL x 52 1mmW CR 80 Specifically the DTC550 Card Printer can print an image at approximately 2 110 inches x 3 362 inches 633 x 1008 pixels on a standard CR 80 card which is 2 125 inches x 3 370 inches 637 x 1012 pixels Note This means that there could be up to a 4 pixel or 011 inch margin on any side of the card The TOF EOF and LOF can be adjusted in order to center and minimize these micro margins However reducing the TOF or EOF to allow printing closer than 3 pixels to the leading or trailing edge of the card will likely cause Ribbon breakage on dark cards Correspondingly a slightly larger margin of 4 to 5 pixels ensures that these types of Ribbon problems are avoided Printing Method Dye Sublimation Resin Thermal Transfer Printing 300 dpi 11 8 dots mm Resolution DTC550 Direct to Card Printer Encoder Service Manual Rev 2 8 2 6 FOR RESTRICTED USE only Fargo Electronics Inc Technical Specifications continued Print Speed K 7 seconds per card 514 cards per hour Batch Mode BO 12 seconds per card 300 cards per hour YMCKO 25 seconds per card 144 cards per hour YMCKOK 33 seconds per card 109 cards per hour YMCKK w Lamination 35 seconds per
13. DTC550 Direct to Card Printer Encoder Service Manual Rev 2 8 Continued on the next page 8 20 FOR RESTRICTED USE only Fargo Electronics Inc Replacing the Flipper Motor with Pinion Gear D855020 continued Step Procedure 2 a Lift up on the bottom edge of the Top Lid Tilt it back into the fully open position b Use the Torx head Screwdriver to remove the two 2 screws F0001 72 located near the hinges c Release the plastic tabs in the four corners of the Cover Lift the Cover off of the Printer d Remove the Main Board See Replacing the Main Board A000116 01 Single sided A000116 02 Dual sided e After removing the Main Board Flipper Table Motor D855020 which is below and to the right of the Flipper Table Follow these steps e Follow the wire lead to the connector which is secured with tie wraps e Remove the tie wraps by cutting them with a wire cutters A Caution Be careful not to damage the wiring e Push the latch on the black connector to release the Motor from the rest of the Harness 3 Note the orientation of the Flipper Table Motor D855020 Use the Torx T10 Screwdriver to remove the two 2 screws that secure the Flipper Table Motor D855020 to the Sideplate D855040 c Remove the Flipper Table Motor with pinion gear D855020 4 Replace the Flipper Table Motor with pinion gear D855020 e Caution No 1 Be careful not to pinch the Ribbon connector for the Flipper Table Sensor o
14. t TW DTC550 Direct to Card Printer Encoder Service Manual Rev 2 8 6 31 FOR RESTRICTED USE only Fargo Electronics Inc Using the Image Color option and Default button Step Procedure To return all options to their factory settings click on the Default button amp DTC550 Card Printer Printing Preferences Lamination Overlay Print Area K Panel Resin Printer Supplies Card Device Options Image Color Calibrate Magnetic Encoding Gamma Yellow Balance Magenta Balance Cyan Balance Dye Sub Intensity ty MC Resin Heat Front K Resin Heat Back K Overlay Heat 0 Default DTC550 Direct to Card Printer Encoder Service Manual Rev 2 8 6 32 FOR RESTRICTED USE only Fargo Electronics Inc Using the Calibrate tab Use the Calibrate tab to a control the position of the printable area in relation to the card b calibrate Sensors and c adjust the internal Printer settings that are customized for every Printer and saved directly within the Printer s memory amp DTC550 Card Printer Printing Preferences Lamination Overlay Print Area Se Printer Supplies Card Device Options Image Color agnetic Encoding Image Position Vertical W Horizontal MER AARL AULA EENEN 0 T a 1l e Direction Card Travels through Printer Settings DTC550 Direct to Card Printer Encoder Service Manual Rev 2 8 6 33 FOR RESTRICTED USE only Fargo Electronics I
15. OR e If you do not know the IP address or the Printer does not work with a usable IP address then the MAC Address can be found using the tool Fargo IP Tracer Note This can be installed and used to locate all the Fargo compatible Printers on your network The DTC550 displays the MAC address of the Printer in the LCD the Ethernet option is functioning properly It can be found under this path Menu Printer Settings Network Settings MAC Address Continued on the next page DTC550 Direct to Card Printer Encoder Service Manual Rev 2 8 7 61 FOR RESTRICTED USE only Fargo Electronics Inc Reviewing Frequently asked Questions continued Answer Question How can find the IP address of my Ethernet Printer You can find it in the LCD of the Printer if the Ethernet option is functioning properly e For the DTC550 it can be found under this path Menu System Info Network Info IP Address Can print from my PC to multiple Ethernet Printers Yes Follow this procedure 1 You can install multiple Printer Drivers by using the add Printer wizard 2 Run the Fargo Add Printer Wizard program by choosing in from the Start menu Go to the start gt Programs gt Fargo gt Fargo Add Printer Wizard Select Next on the first window On the second window specify the type of Fargo Printer you want and ask for a network connected Printer Select Next 5 Enter the IP address of your new
16. Printhead ___ 9 Arm Slide D855071 r Screw F000175 Printhead Assembly D855055 DTC550 Direct to Card Printer Encoder Service Manual Rev 2 8 8 49 FOR RESTRICTED USE only Fargo Electronics Inc Sensor Replacement Procedures Replacing the Flipper Home Sensor 140407 Refer to Drawing Drawing No D855052 Tools Needed Torx T10 Screwdriver Parts Needed Flipper Home Sensor 140407 Estimated Repair Time 10 minutes Step Procedure A Caution Turn OFF the Printer and unplug the power cord from the Printer A Danger Wear proper eye protection to perform this procedure 2 Lift up on the bottom edge of the Top Lid D850289 Tilt it back into the fully open position 3 Use the Torx head Screwdriver to remove the two 2 screws F000172 located near the hinges 4 Release the plastic tabs in the four corners of the Cover 5 Lift the Cover off of the Printer 6 a Note the orientation of the Sensor Board and the Sensor It is located in the outer Sideplate b Use the Torx T10 Screwdriver to remove the two 2 screws that secure the Sensor Board Assembly 7 Disconnect the Sensor Board Assembly Cable 8 Reverse this procedure to re assemble while noting the position of the Sensor DTC550 Direct to Card Printer Encoder Service Manual Rev 2 8 8 50 FOR RESTRICTED USE only Fargo Electronics Inc Replacing the PCB S3 Sensor 1 Assembly Top Lid Sensor A00
17. a P Card Size inches C mm Print width 2 114 Print Length 3 362 Card Hopper Selection First Available Y Orientation Portrait C Landscape Copies 3 Diagnostics Clean Printer Test Print About DTC550 Direct to Card Printer Encoder Service Manual Rev 2 8 6 1 FOR RESTRICTED USE only Fargo Electronics Inc Selecting the Card Size Select either CR 80 or CR 79 for the appropriate card size option from the two 2 standard card sizes When designing a card format always set the card size or page size within the card design program to the exact Print Length and Width dimensions listed in the Printer Driver The dimensions of the total print area for each card size will appear in the Print Width and Print Length boxes Step Procedure Select CR 80 to print onto standard credit card sized cards OR Select CR 79 to print onto slightly smaller CR 79 sized cards 3 303 L x 2 051W 83 9mm L x 52 1mm W Note The CR 79 card adhesive backed card is used in applications where they are printed and applied to thicker proximity cards Select either the inches or mm radio button as needed DTC550 Direct to Card Printer Encoder Service Manual Rev 2 8 6 2 FOR RESTRICTED USE only Selecting the Card Size continued See the previous procedure in this section Card Size CR 80 E f inches C mm CR a0 Prite int Length 3 362 Card Size ili Print wid
18. pfault starts or stops logging on start of jobs or on faults dest Change the destination set syslog lt LOG_NAME gt dest of a system log path none email udp tcp This may be set to none e mail udp or tcp email Change the e mail set syslog lt LOG_NAME gt email address for e mail lt EMAIL gt notification for a system log path It must specify a valid e mail address udp Specify the IP address set syslog lt LOG_NAME gt udp of the UDP system lt IPADDRESS gt logging program from Restore system log set syslog from default current path settings from the default or current settings FOR RESTRICTED USE only Fargo Electronics Inc Reviewing the Telnet Command Table continued Telnet Command Command Purpose Command Format set user add Add a new User definition The DTC550 allows only two 2 User definitions set user add lt NAME gt del Delete a User definition set user del lt NAME gt passwd Define a new password for a User set user passwd lt NAME gt lt PASSWORD3 gt type Specify a User as root or guest Only root Users have administrative rights to change network interface settings set user type lt NAME gt root guest from Restore User setting from default or stored settings set user from default stored DTC550 Direct to Card Printer Encoder Service Manual Rev 2 8 7 11 FOR RESTRICT
19. Copies S Diagnostics Clean Printer Test Print Le DTC550 Direct to Card Printer Encoder Service Manual Rev 2 8 6 13 FOR RESTRICTED USE only Fargo Electronics Inc Using the Device Options tab Use this option to control specific Printer functions amp DTC550 Card Printer Printing Preferences Lamina Ment Area K Panel Resin Printer Supplies Card Device Options Image Color Calibrate Magnetic Encoding Ribbon Type KEK Full Color 2 Resin Black Overlay Auto Ribbon Select Color Matching lgebra S Resin Dither Optimized for Graphics z V Print Both Sides Disable Printing Split 1 Set of Ribbon Panels Print Back Side First Print Back Side Only Rotate Front 180 Degrees Rotate Back 180 Degrees DTC550 Direct to Card Printer Encoder Service Manual Rev 2 8 6 14 FOR RESTRICTED USE only Fargo Electronics Inc Adjusting for the Ribbon Type option Use the Ribbon Type dropdown menu to match the Ribbon type Step Procedure Adjust to match the Ribbon Type selection with the Ribbon Type already loaded in the Printer e YMCKO Yellow Magenta Cyan Resin Black Overlay OR YMCKOK Yellow Magenta Cyan Resin Black Overlay Resin Black OR KO Resin Black Overlay OR K Standard or Premium Resin OR Colored Resin Colored Resin is available in Red Blue Green or White OR Metallic Resin Metallic Resin is available in Gold or Silver OR YMCFKO Yellow
20. Idler Film Drive Post D840867 Ribbon Idler Gear 760288 Washer 140040 Washer 130884 Pulley Gear Combo 760287 Retaining Ring 140061 DTC550 Direct to Card Printer Encoder Service Manual Rev 2 8 8 140 FOR RESTRICTED USE only Fargo Electronics Inc Idler Replacement Procedures Replacing the Card Stack Idler for Input Roller D850271 s Refer to Drawing D855050 Tools Needed Torx T10 Screwdriver Parts Needed Card Stack Idler D850271 Estimated Repair Time 2 to 10 minutes Steps Procedure A Caution Turn off the Printer and unplug the power cord from the Printer A Danger Wear proper eye protection to perform this procedure 2 a Lift up on the bottom edge of the Top Lid Tilt it back into the fully open position Use the Torx head Screwdriver to remove the two 2 screws F000172 located near the hinges Release the plastic tabs in the four corners of the Cover Lift the Cover off of the Printer Move the Input Hopper transport to so that Hopper two is in position over the Feed Rollers and the Hopper Lift is at maximum height Remove the two Retainer Clips and Bushings from each side of the Input Idler Shaft D850272 Assembly Move the Input Idler Shaft D850272 Assembly towards the front of the Printer Manipulate the other end of the Shaft above the edge of the Sideplate D855052 and remove the Shaft from the Rear Sideplate D855052 Remove the
21. This screen will not stop Printer operation and serves to communicate helpful reminder e g when running low on print supplies This screen communicates any other Printer conditions of which you should be aware In this case the LCD will display INFO MSG on the first line and a brief description of the condition on the second line If multiple messages need to be communicated at the same time the first line will display INFO MSG 1 of 2 or whatever the total number of messages may be Like error messages help text explaining the particular condition can also be accessed by pressing the HELP button DTC550 Direct to Card Printer Encoder Service Manual Rev 2 8 2 20 FOR RESTRICTED USE only Fargo Electronics Inc Printer Components Print Ribbons The Card Printer utilizes both Dye Sublimation and or resin thermal transfer methods to print images directly onto blank cards Since the Dye Sublimation and the resin thermal transfer print methods each provide their own unique benefits Print Ribbons are available in resin only and combination Dye Sublimation resin versions This letter code indicates the type of Ribbon panel used with each Ribbon Dye Sublimation Yellow Panel Dye Sublimation Magenta Panel Dye Sublimation Cyan Panel Resin Black Panel Overlay Panel BBE Ultra Violet Flourenscing Panel DTC550 Direct to Card Printer Encoder Service Manual Rev 2 8 2 21 FOR RESTRICTED USE onl
22. Use a Cleaning Pad from the Printer Cleaning Kit to wipe the Roller clean Press the FWD and REV buttons to move the Roller back and forth while cleaning Replace the Print Ribbon Close the Printer after the Rollers are clean and completely dry Ra Replace the Printhead DTC550 Direct to Card Printer Encoder Service Manual Rev 2 8 4 39 FOR RESTRICTED USE only Fargo Electronics Inc Resolving the Card surface debris problems Symptom Prints have spots white or colored voids and or dust on them as shown after Step 4 in this procedure Step Procedure Be sure the cards are clean and stored in a dust free environment A Caution Cards with embedded contaminants in the surface should not be used Clean the inside of the Printer Open the Top Cover and Printhead Arm Remove the Print Ribbon from the Printer Use a can of compressed air to blow out all visible areas of the Printer interior Use a cleaning pad from the Printer Cleaning Kit to wipe out all visible areas inside the Printer Remove any debris that may be inside Re install the Print Ribbon Close the Top Cover and Printhead Arm A Caution Be extremely careful not to let any alcohol drip inside the Printer DTC550 Direct to Card Printer Encoder Service Manual Rev 2 8 4 40 FOR RESTRICTED USE only Fargo Electronics Inc Resolving the Card surface debris problems continued Procedure Replace the Cleaning Roller Open the Printer
23. D850221 E TRAA N N eaa Card Transport Ribbon Idler hth Belt Retaining Gear 760288 Front Sideplate 220071 Ring Assy D855051 Film Drive 140061 Post Idler Washer F000132 D840867 Screw 130302 DTC550 Direct to Card Printer Encoder Service Manual Rev 2 8 8 125 FOR RESTRICTED USE only Fargo Electronics Inc Replacing the Pulley D850221 Platen or Magnetic Flipper Drive Train Ae Refer to Drawing D855050 Tools Needed Torx T10 Screwdriver Parts Needed Pulley 0850221 Estimated Repair Time 2 to 10 minutes Steps Procedure Printer A Caution Turn off the Printer and unplug the power cord from the A Danger Wear proper eye protection to perform this procedure position o QO of the Printer 2 a Lift up on the bottom edge of the Top Lid Tilt it back into the fully open Use the Torx head Screwdriver to remove the two 2 screws F0001 72 located near the hinges Release the plastic tabs in the four corners of the Cover Lift the Cover off wo fed F000094 oO Remove the Baseplate See Replacing the Base Plate D850287 D850461 Proximity Mifare version Loosen the Tensioner Pulley Platen 0855082 and remove Belt FO00092 See Replacing the Front Drive Train Belt F000092 and or Belt Remove the Pulley 0850221 Note the orientation of its extension the part that sticks out from the Pulley 4 Replace the Pulley
24. FO00169 PART SCREW M3X5_TPH_ZP_SE 49 16 F000170 PART SCREW M3X6_TPH_ZP_SE 50 4 F000171 PART SCREW M3X8_TPH_ZP_SE j 51 F000172 PART SCREW M3X10_TPH_ZP_SE p 52 6 F000177 PART SCREW 4 20X 313_TPH_ZP_PLAS i Osa 53 117 F000192 PART SCREW M3X6 TPH ZP TAPTITE Awe i Q 4 ys 54 11 F000227 PART PEM STANDOFF FAN i 0 Y 3 55 2 F000347 PART CBL TIE HOLDER SELF MT 0 187 Ta yS 56 1 F000348 PART CBL SADDLE SELF MT 0 187 1 N 5 57 2 F000349 PART CBL TWIST LOCK SELF MT 0 187 INQ We 58 2 F000362 PART STANDOFF HEX M3 F F 23MM LG en 59 1 F000382 PART CBL SADDLE 187MT 42 X 36 Nc 60 1 FO00384 PART CLUTCH DTC2 61 1 F000385 PART O RING 1 024 COMPOUND 23811 62 1 F000390 PART O RING DRIVE BELT DTC2 2 olJ of De A Ao C REPLACED D855040 WITH D855214 CI287O I2 Apr O6 PGU B B ADDED OFFSET LINES Cl2554 23 Jan 06 CAR L LY C NI C __ iy WWV A PRODUCTION RELEASE Cla2ler 29 Jul OS RE VER REV RECORD ECO DATE APPR MATERIAL FINISH DRAWN BY DATE E This document is the property REP 25 Apr 05 a of FA
25. FOR RESTRICTED USE only Fargo Electronics Inc Loading the Blank Cards continued Step Procedure a Set the Card Thickness Adjustment Lever to the appropriate setting Note The settings are in increments of 10 as shown below b Depress the blue tab move the lever and release it when properly set Note The Printer will be set to a default of 30 mil DTC550 Direct to Card Printer Encoder Service Manual Rev 2 8 3 29 FOR RESTRICTED USE only Fargo Electronics Inc Loading the Blank Cards continued Step Procedure Load the Blank Cards into the empty Hopper as shown in Displays A and B below a Insert the Card Weight Push to the back as shown in Display C below Note This will need to be done for each Hopper that is filled before the Hopper is switched b Cycle between Hopper 1 and Hopper 2 by selecting H1 or H2 from the Printers LCD Control Panel Display A Loading the Blank Cards DTC550 Direct to Card Printer Encoder Service Manual Rev 2 8 3 30 FOR RESTRICTED USE only Fargo Electronics Inc Loading the Blank Cards continued Display B Loading the Right Way and the Wrong Way THE RIGHT WAY Insert cards straight Insert cards into the hopper neatly stacked Cards Card Hopper i side view Card Feed Roller THE WRONG WAY DO NOT push bottom cards DO NOT insert cards in further than top cards at an angle DTC550 Direct to Card Printer Enc
26. Log Destination Internet DTC550 Direct to Card Printer Encoder Service Manual Rev 2 8 7 30 FOR RESTRICTED USE only Fargo Electronics Inc Changing the Log Name continued Step Procedure 2 Select the link for the log name you want to view or configure the default choices are log1 or log2 See the previous page 3 Enter a new log name in textbox 4 Click on the Submit button to save this change 5 Login as a root User if you are so prompted Note Any change of setting will only be accepted after you have successfully logged in Selecting the Log Type Step Procedure 1 Select the System Log link See the next page 2 Select the link for the log name you want to view or configure the default choices are log1 or log2 3 Select the Print Job Started checkbox to generate the log entries for each Print Job Started 4 Select the Printer Error checkbox to generate the log entries for each Printer Error Continued on the next page DTC550 Direct to Card Printer Encoder Service Manual Rev 2 8 7 31 FOR RESTRICTED USE only Fargo Electronics Inc Selecting the Log Type continued Step Procedure 5 Select the Submit button 6 Login as a root User if you are so prompted Note Any change of setting will only be accepted after you have successfully logged in Fargo DTC550 SAN M0000030 System Log Microsoft Internet Explorer DER
27. This is the suffix to be added to the domain name make a complete Suffix name DTC550 Direct to Card Printer Encoder Service Manual Rev 2 8 7 68 FOR RESTRICTED USE only Fargo Electronics Inc Glossary of Terms continued Term Purpose SNMP This is protocol for the network management services This protocol Simple provides a means for network compliant devices called agents to Network store data about themselves in Management Information Bases MIBs Management and return this data to the SNMP requesters Protocol MIB A formal description of the way an agent can be accessed using SNMP Management and the functions that can be managed Information Base Network The basic network parameters needed to configure the network Settings interface Note These include the IP Address the Subnet Mask the Default Gateway the DNS Server Address and the DNS Domain Suffix IP addresses Specifies the current IP addresses that are 32 bit values that are normally expresses in dotted quad format Note This address must not be the same as another device on the same local network Subnet mask Specifies a 32 bit value that routers use to send a message to the correct subnet Default Specifies the address of the router in a network using subnets that gateway forwards traffic to a destination outside of the subnet of the transmitting device Telnet This is a common
28. a Loosen but do not remove the three 3 screws for the Tensioner Pulley Platen 0855082 Remove the Belt from the Stepper Motor Pulley while pushing the Spring of the Tensioner inward b To gain access to the Stepper Motor tilt the Printer back so the output end of the Printer is facing the work surface Note Determine the orientation of the Stepper Motor by noting the position of the Cable connector e Disconnect the Cable connector e Hold the Stepper Motor so that it will not fall and remove the four 4 screws F0001 70 that fasten the Stepper Motor Assembly D855087 to the Sideplate D855040 a Reinstall it by reconnecting the Cable connector to the replacement Motor e Replace the Stepper Motor Assembly D855087 in the same position it was installed by reinstalling the four 4 screws e Tilt the Printer back in the upright position b Reinstall the Belt by rotating the Shaft for the Pulley D850221 so that its flat side is facing away from Pulley D840848 e Push down and compress the Spring FO000391 of the Tensioner Pulley Platen 0855082 to ensure a it is not binding and b that both Belts are under tension e Line up the Spring perpendicular to the Spring base Ensure the top of the Spring Tensioner clears the Belt Hold pressure on the side of the Spring and tighten the sheet metal screws to 10 inch ounces Note The Spring should be centered on its base A Caution Careful attention t
29. cables from the Printer before proceeding Use of an agency approved wrist strap grounding device is strongly recommended Continued on the next page DTC550 Direct to Card Printer Encoder Service Manual Rev 2 8 8 35 FOR RESTRICTED USE only Fargo Electronics Inc Replacing the Printhead Assembly D855055 continued Steps Procedure 2 Before removing the Old Printhead Assembly follow this procedure a Print atest card with your current Printhead by selecting MENU from the front display panel then selecting Print Test Image then Gray Align YMCY K Note This will produce a card to calibrate the new Printhead b Record the R value from the white label attached to the new Printhead Note This label can be found beneath the Printhead mounting bracket located in the mid section of the Printhead Assembly Locate the value labeled R XXXX the average resistance value of the Printhead Example R 3400 Write your R value here 3 Remove the Cover and Chassis to replace this component See Cover Chassis and Baseplate Replacement Procedures DTC550 Direct to Card Printer Encoder Service Manual Rev 2 8 8 36 FOR RESTRICTED USE only Fargo Electronics Inc Replacing the Printhead Assembly D855055 continued Steps Procedure 4 To remove the Original Printhead Assembly follow these steps a Unplug the power cord and the USB cable from the Printer b Open the Top Cover of the Print
30. e Remove the backing adhesive from the Keypad and pass the connector through the hole at the bottom 9 a Turn the Cover over on a secure non scratch surface and attach the Keypad connector Attach all the connectors that were previously removed b Connect the display to the Printer and test the Keypad and display for proper operation c Carefully hold back the locking tabs and pull the LCD display A000372 from the Printer 10 From the bottom side of the Printer push the Keypad away from the top of the Printer DTC550 Direct to Card Printer Encoder Service Manual Rev 2 8 8 19 FOR RESTRICTED USE only Motor Replacement Procedures Fargo Electronics Inc Replacing the Flipper Table Motor D855020 with Pinion Gear 76040611 Steps Procedure Refer to Drawing D855052 Tools Needed Torx T10 Screwdriver and Wire Cutter for tie wraps Parts Needed Flipper Tabel Motor with Pinion gear D855020 and Three tie wraps 140026 Estimated Repair Time 2 to 10 minutes IMPORTANT ORDER NOTE The Pinion Gear must be pressed on the motor at the factory Printer A Caution Turn off the Printer and unplug the power cord from the A Caution To prevent equipment or media damage observe all established Electrostatic Discharge ESD procedures while handling Cables in or near the Circuit Board and Printhead Assemblies AN Danger Wear proper eye protection to perform this procedure
31. 085974 Note The Cleaning routine will begin after all current print jobs have completed DTC550 Direct to Card Printer Encoder Service Manual Rev 2 8 6 11 FOR RESTRICTED USE only Fargo Electronics Inc Using the Test Print button Step Deserpton Click on the Test Print button to send a simple self test print to the Printer Ensure that either a YMCKO or YMCKOK Ribbon is installed in the Printer amp DTC550 Card Printer Printing Preferences rae Overlay Print Area K Panel Resin Printer Supplies Cad Device Options Image Color Calibrate Magnetic Encoding Card Size cR 80 EI inches mm Print Width 2 114 Print Lenath 3 362 Card Hopper Selection First Available v Orientation Portrait Landscape Copies zz Diagnostics Clean Printer Loe e J About DTC550 Direct to Card Printer Encoder Service Manual Rev 2 8 6 12 FOR RESTRICTED USE only Fargo Electronics Inc Using the About button CS Click on the About button to open a dialog box containing specific information about this Printer Driver software e g version number copyright or licensing amp DTC550 Card Printer Printing Preferences ae Overlay Print Area K Panel Resin Printer Supplies Cad Device Options Image Color Calibrate Magnetic Encoding Card Size CR 80 z inches mm Print Width 2 114 Print Length 3 362 Card Hopper Selection First Available v Orientation Portrait C Landscape
32. 4 000 Oe 4 000 Oersted Hi 2 750 Oe 2 750 Oersted Fargo s High Coercivity UltraCards are 2750 Oe Medium 600 Oe 600 Oersted Low 300 Oe 300 Oersted Fargo s Low Coercivity UltraCards are 300 Oe amp DTC550 Card Printer Printing Preferences Lamination Overlay Print Area K Panel Resi me aE Card Device Options Image Color Calibrate Magnetic Encoding Encoding Mode iso C JISsil Coercivity C Super 4 000 Oe C Medium 600 Oe Hi 2 750 Oe C Low 300 Oe Magnetic Track Selection Tacki Track2 Track3 Enable MLE Support Magnetic Track Options Bit Density Character Size ASCII Offset 75 BPI C 5 Bits C NULL 128 BPI 7 Bits f SPACE f 210 BPI C 8 Bits C ZERO LAC Generation Character Parity chit Data let C NoLRC C No Parity Even Parity C Even Parity C Odd Parity Odd Parity DTC550 Direct to Card Printer Encoder Service Manual Rev 2 8 6 49 FOR RESTRICTED USE only Fargo Electronics Inc Using the Magnetic Track Selection option Use these options to customize the ISO encoded data format for each of the Magnetic Stripe s three tracks Step Procedure Select the Magnetic Track Selection option to specify which track is to be configured through the Magnetic Track options if the application being used requires customization of the standard ISO encoding process Customize these options if the application requires it even though the default
33. Darkness A reference to color saturation DB 9 A 9 pin D shaped connector typically used in serial port interfaces DC Motor A Motor that works on DC with continuous motion DC Direct Current Electronic flow that is unidirectional flowing from the positive to negative of a power source Default A setting or parameter that comes preset from the factory in driver or Firmware Performance parameters can be customized in the driver but can be reset to the factory values usually through the push of the default button The default values for the Firmware are usually denoted on a label attached to the Printer Defrag Abbreviation for defragmenting The process of reformatting data on a hard drive so that it uses space more efficiently DIP switches Dual In line Package Switches A small array of mechanical switches installed on the board that can be configured to change Printer operations including providing a variety of self tests Continued on the next page DTC550 Direct to Card Printer Encoder User Guide Rev 1 0 15 4 RESTRICTED USE ONLY Fargo Electronics Inc Glossary of Terms continued Term Definition Direct to Card DTC Printing The Direct to Card printing process prints digital images directly onto any plastic card with a smooth clean glossy PVC surface Dither A system of distributing dots to control the hue brightness and or saturation In m
34. Flipper Home Diagnostics Print Ribbon Unit Switch Hoppers Roll Print Platen Cal Ribbon Sensor e Cal Hopper Sensor ee 5min 500 max Sensor Calibration _ Adjust Ribbon Sensor _ _p Current Value X Read Ribbon Sensor Cal Lam Sensor Restore Settings Lamination gt Yes No Flipper gt Yes No Magnetics gt Yes No Ethernet gt Yes No SecureMark EE Yes No Installed Options E Card Dock gt Yes No Contact Smat gt Yes No HID Prox gt Yes No IClass gt gt Yes No gt MIFARE gt Yes No PCB Serial Number ShowSN _ gt Mbooo00n Card Counts IGG XX Show Card Count gt LC 0x TC x Print Ribbon Print Ribbon Info Type 00004 PIN 2000x Report Supplies ee NS al Overlaminate Overlaminate info gt Type 20000 PIN 00x Printer Firmware Printer Firmware gt 00 00 00 Month Day Year Boo OO ee irmwareinto _ gt al Boot Ldr Firmware _ gt Month Day Year Lam Firmware gt hate DHCP Enabled Disabled IP 0 0 0 0 GW 0 0 0 0 Networkinto gt Sy Save Addresses Reset Passwords Mac Address 00 00 00 00 80 ANEG Auto Full Half System Upgrade System Upgrade Areyousureyou p Restartin em Want to Continue Jei Start or Cancel Yes No DTC550 Direct to Card Printer Encoder Service Manual Rev 2 8 12 6 FOR RESTRICTED USE only Fargo Electron
35. Horizontal 0 EY 1i Direction Card Travels through Printer DTC550 Direct to Card Printer Encoder Service Manual Rev 2 8 8 46 FOR RESTRICTED USE only Fargo Electronics Inc Replacing the Printhead Arm Assembly D855053 Refer to Drawing D855050 Tools Needed Torx T10 Screwdriver Parts Needed Printhead Arm Assembly D855053 Estimated Repair Time 2 to 10 minutes Steps Procedure A Danger Wear proper eye protection to perform this procedure A Caution Turn off the Printer and unplug the power cord from the rinter v A Caution To prevent equipment or media damage observe all established Electrostatic Discharge ESD procedures while handling Cables in or near the Circuit Board and Printhead Assemblies N Lift up on the bottom edge of the Top Lid Tilt it back into the fully open position o Use the Torx head Screwdriver to remove the two 2 screws F000172 located near the hinges Release the plastic tabs in the four corners of the Cover Lift the Cover off of the Printer 9 Continued on the next page DTC550 Direct to Card Printer Encoder Service Manual Rev 2 8 8 47 FOR RESTRICTED USE only Fargo Electronics Inc Replacing the Printhead Arm Assembly D855053 continued Step Procedure 3 a Remove the Printhead Cable ground strap and Printhead See Printhead Replacement Procedures b Disconnect the fan and Ribbon Sensor wirin
36. Magenta Cyan Fluorescing Resin Black Overlay OR YMCFKOK Yellow Magenta Cyan Fluorescing Resin Black Overlay Resin Black Lani Se K Panel Resin Printer Supplies Image Color Calibrate Magnetic Encoding YMCEG Full Color Resin Black Overlay v Full Color Resin Black Overlay Full Color 2 Resin Black Overlay Ad Full Color 2 Resin Black Color Matching ff Standard Resin ff Premium Resin Resin Dither Colored Resin Metallic Resin f RD Premium Resin Overlay Print Both YMERI Secure Fluorescing Ribbon p YACFADR Secure Fluorescing Ribbon Ribbon Type DTC550 Direct to Card Printer Encoder Service Manual Rev 2 8 6 15 FOR RESTRICTED USE only Fargo Electronics Inc Selecting the Auto Ribbon Select option Description Click on the Auto Ribbon Select button to verify that the Ribbon type selected matches the Ribbon installed in the Printer Note The Printer Driver will change the Ribbon type to the correct setting or validate It will also display a dialog that it has changed the current setting or that the current Ribbon type is correct amp DTC550 Card Printer Printing Preferences Lamina 2 Ment Area K Panel Resin Printer Supplies Card Device Options Image Color Calibrate Magnetic Encoding Ribbon Type KEK Full Color 2 Resin Black Overlay Auto Ribbon Select Color Matching Algebraic o Resin Dither Optimized for Graphics v V Print Both Sides Disable Pr
37. Part 1 See the next page Please review the display at 150 or 200 DTC550 Direct to Card Printer Encoder Service Manual Rev 2 8 12 3 FOR RESTRICTED USE only Fargo Electronics Inc Gray Align YMC YMCK Card Test YMC Color Bars i Magnetic Test Print Test Image Standard Resin YMC Gray Card YMC Blue Card Printer Settings Lamination Yes No Resin on Back gt Yes No Image D 25min 25 max Current Value X A 25min 25 min Resin Heat gt Current Value X Print Top of Form min 9min j Current Value X 3 99 min 99 min Print End of Form gt Current Value X r 99 min 99 min i Print Left of Form gt Current Value X Print Settings ai 5 P A 50min 50max Ribbon Tension m gt Current Value X E A 50min 50max Ribbon Pre Tension gt Current Value X 2400 min 3600 max Head Resistance gt Cine value x Setup Printer White Level gt Curent Vauex 25min 25 max Lemi Temp Current Value X 99min 99 max Current Value X MENU 99min 99 max Lames Current Value X Lam TOF gt i 25min 25 max LamFlip Offset gt Current Value X Lam Settings 25min 25 max Lam nyert omst Current Value X Sensor Manual 99min 99 max
38. Printer CARD FEED The Ribbon access arm Press RESUME or CANCEL See STOPPED was opened This caused Card Feeding Errors the card transfer to stop CARD HOPPER The Card Hopper is Load more cards and press EMPTY empty RESUME to continue See the Resolving the Card Hopper Empty Error Message procedure Continued on the next page DTC550 Direct to Card Printer Encoder Service Manual Rev 2 8 4 2 FOR RESTRICTED USE only Fargo Electronics Inc Troubleshooting the LCD Messages continued LCD Message CARD HOPPER JAM CARD HOPPER LIFT CARD JAM CARD JAM ERROR CARD JAM FLIPPER CARD JAM MAG CARD JAM PROX CARD JAM SMART DTC550 Direct to Card Printer Encoder Service Manual Rev 2 8 The Card Hopper is unable to move to the proper position The Card Hopper is unable to raise or lower A card is jammed in the Print Station or card flipping area of the Printer A card is jammed in the Print Station of the Printer A card is jammed in the card flipping area of the Printer A card is jammed in the magnetic encoding area of the Printer A card is jammed in the PROX card encoding area of the Printer A card is jammed in the smart card encoding area of the Printer Clear any obstructions and close the Hopper door Press RESUME to continue Clear any obstructions and close the Hopper door Press RESUME to continue Clear the jam according to the steps in the Troubleshootin
39. Procedure 4 To reinstall and set the adjustment in the field a Rotate the Shaft for the Pulley D850221 so that its flat side is facing away from Pulley 810266 b Push down and compress the Spring of the Tensioner Pulley Platen D855082 to ensure a that it is not binding and b that both Belts are under tension c Line up the Spring perpendicular to the Spring base while ensuring that the top of the Spring Tensioner clears any obstructions d Hold pressure on the side along the length of the Spring and tighten the sheet metal screws to 10 inches Note The Spring should be centered On its base A Caution Pay careful attention to the torque on these screws to avoid stripping the holes on the Sideplate If the screws will not tighten they may have to be replaced with a screw locknut combination 5 Reverse this procedure to re assemble Continued on the next page DTC550 Direct to Card Printer Encoder Service Manual Rev 2 8 8 113 FOR RESTRICTED USE only Fargo Electronics Inc Replacing the Belt F000092 continued See the procedure on the previous page Screw F000170 Main Pulley Belt ro D850190 F000268 I i Belt 5 Bearing i F000092 A og Wd Belt Washer PNE a etaining F000094 owt Ring Ribbon Sr 7 140062 Roller Bearing 760219 Pulley 760386 Card Transport Ribbon Idler ei elas Belt Retaining Gear 760288 Front Sideplate 22007
40. Resolving the incorrect Image Darkness problems continued See previous procedure in this section amp DTC550 Card Printer Printing Preferences Lamination Overlay Print Area K Panel Resin Printer Supplies Card Device Options Image Color Calibrate Magnetic Encoding Resin Heat Front IK Overlay Heat 0 0 Default DTC550 Direct to Card Printer Encoder Service Manual Rev 2 8 4 44 FOR RESTRICTED USE only Fargo Electronics Inc Resolving the Ribbon wrinkle problems Symptom Printed cards have off colored lines or streaks on them as shown on the next page Step Procedure Confirm that the Printer is using the most current driver from http www fargo com Adjust the Dye Sub Intensity setting within the Image Color tab of the Printer Driver See the Using the Image Color tab a Open the Printer control panel from the computer If using Windows 2000 XP right click on the DTC550 Series Card Printer and select Printing Preferences b Click on the Image Color tab c Adjust the Dye Sub Intensity to a more negative value in increments of 10 OR Correct the Image Darkness in the LCD See the Using the Image Darkness Option procedure under Using the Printer Calibration Utility a Select Menu from the LCD b Select Setup Printer and then select Image Darkness c Adjust the current value to a more negative number in increments of 2 DTC550 Direct t
41. Text MN AON MRA DTC550 Direct to Card Printer Encoder Service Manual Rev 2 8 4 47 FOR RESTRICTED USE only Fargo Electronics Inc Resolving the excessive Resin Printing problems continued See the previous procedure in this section amp DTC550 Card Printer Printing Preferences Lamination Overlay Print Area K Panel Resin Printer Supplies Cad Device Options ImageColor Calibrate Magnetic Encoding Dye Sub Lint Overlay Heat 0 DTC550 Direct to Card Printer Encoder Service Manual Rev 2 8 4 48 FOR RESTRICTED USE only Fargo Electronics Inc Resolving the incomplete Resin Printing problems Symptom Black resin text and barcodes appear faded or too light as shown below Procedure Increase the Resin Heat setting within the Image Color tab of the Printer Driver See the Using the Image Color tab a Open the Printer control panel from the computer If using Windows 2000 XP right click on the DTC550 Series Card Printer and select Printing Preferences b Click on the Image Color tab c Adjust the Resin Heat to a more positive value in increments of 5 OR Correct the Resin Heat in the LCD See Using the Printer Calibration Utility a Select Menu from the LCD b Select Setup Printer and then select Resin Heat c Adjust the current value to a more positive number in increments of 2 DTC550 Direct to Card Printer Encoder Service Manual Rev 2 8 4 49 F
42. c Reconnect the Springs to the Sideplate with the attachment loop facing upwards 5 Reverse this procedure to re assemble Card Path Roller D855046 Pinch Roller D840830 Static Brush D855088 Platen Roller D855047 Cleaning Driven Roller D850308 Ribbon Intermediate Roller Headlift Cam 840318 760252 Card Stack Cam Sensor Idler Flipper Table Assy Shaft 850166 D850271 D855089 Card Feed Input Cross Member 1x1 D850415 840239 Compression Spring F000394 Spring Plate Assembly D855058 DTC550 Direct to Card Printer Encoder Service Manual Rev 2 8 8 103 FOR RESTRICTED USE only Fargo Electronics Inc Replacing the Platen Roller D855047 Refer to Drawing D855050 Tools Needed Torx T10 ScrewdriverRetainer Clip Tool Parts Needed Platen Roller 0855047 D850221 Pulley Estimated Repair Time 2 to 10 minutes Steps Procedure 1 A Caution Turn off the Printer and unplug the power cord from the Printer A Caution To prevent equipment or media damage observe all established Electrostatic Discharge ESD procedures while handling Cables in or near the Circuit Board and Printhead Assemblies A Danger Wear proper eye protection to perform this procedure 2 a Lift up on the bottom edge of the Top Lid b Tilt it back into the fully open position Use the Torx head Screwdriver to remove the two 2 screws F0001
43. connect the Guide Jam D855078 to the Plate Card Path D855049 b Replace the Guide Jam D855078 4 Replace the Guide Jam D855078 5 Reverse this procedure to re assemble Continued on the next page DTC550 Direct to Card Printer Encoder Service Manual Rev 2 8 8 153 FOR RESTRICTED USE only Fargo Electronics Inc Replacing the Guide Jam D855078 continued See the procedure on the previous page i Card Side Screw Guide F000172 NN D855070 a Screw i Fi SSE oe Rear Over Ne a 140040 Mount S334 h D855063 Align Sensor Cable Assy D855018 Over Mount D855062 Screw F000191 Plate Cardpusher D855065 F000395 Spring Guide Jam Washer 140040 D855078 Retaining Ring 140072 Plate Card Path D855049 DTC550 Direct to Card Printer Encoder Service Manual Rev 2 8 8 154 FOR RESTRICTED USE only Fargo Electronics Inc Brush Replacement Procedures Replacing the Static Brush near the Platen Roller D855088 Refer to Drawing D855050 Tools Needed Torx T10 Screwdriver Parts Needed Static Brush D855088 Estimated Repair Time 2 to 10 minutes Steps Procedure A Caution Turn off the Printer and unplug the power cord from the Printer A Danger Wear proper eye protection to perform this procedure w Lift up on the bottom edge of the Top Lid o Tilt it back into the f
44. e Press the SELECT button to enter or select the desired option DTC550 Direct to Card Printer Encoder Service Manual Rev 2 8 12 8 FOR RESTRICTED USE only Fargo Electronics Inc Printing the Self test Use this option to print a variety of preset test images that can be helpful in ensuring your Printer is functioning properly Once the print Ribbon and cards are installed a self test should be performed to check for proper operation of the Printer The standard self test function requires only that a full color print Ribbon and at least one card be installed Note The Printer will begin printing this image as soon as the image has finished processing Step Procedure When the Printer is powered ON and is sitting idle its READY screen will display on the LCD Press the MENU button to enter the MAIN MENU screen Press the SELECT button to enter the PRINT TEST IMAGE menu Use the scroll buttons to scroll to the type of self test you would like the Printer to perform e Note the name of each self test indicates the Ribbon panels required in order for the self test to print For example the Color Resin YMCK self test can be printed with either a YMCKO or YMCKOK full color print Ribbon Press the SELECT button to begin printing The self test print will begin as soon as the test image is processed Reviewing the Gray Align YMC K Self Test DTC550 Direct to Card Printer Encoder Service Manual Rev 2 8 1
45. for this option are as follows Step Procedure Select 75 BPI to change the bits per inch to 75 BPI OR Select 128 BPI to change the bits per inch to 128 BPI OR Select 210 BPI to change the bits per inch to 210 BPI Magnetic Track Options Bit Density Character Size ASCII Offset C 75BPI C 5Bits C NULL C 128 BPI 7 Bits f SPACE f 210 BPI C 8Bits f ZERO DTC550 Direct to Card Printer Encoder Service Manual Rev 2 8 6 53 FOR RESTRICTED USE only Using the Character Size radio buttons Use this option to customize the Character Data Size Bits per Character used to encode the magnetic data on the currently selected track Note This character size includes the parity bit if enabled Fargo Electronics Inc Step Procedure Select 5 Bits to change the bits per character to 5 BPC OR Select 7 Bits to change the bits per character to 7 BPC OR Select 8 Bits to change the bits per character to 8 BPC Magnetic Track Options Bit Density Character Size ASCII Offset 75 BPI C 5Bits C NULL 128 BPI 7 Bits SPACE 210BPI C 8Bits C ZERO DTC550 Direct to Card Printer Encoder Service Manual Rev 2 8 6 54 FOR RESTRICTED USE only Using the ASCII Offset radio buttons Use this option to customize the Character ASCII Offset used to encode the magnetic data on the currently selected track Note This character offset value is subtracted from the ASCII value of each Magnetic Stripe da
46. that the operation pauses and an Output Hopper Full message appears on the Printer s LCD display Remove the stack of cards from the Hopper Press the Lamination Module s Resume button to continue Note If printing onto oversized cards the Card Output Hopper Door should be placed in the open position in order for these larger cards to eject properly Reviewing the Module and Printer interaction Module and The Card Lamination Module works in conjunction with the Printer to Printer apply a variety of different overlaminates to printed cards providing interaction increased card durability and security The Lamination Module features its own LED indicator light and control buttons so it can conveniently be operated separately from the Printer Note This means that when printing a batch of cards for example the Printer can be encoding and printing one card while the Lamination Module laminates another card for maximum efficiency In fact you can even open the Lamination Module to replace the overlaminate while the Printer is printing or encoding and vice versa DTC550 Direct to Card Printer Encoder Service Manual Rev 2 8 2 31 FOR RESTRICTED USE only Fargo Electronics Inc Reviewing the Module and LCD display interaction Module and For ease of operation the Card Lamination Module works in tandem with LCD display the Printer s LCD display to communicate status messages such as when interaction an error occurs
47. 0 4 cm from the edges of the card except for the top two locations on portrait orientation cards positions E amp F The foil will be located 0 9 cm from the top of the card and 0 4 cm from the sides of the card HoloMarkTM and Custom HoloMarkTM Application Specifications HoloMarkTM and Custom HoloMarkTM foils will cover a dimensional area of 1 5 cm x 1 5 cm The exclusive areas are as follows HoloMarkTM and Custom HoloMarkTM card end users will be able to choose 1 of 8 pre defined placements corners via Printer driver 4 positions Landscape and 4 positions Portrait mode HoloMarkTM foil placement will not interfere with card punch slots Foil Color options will be silver or gold Outside edge placement of Foil impression options on card will be 0 4 cm from edge of card HoloMarkTM foil placement options will be at all four corners of card located 0 4 cm from edge of card DTC550 Direct to Card Printer Encoder Service Manual Rev 2 8 2 37 FOR RESTRICTED USE only Fargo Electronics Inc Fluorescing Panel Application Specifications Inserting Fluorescent Text Step Procedure 1 Create fluorescent text in the body of an image by creating a text string which begins with a T e For example the text string of TFargo would appear on the card as just Fargo e The location of the text will be dictated by the e The format of the string will be as entered i e font size etc Text string e
48. 2 Z TSK Cll leo aS DTC550 Direct to Card Printer Encoder Service Manual Rev 2 8 2 27 FOR RESTRICTED USE only Fargo Electronics Inc Reviewing the Lamination Top Cover and Station Lamination Opens to allow access to the Lamination Station overlaminate and Top Cover card path Lamination Transfers overlaminates onto cards via its heated lamination roller Station The Lamination Station must be closed in order for the Printer to begin laminating Lamination Station Securing Latches Lamination es LED Light _ _ Lamination gt Top Cover Cancel Button Resume pause Button Card Output lt Rejection Te q Card Hopper DTC550 Direct to Card Printer Encoder Service Manual Rev 2 8 2 28 FOR RESTRICTED USE only Fargo Electronics Inc Reviewing the Securing Latches and Lamination LED light Securing Locks the Lamination Station securely in place when closed Latches Lamination The Lamination LED light works in conjunction with the Printer s LCD LED light display to help communicate the Printer s current status The following explains how to interpret the LED light Off Indicates the Printer and Lamination Module power is OFF Solid Green light Indicates the Card Lamination Module is ready for operation Slow Flashing Green light Indicates the Lamination Module s pause button was pushed and that the Lamination Module is paused This also occurs when the Lamination
49. 232 15 16 S safety issues 8 2 8 47 8 53 8 64 8 77 8 97 8 104 8 106 8 130 8 170 Safety Standards 2 2 Saturation 15 17 Self test 15 17 Sensor 15 17 Serial interface 15 17 SIMM 15 17 Simplex 15 17 Smart Card 15 17 SmartGuard 15 17 SmartGuard 15 17 SmartShield 15 17 Software 15 17 special precautions 8 2 special precautions 1 1 Spooler 15 17 Spooling 15 18 SS Start Sentinel 15 18 Stacker 15 18 Stepper Motor 15 18 String 15 18 Surface mount 15 18 Switch Box 15 18 Fargo Electronics Inc Switch Box 4 36 TAC 15 18 Temp file 15 18 Test Print 15 18 Thermistor 15 18 Thermocouple 15 19 Through hole 15 19 Timeout 15 19 TOF Top of Form 15 19 Track 15 19 troubleshoot the Printer 13 1 Troubleshooting 15 19 TrueType TT 15 19 UL 2 1 UltraCard 15 19 UltraCard M 15 19 Update 15 19 UPS Un interruptible Power Supply 15 20 USB Universal Serial Bus 15 20 Vv Virtual Memory 15 20 W Wrinkle 15 20 Y YMC 15 20 YMCK 15 20 YMCKH 15 20 YMCKK 15 20 YMCKO 15 20 YMCKOK 15 20 DTC550 Direct to Card Printer Encoder User Guide Rev 1 0 16 3 RESTRICTED USE ONLY Fargo Electronics Inc Section 17 Engineering Drawings These drawings are attached to this document in its PDF form for specified Users ONLY DTC550 Direct to Card Printer Encoder User Guide Rev 1 0 17 1 14 B
50. 4 Platen Stepper Motor Flipper JP6 5 8 Side Stepper Motor JP6 9 12 Flipper Picker DC Motors JP1 Part Number Location D855011 DC Motor Ribbon Tak Up JP1 1 2 DC Motor Ribbon Supply JP1 3 4 DC Motor Headlift JP1 5 6 DC Motor Hopper Lift L JP1 7 8 DC Motor Hopper Position 1 JP1 9 10 1 2 DC Motor Head Fan JP1 21 22 DTC550 Direct to Card Printer Encoder Service Manual Rev 2 8 8 6 FOR RESTRICTED USE only Fargo Electronics Inc Cover Chassis and Baseplate Replacement Procedures Replacing the Main Cover Enclosure D855153 Refer to Drawing D855160 in Appendix A Tools Needed Torx head Screwdriver Parts Needed Main Cover Enclosure D855153 Estimated Repair Time 10 minutes Step Procedure A Danger Wear proper eye protection to perform this procedure A Caution Turn OFF the Printer and unplug the power cord from the Printer 2 a Lift up on the bottom edge of the DTC550 Top Lid Cover b Tilt it back into the fully open position 3 Use the Torx head Screwdriver to remove the two 2 screws F000172 located near the hinges 5 Release the plastic tabs in the four corners of the Main Cover Enclosure D855153 6 Lift the Main Cover Enclosure D855153 off of the Printer A Caution Do not pull on the connectors from the Main Cover Enclosure to the Main Board 7 Disconnect the Cable connectors from the Main Board Continued on the n
51. 576 bytes Memory A generic term for any device that stores digital information using magnetic media or digital chip storage device Menu A descriptive list of headings above nested functions that aid navigation to a specific operation These are found in computer applications with the heading at the top of a subset of like functions They are also on the Printer LCD control panel Monochrome An image composed of a single color Network A series of computers connected by data transfer cable for communication and sharing of functions and peripherals Oersted Oe The unit of magnetic field strength named after Dutch scientist Hans Christian Oersted who found the science of electromagnetism Offset The prescribed distance between a reference point and the target point The offset in card printing can refer to the position of the image relative to the leading edge or the distance of the start of magnetic encoding from the leading edge of the card O Ring A rubber ring used as a belt in several media driving applications OS Operating The instructions installed on the computer hard drive that run System the computer s operations and applications The driver used for any given OS will differ from other platforms The correct version driver must be loaded for the Printer to interface with the OS and the application to print Output Any product of the Printer including card image encoded data and lam
52. 86214 secureMark Part Number 96214 Percent Remaining 85 Ribbon Type YMCFKOK NOTE This page refteshes every minute Internet DTC550 Direct to Card Printer Encoder Service Manual Rev 2 8 7 24 FOR RESTRICTED USE only Fargo Electronics Inc Using the TCP IP page The TCP IP page displays the TCP IP Status of each Printer connection which are not configurable See the next two pages for displays Step Procedure 1 Select the Status link from any web page of the Printer 2 Select the TCP IP page link 3 View information on all current network connections in the TCP connections area Continued on the next page DTC550 Direct to Card Printer Encoder Service Manual Rev 2 8 7 25 FOR RESTRICTED USE only Fargo Electronics Inc Using the DTC550 TCP IP Status Web Page See the Using the TCP IP page procedure A Fargo DTC550 S N M0000030 TCP IP Status Microsoft Internet Explorer File Edit View Favorites Tools Help ae Q sack Od P x E A P Search Ig Favorites 2 B te z la 33 Address http 10 1 210 240 tcpipStatus html Eao Lik A Home Network Status System Log Administration Help Ribbon TCP IP Printer TCP IP Status TCP Connections TCP SOCKETS sD PORT PROTOCOL RMT HOST 23 Telnet N a LISTEN 60 HTTP N a LISTEN 4010 SysLog N A LISTEN 4011 SysLog N a LISTEN 4012 SysLog N a LISTEN 4400 RAW N a LISTEN 5400 CP
53. Assembly A000110 continued See the procedure on the previous page Headlift Bracket Head Fan Cable Close Label PCB Printhead Arm Rear Spacer D855017 L000109 Cover D855030 Screw D855069 Printhead F000175 Arm Bracket Screw D855025 A Screw F000172 _AFO00169 PCB Ribbon Sensor PEM Standoff hear E Latch Hook atch Hoo Fan F000227 SS D850189 Latch Shaft 850168 Headlift Bracket Front Spacer D855068 Torsion Spring D850528 Retaining Ring 140048 Drive Roller Bearing 760343 Tie Wrap 140069 Spring D855072 Head Swivel Printhead Arm Head Bracket Bracket D855027 Mount D855026 stapilizer D855029 Headlift Plate Screw F000191 Adapter D855028 DTC550 Direct to Card Printer Encoder Service Manual Rev 2 8 8 62 FOR RESTRICTED USE only Fargo Electronics Inc Replacing the TOF Sensor D855018 Refer to Drawing D855056 Tools Needed Phillips head Screwdriver a Torx T10 Screwdriver and a small T10 Ballstar headed Torx screwdriver Parts Needed Sensor Cable Assembly D855018 Estimated Repair Time 2 to 10 minutes Steps Procedure Lr Caution Turn off the Printer and unplug the power cord from the Printer A Danger Wear proper eye protection to perform this procedure 2 a Lift up on the bottom edge of the Top Lid Tilt it back into the fully open position b Use the Torx head Screwdriver to remove
54. Assembly D840980 continued Step Procedure 4 Replace the Hopper Motor D840980 using screws as noted in Step 3b on the previous page 5 Reverse this procedure to re assemble Continued on the next page Spring Load Lever 0841175 Spring Load Post D841176 Screw Screw sail Washer 130876 F000190 F000170 _ Post Travel Gear N 0841173 ONN Hopper Motor Assy D840980 Travel Bracket D841172 Pulley Gear D841202 by O Ring F000063 Washer F000132 Idler Film Clip 140062 Drive Post D840867 Ribbon Idler Gear 760288 Washer 140040 Washer 130884 Pulley Gear Combo 760287 Retaining Ring 140061 DTC550 Direct to Card Printer Encoder Service Manual Rev 2 8 8 32 FOR RESTRICTED USE only Fargo Electronics Inc Power Supply Replacement Procedures Replacing the Power Enclosure Assembly D855054 Refer to Drawing D855052 Tools Needed Torx T10 Screwdriver Parts Needed Power Enclosure Assembly D855054 Estimated Repair Time 2 to 10 minutes Steps Procedure A Danger Wear proper eye protection to perform this procedure A Caution Turn off the Printer and unplug the power cord from the Printer a Lift up on the bottom edge of the Top Lid Tilt it back into the fully open position b Use the Torx head Screwdriver to remove the two 2 screws F0001 72 located near the h
55. Assy D855055 DTC550 Direct to Card Printer Encoder Service Manual Rev 2 8 8 39 FOR RESTRICTED USE only Fargo Electronics Inc Troubleshooting Suggestions relates to new Printhead installation It may be necessary to make some minor adjustments to the Printer after a new Printhead is installed The TOF Top of Form EOF End of Form Image Darkness or Image Position may require adjustment if the Ribbon is breaking the image is not centered or if the image is not the proper darkness Print TOF and Print EOF Alignment relates to new Printhead installation The following two procedures must be performed as a single alignment process Print TOF and Print EOF The goal of these procedures is to align the printed image precisely with the edges of the card as shown below Notice that when aligned properly the test print s Alignment Arrows will fall just inside the edges of the card Note The tips of the arrows may not be visible The importance of this adjustment is to ensure that there is equal distance between the image and the edges of the card Alignment EOF Trailing Edge of Card Leading Edge of Card DTC550 Direct to Card Printer Encoder Service Manual Rev 2 8 8 40 FOR RESTRICTED USE only Fargo Electronics Inc Setting the Print TOF relates to new Printhead installation Procedure Choose MENU Print Test Image and Gray Align YMC K to print a test card Select MENU Setup Printer Print Sett
56. B below See Click Next to continue Display A Local Connection USB radio button ee lt Back Next gt Cancel DTC550 Direct to Card Printer Encoder Service Manual Rev 2 8 3 36 FOR RESTRICTED USE only Fargo Electronics Inc Installing the DTC550 Printer Driver continued Display B Network Connection Ethernet radio button 10 1 210 120 How do I Find my IP address Cancel DTC550 Direct to Card Printer Encoder Service Manual Rev 2 8 3 37 FOR RESTRICTED USE only Fargo Electronics Inc Installing the DTC550 Printer Driver continued Step Procedure e Click Next to continue lt Back Next gt Cancel DTC550 Direct to Card Printer Encoder Service Manual Rev 2 8 3 38 FOR RESTRICTED USE only Fargo Electronics Inc Installing the DTC550 Printer Driver continued Procedure Wait during the installation DIC550 Card Printer InstallAware Wizard Installing DTC550 Card Printer eeoo Cancel eit DTC550 Direct to Card Printer Encoder Service Manual Rev 2 8 3 39 FOR RESTRICTED USE only Fargo Electronics Inc Installing the DTC550 Printer Driver continued Step Procedure This step only applies if you are installing a USB Printer a Connect the USB cable to the Printer b Turn ON the Printer at this time if it is not already ON c Wait durin
57. CR 79 15 4 CR 80 15 4 CR 90 15 4 Cursor 15 4 D Darkness 15 4 DB 9 15 4 DC Direct Current 15 4 DC Motor 15 4 Default 15 4 Defrag 15 4 Fargo Electronics Inc Dimensions 2 3 DIP switches Dual In line Package Switches 15 4 Direct to Card DTC Printing 15 5 disassembly steps 8 3 Dither 15 5 DMA Direct Memory Access 15 3 Dongle 15 5 Dot 15 5 Dot pitch 15 5 Download 15 5 DPI Dot Per Inch 15 5 DRAM Dynamic Random Access Memory 15 5 Driver 15 5 DTC500 Ribbon Cards 8 2 Duplex Printing 15 5 Dwell Time 15 6 Dye Migration 15 6 Dye Sublimation 15 6 E E card 15 6 E card Docking Station 15 6 ECP Mode Enhanced Capabilities Port Mode 15 6 Edge to Edge 15 6 EE Memory 15 6 EEPROM Electrically Erasable Programmable Read Only Memory 15 6 Encoder Smart Card 15 6 Encoder wheel 15 7 Engine 15 7 EOF End Of Form 15 7 EPP Enhanced Parallel Port 15 7 EPROM Electronically Programmable Read Only Memory 15 7 Escape sequence 15 7 ESD 8 2 ESD 1 1 ESD ElectroStatic Discharge 15 7 Ethernet 15 7 F Fargo Technical Support 13 1 Fargo Technical Support via the Web 13 1 Film 15 7 Firmware 15 7 Flash Memory 15 8 Flipper Table D850280 8 83 8 84 8 85 8 86 8 88 8 89 Font 15 8 FPGA Field Programmable Gate Array 15 8 Full bleed 15 8 G Gamma 15 8 Glossy PVC 15 8 DTC550 Direct to Card Printer Encoder U
58. Card Printer Encoder Service Manual Rev 2 8 7 39 FOR RESTRICTED USE only Fargo Electronics Inc Changing the Root Password The Passwords page allows the User to change the passwords needed to login as a User Changes to all settings require a login Note However these changes are only protected by password after the password has been set Users can only be added or removed using Telnet commands Step Procedure 1 Select the Administration link 2 Log in as a root User using the old password if you are so prompted Note Any change of setting will only be accepted after you have successfully logged in 3 Select the Passwords link to get to the Password web page 4 Enter the current password in the Root Password Old textbox or leave it blank if no password has been previously set 5 Enter the new password in the Root Password New textbox or leave it blank if you want to remove the old password 6 Re enter the new password in the Root Password Confirm textbox or leave it blank if you want to remove the old password 7 Select the Submit button 8 Log in as a root User using the old password if you are so prompted Note Any change of setting will only be accepted after you have successfully logged in DTC550 Direct to Card Printer Encoder Service Manual Rev 2 8 7 40 FOR RESTRICTED USE only Fargo Electronics Inc Using the Reboot pages Rebooting the DTC550 restarts the comp
59. Card Printer Encoder Service Manual Rev 2 8 8 15 FOR RESTRICTED USE only Fargo Electronics Inc Replacing the LCD display Panel A000372 continued Step Procedure 7 a Replace the Keypad D855147 whenever the display is replaced Note Internal damage to the keypad is likely when separating it from the display and or Main Cover enclosure b Set the Cover upside down on a secure non scratch surface such as a chair with a back c Unplug the Keypad D855147 and all other connectors from the Display Panel A Caution There will be some resistance when pulling the LCD display from the Printer Note This is due to the adhesive that holds the Keypad onto the Cover d Disengage the two locking tabs from the Display Unit and apply a firm even pressure from behind the Unit on both sides until the adhesive releases e After the display is removed push the Keypad away from the top of the Cover to release it A Caution Be careful to evenly secure the bottom edges of the Keypad to the bottom of the recess provided Be careful to keep the Keypad within the recess since it is secured to the Cover and cannot be removed without distorting it f To reassemble turn the Printer over and attach the Keypad g Remove the backing adhesive and protective film from the Keypad and pass the connector through the hole at the bottom Continued on the next page DTC550 Direct to Card Printer Encoder Service M
60. Clips or washers fall into the Printer they can cause damage They must be removed now if they have fallen into the Printer Try to keep a count on these parts if any are replaced keep the old ones aside until the repair is completed 5 Reverse this procedure to re assemble Continued on the next page DTC550 Direct to Card Printer Encoder Service Manual Rev 2 8 8 79 FOR RESTRICTED USE only Fargo Electronics Inc Replacing the Magnetic Encoder Head D000291 continued See the procedure on the previous page Plate D840849 Mag Encoder Mag Head Support D840848 Nem wae Screw F000168 Head 0000297 Retaining Ring Card Idler gt 140046 eg ee 150071 Spring 810480 D aE Nut 130985 et Washer F000103 Sensor Board Mad Head Mount D855079 Assy 140407 f Tie Wrap 140069 Mad Head Post 840236 rap Holder Screw F000177 F000086 Encode Edge Magnetics Bracket Right Guide D850336 D850351 Clutch Spacer Encoding Roller 810480 D850335 Drive Roller Screw F000190 Ar mi ea o Encode Edge Left Retaining Ring D850352 140062 PCB SmartCard SE a Cont Station Encoder Mount i a Bie Assy A000202 Bracket D850337 PA ft Card Idler Roller D880153 DTC550 Direct to Card Printer Encoder Service Manual Rev 2 8 8 80 FOR RESTRICTED USE only Fargo Electronics Inc Replacing the Magnetic Head Support D840848 Refer to Drawing D8550
61. EEPROM Part of EEPROM was Repaired successfully RESTORED corrupted EJECTING USED The system Firmware This card has been ejected CARD has detected a card however it may contain encoded already in the Printer data and therefore should be disposed of properly ERR CHK LAM See the next column Install a new Lamination roll and MATERIAL press RESUME to continue or CANCEL to abort If the problem persists call for technical assistance ERR CHK LAM See the next column Install a new film roll and press MATERIAL RESUME to continue or CANCEL to abort If the problem persists call for technical assistance DTC550 Direct to Card Printer Encoder Service Manual Rev 2 8 4 5 FOR RESTRICTED USE only Fargo Electronics Inc Troubleshooting the LCD Messages continued ERR LAM HEATER See the next column If this problem persists call for OFF technical assistance ERR LAM HEATER See the next column If this problem persists call for TIMEOUT technical assistance ERROR CARD A card is jammed in the Clear the jam according to the JAM LAM Lamination module area steps in the Troubleshooting of the Printer section of the User Guide Press QUIT to clear this message FIRMWARE An unspecified error was Cycle power on the Printer and try ERROR detected by the Printer the operation again If this Firmware The Printer problem persists call for technical operation may be assistance unstable FLIPPER Unable to align flipp
62. EP APPR RE 4 DATE NG D8595050 R M NUMBE Cl2554 23 Jan 06 CAR Cl2284 09 Nov 05 CAR CI2I67 29 Jul 05 PR ECO This document is the property of FARGO Electronics Inc It contains confidential and proprietary information or disclosure is prohibited Unathorized duplication ITE Cr R ASY M D855050 FINISH IS CORD RE PART NUMBE 850166 WAS QTY 3 PRODUCTION RELEASE ADDED OFFSET LINES DTC2 PI RISO ELECTRONICS INCORPORATED ECT PROJE DESCRIPTION H IL 2 fe le fala N Lt JCIE st E N Lin nNn wn O 2 fe gt Co m 5 x i ca ud x x CES gt x Ws 2 lan a aa S elh lo Z NINJSJNJEZI FE us amp gt XN Oy Ee t A me E ae fama a w Ja N lt J jz GI amp x a Sia T 2 gt Z z in ls OfwfAnAl ty 7 lolu fw fw fo 4 w D ulel Oo in 5 Zla 2h u a4 T ole gt 2 ce ws vI o N a alg Ww lele la
63. Electronics Inc Printer Components Dye Sublimation Resin Print Ribbons YMCFKOK _ Here are the colored Ribbon designations The Panels of color are displayed in the order in which they are printed Yellow Y Magenta M Cyan C Fluorescent F Black K Overlay O and Black K used for backside black only printing v mw ES EK Here are the colored Ribbon designations The Panels of color are displayed in the order in which they are printed Yellow Y Magenta M Cyan C Black K and Black K used for backside black only printing DTC550 Direct to Card Printer Encoder Service Manual Rev 2 8 2 24 FOR RESTRICTED USE only Fargo Electronics Inc Printer Components Blank Cards A Caution Never run cards with a contaminated dull or uneven surface through the Printer Printing cards on this surface can lead to poor print quality and can greatly reduce the life of the Printhead Always store the card stock in its original packaging or in a clean dust free container Do not print onto cards that have been dropped or soiled Printhead damage caused by contaminated or poor quality cards will automatically void the Printhead s factory warranty Printer Components Card Input and Output Hoppers Card Input The Card Input Hopper is where cards are initially loaded for printing Hopper as shown below The Printer s Hopper provides a large door that opens up wide to make card loading simple and closes securely
64. Electronics Inc Replacing the Pinch Roller D840830 Refer to Drawing D855050 Tools Needed Torx T10 Screwdriver Parts Needed Pinch Roller 0840830 Estimated Repair Time 2 to 10 minutes Steps Procedure A Caution Turn off the Printer and unplug the power cord from the Printer A Danger Wear proper eye protection to perform this procedure a b C Lift up on the bottom edge of the Top Lid Tilt it back into the fully open position Use the Torx head Screwdriver to remove the two 2 screws F000172 located near the hinges Release the plastic tabs in the four corners of the Cover Lift the Cover off of the Printer AN Danger Wear proper eye protection to perform this procedure a b Remove the two Springs from the Retainers on the Sideplates Remove the two 2 Bushings 760343 and the two 2 Cir Clips E Clips 140048 that connect the Pinch Roller D840830 to the Sideplates Tip the Pinch Roller D840830 down Note their orientation Remove the two inner Bushings 760343 Continued on the next page DTC550 Direct to Card Printer Encoder Service Manual Rev 2 8 8 102 FOR RESTRICTED USE only Fargo Electronics Inc Replacing the Pinch Roller D840830 continued Step Procedure 4 a Replace the Pinch Roller 0840830 by reinstalling the inner Bushings in the proper manner b Wrap the Springs around under the inner Bushings 760343
65. Electronics Inc Section 14 Reviewing Spare Parts Lists Reviewing the Spare Parts List for DTC550 Series Card Printer DTC550 Series ID Card Printer Recommended Spare Parts List Effective Date May 2005 For current pricing see http www fargopartner com support_services Reviewing the Spare Parts List for the DTC550 LAM DTC550 LAM Spare Parts List Recommended Spare Parts List Effective Date May 2005 For current pricing see http www fargopartner com support_services DTC550 Direct to Card Printer Encoder Service Manual Rev 2 8 14 1 RESTRICTED USE ONLY Fargo Electronics Inc Section 15 Glossary of Terms Term Definition 24 bit color A color depth for an image that uses 8 bits for each color red blue green combining the possible 256 shades to provide a color depth of 16 7 million colors AC Alternating Current An electrical current that reverses its direction at regular intervals typically 50 60 times a second Access Card The card for the SmartGuard security system A cared with embedded electronics that can be removed from the Printer locking the Printer and preventing unauthorized use Adhesion Algebraic The firm attachment of a material to the card surface confirmed by using the Tape Test pulling an applied piece of adhesive tape Scotch 600 or equivelent off the card at 1 sec in to see if any material is pulled off by the tape A type of color matching
66. Encoding causing this operation to halt MAG ENCODER A problem has been If this problem persists call for STARTUP ERROR detected in the MAG technical assistance encoding section of the Printer during start up MAG VERIFY Print could not verify FAILURE MAG write NO FLIPPER Two sided job sent to a INSTALLED one sided Printer NO MAG MAG encoding job sent INSTALLED to Printer without MAG encoder NO RIBBON There is no Ribbon INSTALLED installed or it is broken DTC550 Direct to Card Printer Encoder Service Manual Rev 2 8 4 9 FOR RESTRICTED USE only Fargo Electronics Inc Troubleshooting the LCD Messages continued LCD Message OPEN PRINT ARM PANEL STARTUP ERROR PLEASE REMOVE CARD PLEASE REMOVE RIBBON PRINT RIBBON LOW PRINT RIBBON OUT REINSERT RIBBON RIBBON ALIGN ERROR DTC550 Direct to Card Printer Encoder Service Manual Rev 2 8 Cover and print arm must be opened for Printer cleaning A problem has been detected in the print section of the Printer during start up Exception recovery cannot position a card located in the Printer See the next column The print Ribbon will soon run out The print Ribbon has run out The Ribbon must be reinserted for proper functioning of the Printer The print Ribbon is either damaged or the Printer is not calibrated Open cover and print arm and retry If this problem persists call for technical assis
67. Explorer d The upgrade process will take a few minutes to complete Please wait until a page is served asking for confirmation to reboot Press OK to continue DTC550 Direct to Card Printer Encoder Service Manual Rev 2 8 7 46 FOR RESTRICTED USE only Fargo Electronics Inc Using the Help page The Help page displays the Help information Step Procedure 1 Open this web page at the appropriate location by clicking on the Help book icon at the top of each page See below 2 Review the web interface for the Ethernet enabled Printer DTC550 Direct to Card Printer Encoder Service Manual Rev 2 8 7 47 FOR RESTRICTED USE only Fargo Electronics Inc Additional Procedures Reviewing LED and Dipswitch Tables The LEDs and dipswitches can be found on the back of Printers Reviewing the DTC550 LED and Dipswitch Table Reviewing the DTC550 LED Table LED Flash Rate Indicates Green LED On The Network link is present Left Off The Network link is not present Amber LED Off There is NO network traffic to this IP address Right Blinking There is Network traffic to this IP address Upgrading the Main Firmware with the Fargo Diagnostics Utility The Main Printer Firmware upgrades are done with the same procedure as the USB connected Printer The PC doing the upgrade must have a Driver installed for the Fargo Printer to be upgraded Note Alternatively a DTC550 User can up
68. File Edit View Favorites Tools Help ae Q sak Q x 2 O S Search Ip Favorites p A ee z i 33 Address a http 10 1 210 240 logpathConf html 0 v Go Links a Home Network Status System Log Administration Help logl 1982 System Log Log Name log1 Print Job Started Log Type Printer Error None O Email rob francis fargo com e g userid domain corm OUDP Syslog 10 1 210 23 e g 192 168 0 1 or domain name OTCP Connection Port 4010 Clear Changes Log Destination Internet DTC550 Direct to Card Printer Encoder Service Manual Rev 2 8 7 32 FOR RESTRICTED USE only Fargo Electronics Inc Selecting the Log Destination Specify one destination for the log Step Procedure No event logging 1 Select the System Log link 2 Select the link for the log name you want to view or configure the default choices are log1 or log2 3 Select the None radio button when no log is required Note This is the default 4 Select Submit 5 Login as a root User if you are so prompted Any change of setting will only be accepted after you have successfully logged in File Edit View Favorites Tools Help E Fargo DTC550 S N M0000030 System Log Microsoft Internet Explorer DER a Q sak Q x 2 O Pa Search Sie Favorites 4 s E x LJ 33 Address a http 10 1 210 240 logpathConf html70 Eco ins Home
69. Flipper Table is homed The Flipper Table Clutch disengages Repeat Steps 2 through 7 The card is fed out of the Printer Lamination Station Securing Latches Lamination aa Naa Cover Lamination LED Light Cancel Button Resume S pause Button Card Output lt Rejection a AT Card Hopper DTC550 Direct to Card Printer Encoder Service Manual Rev 2 8 1 11 FOR RESTRICTED USE only Fargo Electronics Inc Reviewing the Lamination Module Boot up Sequence The Lamination Headlift turns until head up position is returned from Headlift Sensor The Lamination Flipper table homes itself The Card sensor checks for the presence of a card and ejects it if found 2 The Lamination Ribbon motor activates to determine the presence of a roll of lamination DTC550 Direct to Card Printer Encoder Service Manual Rev 2 8 1 12 FOR RESTRICTED USE only Fargo Electronics Inc Section 2 Specifications Regulatory Compliances Agency Listings and FCC Rules The purpose of this section is to provide the User with specific information on the Regulatory Compliances Agency Listings and FCC Rules for the DTC550 Direct to Card Printer Encoder User Guide Rev 2 8 Regulatory Compliances The Printer manufacturer has been authorized by UL to represent the Card Printer as CSA Certified under CSA Standard C22 2 No 60950 1 03 File Number E145118 The Card Printer complies with the requirements in Part 15
70. Head from the Mount by carefully pulling back on the Retainer Clips and pushing the Magnetic Head through Continued on the next page DTC550 Direct to Card Printer Encoder Service Manual Rev 2 8 8 78 FOR RESTRICTED USE only Fargo Electronics Inc Replacing the Magnetic Encoder Head D000291 continued Procedure Steps 4 a Replace the Magnetic Encoder Head D000291 Install the Magnetic Head onto the Mount D855079 if not already done so Note The white dot on the Magnetic Head must go to the slotted side of the Mount e Check that the Magnetic Head rotates freely and the Clips are secure b Carefully install the Magnetic head with Mount onto the Posts Note that slotted end is by the tie wrap Mount e Slide the small washer onto the Post then slide off the Spring 150071 e Install the Retaining Ring 140046 using the Retainer Clip Tool Rotor Clip No A 020 c Install the square rubber Magnetic Head Support D840848 onto the Rear Post e Install the square plate D840849 e While holding the plate down install the Retaining Ring 140046 by using the Retainer Clip Tool Rotor Clip No A 020 d Install a new tie wrap for the Magnetic Head Cable Leave enough room for it to move freely as noted above e Reconnect the Cables to the appropriate connectors and lock Cables into Retainer on Sideplate f Check that the Mount and the Magnetic Head can move freely A Caution If any of the small
71. Hopper 2 Refill Hopper 1 when convenient See the Resolving the Resolving the Card Hopper Empty Error Message HOPPER 2 EMPTY Card Hopper 2 has run The Printer will continue printing out of cards from Hopper 1 Refill Hopper 2 when convenient Resolving the Resolving the Card Hopper Empty Error Message INVALID Printing disabled at this Press CANCEL to abort this print PASSWORD time job and then check security settings at host computer INVALID RIBBON _ The print Ribbon installed Get the correct Ribbon from your 1 in the Printer does not dealer See the Resolving the match the Ribbon type Wrong Print Ribbon Error set in the Printer Message DTC550 Direct to Card Printer Encoder Service Manual Rev 2 8 4 7 FOR RESTRICTED USE only Fargo Electronics Inc Troubleshooting the LCD Messages continued INVALID RIBBON _ The print Ribbon installed Get the correct Ribbon from your 2 in the Printer does not dealer See the Resolving the match the Ribbon type Wrong Print Ribbon Error set in the Printer Message INVALID RIBBON _ The print Ribbon installed Get the correct Ribbon from your 3 in the Printer does not dealer See the Resolving the match the Ribbon type Wrong Print Ribbon Error set in the Printer Message JOB DATA ERROR The print data sent to the Check the interface cable and Printer is corrupt or has cancel the print job from the PC been interrupted Press CANCEL to abort this print job
72. I 2 a 2 3 4 5 6 i 8 9 IO I2 FARGO ITEM QTY ITEM NUMBER TYPE DESCRIPTION ELE A S ED I 2 130302 PART SCREW M2X3 PPH 2 2 130883 PART SCREW THUMB 3 4 140048 PART RETAINING RING EXT C 25 IN SHFT NOT PRODUCTION VALID W O STAMP ABOVE 4 2 140061 PAR RETAINING RING EXT E 094 IN SHFT 5 2 140065 PAR RETAINING RING EXT E I56 IN SHFT 6 2 760219 PAR BEARING RBN ROLLER 7 760287 PART PULLEY GEAR COMBO 8 760288 PAR GEAR RBN IDLER 9 4 760363 PAR BEARING CAM SHAFT O 820503 PART BRACKET HEADLIFT MOTOR MOUNT Il 2 820505 PART POST IDLER HEADLIFT GEAR 2 820610 1 PART SHAFT LAM PEEI 3 2 D850189 PART LATCH HOOK 4 D850528 PART SPRING TORSION 5 D870129 ASSEMBLY FRAME LAM ARM 6 D87013 PART SHAFT LAM LATCH 7 D870133 PART PLATE GUARD 8 D870134 PART BAR GUARD MOTIO 9 D870137 PART SHAFT SPRING MOUNT 20 2 D870174 PART POST LAM BRKT GUIDE 2l D870183 ASSEMBLY ASY MTR_LC_HEADLIF1 22 D8702Il ASSEMBLY ASY LAM ROLLER 23 D870219 ASSEMBLY ASY SNR
73. Jao oe gt 5 uwla a ce lt Slo ai N a O WN N xixixi x lol gt aa a oO ow 1 fy SZ a r F N IINE Z _ TOO Oo Oy la O x ee am oO milo l Wlwie 1 IIau yw yO la x o x ea D N am a e a S a i i l UIS ilo WwW 2 N SNS ee E ee amii lza g a gt 1H a olololo gt cja E lZ SIn Q w wu lole a Gl laIN i slale i a har a Of ep fwlslelVele z n El Aalso t H lt Z 1 1 a Niels 1 l2 5l55 gt l a al r x YV aaa ann ee TE l DIII gfe pepw yoyo ya l gt a uo 1 fo am 2 gt al E ee Nya ele ele le l oa fe OQasoy e Z a E Zliljelj efaf4 al l gt l gt E A lS gt Cl e KJolSelsololS eoljef xX Ju vjz ie lojo lalala ljaje e lsS w j olx x x 5 6 Alai lololo els I Qala eSales Tiea A sl e lEe IQs eE E lol se a matm D val lle Ww j silael Vljala u H z f ma eea E a ee aelalalael Ql rilalso rho fo ee eee eee g EEZ a t i T I LIO 1 roi ay ley x gt 2 53 lol I 1 1 nen x a oO ja jo l l lml gt gt iv za elelelyM y sa ajg Se re a Lo 1 wo Wa l l E VIM yoo yr joo ty to oo l us e aa Ga SIMO 1 H r 3Z 3 3 Z w a aJa ja a amp bye l juvj j v p i ppb J tl D J j J J E Io ate a lalu pw pw yoy eS I H H I us lt lt E S e a s S a S e S ea 1 11M J see OCP lo fe fo gt WY E Led a wer PGE OE a ce w Z www w A
74. Job Started M Printer Error ONone rob francis fargo com e g userid domam com OUDP Syslog 10 1 210 23 o e g 192 168 0 1 or domain name OTCP Connection Port 4010 Clear Changes Log Type Log Destination Internet DTC550 Direct to Card Printer Encoder Service Manual Rev 2 8 7 34 FOR RESTRICTED USE only Fargo Electronics Inc Specifying UDP Event logging Follow this procedure to enable logging to a UDP Syslog program Step Procedure 1 Select the System Log link e The messages will be sent via UPD packets to the Syslog port 514 of the specified host e tis up to the host program to listen to these messages for processing e Asyslog host program is necessary to use this method such as Kiwi Syslog Daemon or WinSysLog 2 Select the link for the log name you want to view or configure the default choices are log1 or log2 3 Select the UDP Syslog radio button 4 Enter a valid IP address or domain name 5 Select Submit 6 Login as a root User if you are so prompted Note Any change of setting will only be accepted after you have successfully logged in Z Fargo DTC550 S N M0000030 System Log Microsoft Internet Explorer File Edit Yiew Favorites Tools Help Q xx amp x a P Search Ie Favorites amp 2 E X LJ 33 Address amp http 10 1 210 240 logpathConf html 0 v Eco ink amp A Home Network Status System Log
75. Lamination Module Top Cover and Lamination Module Rear Cover D855156 and D855162 See Replacing the Lamination Module Top Cover and Lamination Module Rear Cover D855156 and D855162 Remove the two 2 Screws F000191 and lift out the Lamination Module Ribbon Encoder Sensor or Slotted Sensor Mount Assembly D870189 from the Sideplate D870094 This sensor reads the Ribbon Supply slotted wheel 81017111 Disconnect the wire from J38 on the Mainboard Reverse assemble to reinstall new part DTC550 Direct to Card Printer Encoder Service Manual Rev 2 8 8 174 FOR RESTRICTED USE only Fargo Electronics Inc Replacing the Lamination Module Ribbon ID Sensor 820593 Refer to Drawing D870154 Tools Needed Phillips head Screwdriver Torx T10 Screwdriver Parts Needed Lamination Module Ribbon ID Sensor 820593 Estimated Repair Time 20 minutes Procedure A Caution Turn off the Printer and unplug the power cord from the Printer A Caution To prevent equipment or media damage observe all established Electrostatic Discharge ESD procedures while handling Cables in or near the Circuit Board and Printhead Assemblies A Danger Wear proper eye protection to perform this procedure 2 Remove the Lamination Module Top Cover and Lamination Module Rear Cover D855156 and D855162 See Replacing the Lamination Module Top Cover and Lamination Module Rear Cover D855156 a
76. Light Emitting Diode A semiconductor that emits light when a current is applied Media A generic reference to anything onto which the Printer can transfer an image including cards Ribbon and film LoCo Low The Coercivity value of magnetic media between 250 600 Oe Coercivity ISO 7811 2 Fargo s Low Coercivity encodes at 300 Oe LPT Port Line Printer Port The system abbreviation for a PC s parallel Printer port Mag encoding The process of orienting successive magnetic bits to produce a serial data string Mag stripe An area of the card with an applied or impregnated ferrous material that can hold encoded data through a series of prescribed polarity changes Mag Track An area of a magnetic strip running the length of the card with a given width and position constitutes a track This is the area dedicated to one data string restricted to specific rules of format ISO standards specify three Magnetic Tracks on the back of a card The JIS standard specifies one track on the front Mag Verify A process to confirm proper magnetic encoding After encoding the information is read off back and compared to the intended string DTC550 Direct to Card Printer Encoder User Guide Rev 1 0 Continued on the next page 15 11 RESTRICTED USE ONLY Fargo Electronics Inc Glossary of Terms continued Term Definition MB Megabyte A unit of storage that equals 1 048
77. Magnetic Track options should be correct for most applications Note All options must be changed separately for each of the three individual tracks e Set these options back to the ISO standard settings once they have been changed by selecting the Default button for each of the separate tracks Specify which of the three 3 tracks to customize by selecting one of the three track options After making the required selection the Magnetic Track options box displays the current set of customization options for the selected track Remember that each track must be customized independently of the other two tracks Lamination Overlay Print Area K Panel Resin Printer Supplies Card Device Options Image Color Calibrate Magnetic Encoding Encoding Mode eso C JISI Coercivity C Super 4 000 Oe C Medium 600 Oe Hi 2 750 Oe C Low 300 Oe Magnetic Track Selection Track1 Track2 Track3 Enable MLE Support DTC550 Direct to Card Printer Encoder Service Manual Rev 2 8 6 50 FOR RESTRICTED USE only Fargo Electronics Inc Reviewing the Enable MLE Support checkbox Multi Language Extension MLE support in Windows XP can cause text strings to be broken up into fragments This fragmentation of the text string prevents magnetic encoding sope o Check this box to allow the Driver to process the fragmented text amp DTC550 Card Printer Printing Preferences Lamination Overlay Print Area K Panel Resin Prin
78. Manual Rev 2 8 8 115 FOR RESTRICTED USE only Fargo Electronics Inc Replacing the Belt F000108 continued Steps Procedure 4 Replace the Belt F000108 Note New Pulleys D850190 and D850221 must be used once they are removed from the Shaft or if any are noted as being loose to the Shaft 5 Reverse this procedure to re assemble Continued on the next page Screw F000170 Main Pulley Belt oe J AI D850190 F000268 k f Belt z Bearing i F000092 TA O NS N Belt Washer Retaining F000094 130951 9 Ring Ribbon 140062 Roller Bearing 760219 Pulley D850221 a es Ribbon Idler rive Gear Belt Retaining Front Sideplate 810266 220071 Ring O08 760288 sy D855051 Film Drive 140061 Post Idler Washer F000132 D840867 Screw 130302 DTC550 Direct to Card Printer Encoder Service Manual Rev 2 8 8 116 FOR RESTRICTED USE only Fargo Electronics Inc Replacing the Belt F000268 Refer to Drawing D855050 Tools Needed Torx T10 Screwdriver Parts Needed Belt F000268 2 D850190 Estimated Repair Time 2 to 10 minutes Steps Procedure A Caution Turn off the Printer and unplug the power cord from the Printer A A Danger Wear proper eye protection to perform this procedure w Lift up on the bottom edge of the Top Lid o Tilt it back into the fully open position c Use the Torx head Screwdriver to r
79. Manual Rev 2 8 8 182 FOR RESTRICTED USE only Fargo Electronics Inc Replacing the Lamination Module Flipper Table Motor D870217 Refer to Drawing D870154 Tools Needed Phillips head Screwdriver Torx T10 Screwdriver Parts Needed Lamination Module Flipper Table Motor D870217 Estimated Repair Time 20 minutes Step Procedure A Caution Turn OFF the Printer and unplug the power cord from the Printer 2 Remove the Lamination Module Top Cover and Lamination Module Rear Cover D855156 and D855162 See Replacing the Lamination Module Top Cover and Lamination Module Rear Cover D855156 and D855162 3 Remove the four 4 screws from that secure the Lamination Module Main board to the Printer 4 Remove the three screws on the rear side of the Lamination Module that secure the Lamination assembly to the Baseplate 5 Remove the one 1 screw from the Output Hopper that secures the Lamination Assembly to the Baseplate 6 Remove the one 1 screw from the below the platen Roller that secures the Lamination assembly to the Baseplate 7 Lift the Lamination Assembly D870154 from the Baseplate 8 Remove the four 4 screws that secure the Lamination Module Flipper Table Motor D870217 to the rear Sideplate 9 Disconnect the cable connector 10 Reverse assemble to reinstall new part DTC550 Direct to Card Printer Encoder Service Manual Rev 2 8 8 183 FOR RESTRICT
80. Of Form 0 0 Print End Of Form 0 0 Print Left Of Form 0 0 Mag Top Of Form 0 0 Ribbon Tension 0 0 Print Flip Level 5 0 Print Flip Angle 8 0 Encoder Flip Angle 0 0 Model DTC550 S N M0000029 FW Rev MVT 18 Jun 24 2005 Head Resistance 3200 3000 Ribbon Calibration 155 0 Ribbon Pretension 0 0 Misc Flags 34312 Card Count 2502 Pass Count 4005 Card Cleaning Count 3000 Reviewing the Magnetic Test option Step Procedure Use this option only if a Magnetic Encoding module is installed in the Printer Note The Printer will feed encode and eject a card Be sure to have high Coercivity cards installed when running this test DTC550 Direct to Card Printer Encoder Service Manual Rev 2 8 4 56 FOR RESTRICTED USE only Fargo Electronics Inc Section 5 Card Lamination Module Adjusting a Card Lamination Module The Card Printer supports the attachment of an optional Card Lamination Module This module can be ordered pre installed on the Printer from the factory or can be ordered separately as a field upgradeable module Once attached the Card Lamination Module allows you to apply Fargo certified overlaminates for more secure tamper resistant cards This section explains all aspects of the Card Lamination Module s operation and the overlaminate materials available IMPORTANT Fargo Card Printers require highly specialized Print Ribbons to function properly To maximize Printer life reliability pri
81. Preferences Card EIS aaa Calibrate Magnetic Encoding Lamination i K Panel Resin Printer Supplies 1 200 fea EEA 0 380 1 F DE EGGS eee X YOO pa Y m AMATAN Defined Area E e Direction Card Travels through Printer Delete Overlay Print Area 3 r Security Options Defined Areals m Visual Security Solutions For Print and Overlay No Visual Security x C For Overlay Only Vera For Print Only No Overlay C Hi DTC550 Direct to Card Printer Encoder Service Manual Rev 2 8 6 74 FOR RESTRICTED USE only Fargo Electronics Inc Using the Overlay Print Area continued See the previous procedure in this section Procedure Follow this procedure once the area is sized properly Measure the location where this desired area is to be positioned on the card Measure from the lower left corner of the card up and over to the lower left corner for the defined area to begin Enter these values into the X and Y boxes Note The card grid lines are spaced at 2 inch 5mm intervals identification Card Karen Atkins Access Level 2 ID 1234478 Y 0 3 DTC550 Direct to Card Printer Encoder Service Manual Rev 2 8 6 75 FOR RESTRICTED USE only Fargo Electronics Inc Using the Overlay Print Area continued See the previous procedure in this section Step Procedure Print the card design Observe how the image is oriented on the card as it ejects from the Printe
82. Print EOF Alignment Procedures 12 7 Using the LCD Menu 12 8 Printing the Self test 12 9 Reviewing the Gray Align YMC K Self Test 12 9 Reviewing the Color Resin YMCK Self Test 12 10 Reviewing the Card Count YMC Self Test 12 11 Reviewing the Standard Resin Self Test 12 12 Using the Magnetic Test option only with Magnetic Encoding Module 12 13 Setting up the Printer 12 13 Adjusting the Print TOF and Print EOF 12 14 Setting the Print TOF 12 14 DTC550 Direct to Card Printer Encoder Service Manual Rev 2 8 xX FOR RESTRICTED USE only Setting the Print EOF Fargo Electronics Inc 12 16 Adjusting the Ribbon Tension 12 18 Setting the Printhead Resistance 12 20 Adjusting the Image Darkness 12 21 12 22 Changing the Encoder Settings Adjusting the Magnetic TOF 12 23 Disabling the Mag Verify process on the DTC550 Printer 12 25 12 25 Adjusting the White Level Changing the Hopper Settings 12 26 Adjusting the Flipper Offset 12 27 Viewing the Report Supplies 12 27 Showing the Card Count 12 28 Selecting the System Upgrade Firmware Upgrade 12 28 Section 13 Fargo Technical Support 13 1 Contacting Fargo Technical Support 13 1 13 2 Reading the Serial Numbers on a Fargo Printer Finding out when a Fargo Card Printer was manufactured 13 2 Reviewing Example No 1 Serial Number 80453289 13 2 Reviewing Example No 2 S
83. Rail Card Guide Rall Card Flipping Mechanism DTC550 Direct to Card Printer Encoder Service Manual Rev 2 8 5 3 FOR RESTRICTED USE only Fargo Electronics Inc Adjusting the Card Guide Rail continued sep Pome 3 Slightly loosen the two 2 screws which fasten the Card Guide Rail to the Printer s main chassis If the PolyGuard patch is being placed more toward a card s top edge as shown move the Card Guide Rail slightly toward the rear of the Printer opposite the direction you would like the patch to move Bottom Edge DTC550 Direct to Card Printer Encoder Service Manual Rev 2 8 5 4 FOR RESTRICTED USE only Fargo Electronics Inc Adjusting the Card Guide Rail continued Step Procedure If the PolyGuard patch is being placed more toward a card s bottom edge as shown move the Card Guide Rail slightly toward the front of the Printer opposite the direction you would like the patch to move Always make very slight adjustments to the Card Guide Rail and run a test print after each adjustment until the optimum patch position is found Note Be sure the Card Guide Rail always remains parallel to the card path and that the screws loosened in step 3 are retightened after each adjustment Top Edge Bottom Edge DTC550 Direct to Card Printer Encoder Service Manual Rev 2 8 5 5 FOR RESTRICTED USE only Fargo Electronics Inc Adjusting the Card Guide Rail continued Ste
84. Ribbon Select Color Matching Algebraic xl Resin Dither Optimized for Graphics v V Print Both Sides l Disable Printing V Split1 Set of Ribbon Panels Print Back Side First Rotate Front 180 Degrees DTC550 Direct to Card Printer Encoder Service Manual Rev 2 8 6 24 FOR RESTRICTED USE only Fargo Electronics Inc Using the Disable Printing option Use this option to disable the printing capabilities of the Printer yet still allow the Printer to encode cards Note This option is useful to encode or re encode cards without additional time effort or printing supplies Procedure Select this option to ensure no print data will be sent to the Printer while all encoding instructions will be sent according to how they are configured within the software amp DTC550 Card Printer Printing Preferences Lamig Ment rea K Panel Resin Printer Supplies Card Image Color Calibrate Magnetic Encoding Ribbon Type vacog Auto Ribbon Select Color Matching z Resin Dither z DTC550 Direct to Card Printer Encoder Service Manual Rev 2 8 6 25 FOR RESTRICTED USE only Fargo Electronics Inc Using the Image Color tab Use this tab to adjust the color properties Ea Procedure Select the Algebraic Color Matching option see the Device options tab window shown below to control the Contrast and Gamma of the printed image as well as the individual color balance of Yellow Magenta and Cyan se
85. Ribbons Dye The Dye Sublimation resin Print Ribbon combines the yellow Y Sublimation magenta M and cyan C dye sublimation panels with a resin black resin Print K panel Rippa By combining both types of Ribbon panels this Ribbon can be used to print full color photo quality images with the dye sublimation panels along with sharp black text and bar codes with the resin black panel A clear overlay panel O is also included on most Ribbons to protect the dye sublimation images Dye Sublimation images must have an overlay panel applied to them or they will quickly begin to wear or fade Full Color This Ribbon is used to print full color photo ID cards along with resin YMCKO black text and bar codes Both infrared and visible light bar code scanners can read bar codes printed with resin black An overlay panel O is included to protect the full color dye sublimation printing YMCKOK Here are the colored Ribbon designations The Panels of color are displayed in the order in which they are printed Yellow Y Magenta M Cyan C Black K Overlay O Black K used for backside black only printing YMCFKO Here are the colored Ribbon designations The Panels of color are displayed in the order in which they are printed Yellow Y Magenta M Cyan C Fluorescent F Black K Overlay O mw E ES DTC550 Direct to Card Printer Encoder Service Manual Rev 2 8 2 23 FOR RESTRICTED USE only Fargo
86. Roller D850308 Refer to Drawing D855050 Tools Needed Torx T10 Screwdriver Parts Needed Cleaning Driven Roller D850308 Estimated Repair Time 2 to 10 minutes Steps Procedure A Caution Turn off the Printer and unplug the power cord from the Printer 2 a Lift up on the bottom edge of the Top Lid b Tilt it back into the fully open position c Use the Torx head Screwdriver to remove the two 2 screws F000172 located near the hinges d Release the plastic tabs in the four corners of the Cover Lift the Cover off of the Printer 3 a Ifthe Printer has a Magnetic Encoding Unit then it will have to be removed See Replacing the Magnetic Encoder Head D000291 b Remove bottom Access Panel or Baseplate as necessary c Remove the Main Pulleys from the front and back of the Cleaning Roller noting placement and orientation of the configuration Note Set these on the side that they were removed in order to facilitate reassembly d If removal of the large Pulley 0850221 needs to be removed then the Tensioner must be loosened and readjusted during Assembly See Replacing the Front Drive Train Belt F000092 and or Belt F000094 e Use the Retaining Ring Pliers to remove the Retaining Rings from both sides of the Cleaning Driven Roller 0850308 f Remove the Bushings from the Cleaning Driven Roller D850308 g Note the orientation of the Cleaning Driven Roller D850308 Pull it to
87. Search Sie Favorites La A ee El X Lad 33 Address E http 10 1 210 240 tcpipConF html M Go Liik gt Network Settings Q Interface 10Mbps Ethernet TP Address 10 1 210 240 Subnet Mask 255 255 255 0 Default Gateway 10 1 210 4 DNS Server Address 10 1 210 8 DNS Domain Suffix FARGO COM Cwrent Settings Dynamic Internet DTC550 Direct to Card Printer Encoder Service Manual Rev 2 8 7 19 FOR RESTRICTED USE only Fargo Electronics Inc Switching to the automatic IP address mode Step Procedure 1 Select the Network link from any web page of the Printer 2 Select the Obtain an IP address automatically radio button to enable the DHCP BOOTP which automatically assigns the network settings Even with this button selected the User can enter Stored Settings and the Stored Settings will remain in memory See below Note This is the default method 3 Click on the Submit button to save this setting 4 Login as a root User if you are so prompted Note Any change of setting will only be accepted after you have successfully logged in 5 Reboot the Printer to affect this change See the procedures in Using the Reboot pages E Fargo DTC550 S N M0000030 Network Settings Microsoft Internet Explorer BAR Ld File Edit View Favorites Tools Help Q peck F I x a Ay Search P Favorites amp lt N e eS E 3 Address http 10 1 210 240 tcpipConf html Eao ims
88. Select down arrow on the LCD to view the Reset Passwords menu entry 3 Press the Select button to reset the User passwords to the default settings of empty strings Note This can be used when the passwords are not known DTC550 Direct to Card Printer Encoder Service Manual Rev 2 8 7 55 FOR RESTRICTED USE only Fargo Electronics Inc Accessing the IP address of your Printer The additional LCD menus for Ethernet enabled Printers are provided to view the IP address of the Printer Follow these procedures to access the IP Address of your Printer model Accessing the DTC550 IP address Step Procedure 1 Apply power to the Printer 2 Ensure that the Printer is connected to your network 3 Wait up to one 1 minute to allow the Printer to configure the IP address 4 Select MENU on the LCD 5 Select System Info on the LCD 6 Select the down arrow on the LCD to highlight the Network Info menu entry 7 Select Network Info on the LCD 8 Select down arrow on the LCD to highlight the IP menu entry 9 View the IP address displayed as a dotted quad number Example IP 168 192 1 1 DTC550 Direct to Card Printer Encoder Service Manual Rev 2 8 7 56 FOR RESTRICTED USE only Fargo Electronics Inc Ethernet Printer Troubleshooting Procedures Troubleshooting procedures If you are having trouble connecting to your Ethernet Printer or printing to it you should go through each of the follow
89. Softkey buttons that appear below the LCD display Their current function is indicated by the words appearing above them This function will change according to the Printer s current mode of operation Press the corresponding softkey button under the choice you wish to select Note If no word appears above a particular button this indicates it has no function in that particular mode of operation The Printer has another type of button on its control pad called Scroll buttons These buttons are located just to the right of the LCD display Use these buttons to scroll through the help text to navigate through the Printer s menu and to adjust certain Printer settings Note The Printer will indicate when the scroll buttons are active by displaying a symbol on the right hand side of the LCD display If scrolling through a list this symbol will change if you have reached the bottom of the list or if you have reached the top Scroll Buttons Softkey Buttons DTC550 Direct to Card Printer Encoder Service Manual Rev 2 8 12 2 FOR RESTRICTED USE only Fargo Electronics Inc Accessing the Menu Option Structure Tree When the Printer is powered on and sitting idle a MENU option appears above the center softkey button Use this menu option to access several test setup and reporting functions Refer to the Menu Option Structure Tree for all available menu options Selecting from the Menu Option Structure Tree displayed below
90. Station is open Fast Flashing Green light Indicates the Lamination Module is in need of attention due to an error or an error condition Refer to the Printer s LCD display for information Reviewing the Cancel button Cancel The Cancel button serves to cancel the current lamination job and reset Button the Card Lamination Module for the next lamination job e Ifa card is left within the Lamination Module after a print job is canceled it will automatically be ejected into the Rejection Card Hopper Note With the Lamination Module s Transfer Station open this button can also be used to manually rotate the Feed Rollers forward This is helpful when cleaning the Rollers or if clearing jammed media If you are printing and laminating simultaneously and you would like to cancel both the print and lamination jobs press the Printer s CANCEL softkey button Note This will cancel all jobs in the Printer Any card currently laminating will finish and eject The Lamination Module s Cancel button cancels only the lamination job DTC550 Direct to Card Printer Encoder Service Manual Rev 2 8 2 29 FOR RESTRICTED USE only Fargo Electronics Inc Reviewing the Resume pause button Resume Press the Resume button to resume operation after an error condition is pause cleared button e If an error occurs the Lamination Module s LED will flash and the Printer s LCD will report the specific error e fthis happens correct the e
91. The Visual Security Solutions dropdown menu list will be used to enable and select which type of visual security will be used The Visual Security dropdown list will be selectable only on the Front side see below Visual Security is not an option for the back side The following actions will occur when one of the Visual Security locations is selected e The Overlay Print Area will be disabled e SmartShield will be disabled e The Foil Options become selectable amp DTC550 Card Printer Printing Preferences Card ET Calibrate Magnetic Encoding Lamination Overlay Print Area K Panel Resin Printer Supplies CR 80 Card Size Front Back m O AHH Overlay Print Area Security Options Defined Area s Visual Security Solutions For Print and Overlay No Visual Security xl C For Overlay Only Q C For Print Only No Overlay E C DTC550 Direct to Card Printer Encoder Service Manual Rev 2 8 6 77 FOR RESTRICTED USE only Fargo Electronics Inc Selecting Orientation Landscape under Card tab Step Procedure Select the Landscape radio button below under Orientation under the Card Size tab to use the Visual Security Solutions A to D as shown in this window amp DTC550 Card Printer Printing Preferences ara l Overlay Print Area K Panel Resin Printer Supplies Device Options Image Color Calibrate Magnetic Encoding Card Size CR 80 z inches C mm Print Width 2 114 Print Length 3
92. This is a Test then go to File on the menu bar and select Print 4 Determine whether there is adequate hard Drive space Note A large volume of temporary files on the computer can cause communications errors Access the temporary files by following this process a Search for all folders called TEMP Once found clear out the contents of the folders b If using Windows 2000 XP run the System Utility Disk Defragmenter found in the Accessories folder of the Start Menu c Use a disk cleanup utility such as Disk Cleanup found in the System Tools folder of the Start menu or use a third party application DTC550 Direct to Card Printer Encoder Service Manual Rev 2 8 4 15 FOR RESTRICTED USE only Fargo Electronics Card Feeding Errors Resolving the Card Feeding Errors Symptom Two or more cards feed at the same time or the cards will not feed at all Procedure Clean the Input Roller Leave the Printer power ON throughout this procedure Note The card cleaning cartridge can also remain within the Printer during this cleaning process Use a cleaning card from the Printer Cleaning Kit and remove its adhesive backing paper See Cleaning procedures in this document Ensure the Card Thickness Lever is set correctly as shown below e Press the Card Thickness Lever Lock and then push the Card Thickness Lever up or down to the appropriate setting e With regards to the Card Thickness settings move the slid
93. Time 2 2 seconds per inch Transfer Temperature 125 5 Celsius Default DTC550 Direct to Card Printer Encoder Service Manual Rev 2 8 6 63 FOR RESTRICTED USE only Fargo Electronics Inc Selecting the Lamination Position Step Procedure The Lamination Position control allows you to adjust the horizontal position of the PolyGuard overlaminate This control functions in the exact same fashion as the Image Position controls except only the horizontal position of the overlaminate requires adjustment e To adjust the lamination position click on the Horizontal adjustment arrows To move the overlaminate more toward the Card output side of the Printer enter a positive number To move the overlaminate more toward the card input side of the Printer enter a negative number Note The adjustment arrows point in the direction the patch will move on the card The maximum value for the Horizontal adjustment is 100 pixels 10 pixels about 03 8mm To adjust the Vertical placement of the PolyGuard overlaminate see the Loading the Overlaminate procedure amp DTC550 Card Printer Printing Preferences fees Options Image Color Calibrate Magnetic Encoding Overlay Print Area K Panel Resin Printer Supplies Lamination Position Horizontal S Direction Card Travels through Printer DTC550 Direct to Card Printer Encoder Service Manual Rev 2 8 6 64 FOR RESTRICTED USE only Fargo Electronics Inc Selecting t
94. USE only Fargo Electronics Inc Using the Overlay Print Area continued Step Procedure Select the Defined Area s option to activate the card grid in the upper half of the window Note This allows defined areas to be created It is through this card grid that up to five areas can be defined CR 80 Card Size t Front C STTTS C inches f mm Defined Area i dh Direction Card Travels through Printer Delete DTC550 Direct to Card Printer Encoder Service Manual Rev 2 8 6 72 FOR RESTRICTED USE only Fargo Electronics Inc Using the Overlay Print Area continued ti Procedure When the card grid is first activated a small black square will appear at its default size of 2 x 2 5mm x 5mm and at its default location in the lower left hand corner 0 0 Note This square represents the first defined area Determine the area size by actually printing a card and looking at it in the same orientation as when it exits the Printer Measure the total size of the desired area and enter those dimensions into the Dimension boxes Note The minimum size an area is 2 x 2 5mm x 5mm identification Card Karen Atkins Access Level 2 ID 1234478 395 1 9 DTC550 Direct to Card Printer Encoder Service Manual Rev 2 8 6 73 FOR RESTRICTED USE only Fargo Electronics Inc Using the Overlay Print Area continued See the previous procedure in this section amp DTC550 Card Printer Printing
95. You can determine when your Card Printer was manufactured by reading directly from the serial number affixed to your Card Printer 1 Year Built The first two digits in the serial number indicate the year that the Printer was manufactured 2 Week Built The second two digits indicate the week Numeric Order The last four digits indicate the sequence number for the numeric order in which the Printers were built Reviewing Example No 1 Serial Number 80453289 1 80453289 The first two digits in the serial number indicate the year the Printer was built e g the digits 80 indicate the year 1998 80453289 The third and fourth digits in the serial number indicate the week the Printer was built e g the digits 45 indicate week 45 of that year 80453289 The last four digits indicate the sequence number for the numeric order in which the Printers were built Reviewing Example No 2 Serial Number A1280224 1 A1280224 The first two digits in the serial number indicate the year the Printer was built e g the letter and digit A1 indicate the year 2001 A1280224 The third and fourth digits in the serial number indicate the week the Printer was built e g the digits 28 indicate week 28 of that year A1280224 The last four digits indicate the sequence number for the numeric order in which the Printers were built DTC550 Direct to Card Printer Encoder Service Manual Rev 2 8 13 2 FOR RESTRICTED USE only Fargo
96. a Network Status System Log Administration Help log log2 System Log g Log Name log F Print Job Started Printer Error O Email rob francis fargo com e g userid domain com OUDP Syslog 10 1 210 23 leg 192 168 0 1 or domain name OTCP Connection Port 4010 Clear Changes Log Type Log Destination Internet DTC550 Direct to Card Printer Encoder Service Manual Rev 2 8 7 33 FOR RESTRICTED USE only Fargo Electronics Inc Setting up Email Event logging Follow this procedure to enable logging using email notification Step Procedure Specify email logging 1 Select the System Log link 2 Select the link for the log name you want to view or configure the default choices are log1 or log2 3 Select the Email radio button to choose email log notification 4 Enter a valid e mail address in the associated textbox 5 Select Submit 6 Login as a root User if you are so prompted Note Any change of setting will only be accepted after you have successfully logged in Fargo DTC550 S N M0000030 System Log Microsoft Internet Explorer File Edit View Favorites Tools Help Q sack amp x a s Search Sie Favorites amp A eS z LJ 3 Address http 10 1 210 240 logpathConf html 0 v gj co Links gt Home Network Status System Log Administration Help logl log2 System Log g Log Name log M Print
97. are as follows e IBM PC or compatible Windows 2000 XP x86 300MHz computer with 64MB of RAM or higher 200MB free hard disk space or higher USB 1 1 DTC550 Direct to Card Printer Encoder Service Manual Rev 2 8 3 2 FOR RESTRICTED USE only Fargo Electronics Inc Inspection While unpacking your Printer inspect the carton to ensure that no damage has occurred during shipping Make sure that all supplied accessories are included with your unit Unpacking the Printer The following items are included with your Printer Power Supply US Power Cable European Power Cable Card Cleaning Cartridge Two 2 Card Hopper Feed Weights Warranty Statement Registration Card and Compliancy Document Software Installation CD includes Printer Driver Online User s Guide Software Setup Installation and Printer Diagnostic Tool Keys Included with the Hopper Lock option This is included with the DTC550 with Lamination Module only Card Lamination Module Power Supply with Power Cord DTC550 Direct to Card Printer Encoder Service Manual Rev 2 8 FOR RESTRICTED USE only Fargo Electronics Inc Loading Supplies Loading the Print Ribbon Note Fargo Card Printers require highly specialized supplies to function properly e To maximize Printer life reliability printed card quality and durability you must use only Fargo Certified Supplies e For this reason your Fargo warranty is void where not prohibited by law if y
98. bring up the DTC550 Printing Preferences window Select the Card tab then click on the Test Print button as shown in Display A on the next page Select the Ribbon Type on the Device Options tab Note The only Ribbon types supported for the Test Print option are either YMCKO or YMCKOK Any other Ribbon type will display an error When the Test Print button is selected an image is copied to the Printer This completes the DTC550 Direct to Card Printer Encoder Installation Guide For additional help regarding the Test Print and other related items please see the DTC550 Direct to Card Printer User Guide located under Start gt Programs gt Fargo DTC550 Direct to Card Printer Encoder Service Manual Rev 2 8 3 43 FOR RESTRICTED USE only Fargo Electronics Inc Printing a Test Print Image continued Display A DTC550 Printer Driver Card tab see below amp DTC550 Card Printer Printing Preferences Overlay Print Area K Panel Resin Printer Supplies Device Options Image Color Calibrate Magnetic Encoding Card Size CENE inches Cam Print Width 2 114 Print Length 3 362 Card Hopper Selection First Available v Orientation Portrait C Landscape Copies 2 Diagnostics Clean Printer Test int About EE r Pre s DTC550 Direct to Card Printer Encoder Service Manual Rev 2 8 3 44 FOR RESTRICTED USE only Fargo Electronics Inc Printer Transport Moving the Printer to
99. by the Electronic Industries Association regarding the connecting of computer peripherals DTC550 Direct to Card Printer Encoder User Guide Rev 1 0 Continued on the next page 15 16 RESTRICTED USE ONLY Fargo Electronics Inc Glossary of Terms continued Term Definition Saturation A measure of the degree of color from gray with the same brightness Self test A pre determined print file used to confirm Printer operation typically sent from the driver or stored in the Printer s memory Sensor An electro mechanical electro optical device used to indicate a change in state in the Printer such as when a card reaches a certain location Serial The transfer of data one bit at a time and in sequential order communications using a single wire Serial interface A sub D 9 pin input output port on the Printer used for serial communication with the PC for AS400 operating systems or for e card encoding SIMM Single In Line An array of memory chips attached to a printed circuit board Memory Module that installs in a slot on the main board Simplex Single sided printing SmartGuard An application from Fargo Electronics that allows users to prevent access to the Printer through the use of a personally encoded Smart Card SmartGuard SmartGuard is a Printer security option that uses a custom access card and a built in reader to restrict Printer access On
100. card 102 cards per hour Indicates the Print Ribbon type and the number of Ribbon panels printed where Y Yellow M Magenta C Cyan K Resin Black B Dye Sublimation Black and O Overlay Print speeds do not include the time needed for the PC to process the image Process time is dependent on the size of the file the CPU amount of RAM and the amount of available resources at the time of the print Print speed indicates an approximate batch print speed and is measured from the time a card feeds into the Printer to the time it ejects from the Printer Note The single card print speeds will be slower than the batch print speeds listed above since batch print speed is enhanced by the Printer s multi tasking capabilities when printing multiple cards in succession Print Ribbon Full color with resin black and overlay panel YMCKO 500 options prints Full color with two resin black panels and overlay panel YMCKOk 400 prints Full color with two resin black panels no overlay panel YMCKK 500 prints Resin black 3000 prints green blue red white silver and gold 1000 prints Resin black and overlay panel KO 1500 prints DTC550 Direct to Card Printer Encoder Service Manual Rev 2 8 FOR RESTRICTED USE only Fargo Electronics Inc Technical Specifications Security Card Hopper Lock optional Features Software Windows 2000 XP 2003 Drivers Supply Voltage 100 240 VAC 3 3A Note This product is in
101. gt lt o gt Lk Joo x X lt wy fo Cy INGINI r F N NI a Ayo ce fee ty PEN 2S Nes 28 S a S lt 5 e lala Elai fs fet fwfusya Blao S co X i HFoza 5o L i ajro Se oe ee alan he w Da eg om we z aa azl Sjafe aha a 2 A GOs et 0 E L 3 ar Q olola ca a Soe gt lt L NO A a E Te wu law lo O esa D Lo ajl 2 Sl lulz Ej eolel2 gt S nAl l r l Zla EE JX IZi H PlSelalEe lO lalsSl t I z n OA Lil FSH fPHlHl e lesa lalate ope yHaYMse fa Slt ielfolaefaefpeyrI eO e se ut amp Vl gt JQ O mMm hn l l l l la l Gle Z W LW l z ut lt it ote Ses 2 A x le ol lolw LU Q oO VW aj ala 2 l o o x 1A olz D w O olZ ovlalajals ara lt olx xixlol l I6 ro L Ww Nia Jlalolsjol jin wiza 1 1 D 2 gt 2 amp ljl j ujaj vlzl5l V Sle l u z Hie lE lQAlelalol al ata xD n lt Sje lalz z Z Z Rla v lt Jl lela sa h afa aljal 5 alala aa all ilz z z amp D lt lt O Thole lHlJel Hal alSlolseltzlalsy i lt l Tr i r o ay gt jaa J 1 1 1 oO oO O O j gt LO w 0 i elol Zl gt In KE x l lnla iaja 2 IE lal le TE 1 ao E N rns ac SlnAnle lHalHal al i C pia MERTER Tr n r L laa l Fi a eE lies ZAO a AE G a e lE laala D O O LO wu r alala L l lul l lulv j E ie O ha aS AS a HSE a lke aa ae fg ale ONO We
102. heat the Printer uses when printing with the resin black panel s of a full color Ribbon or when printing with a resin only Ribbon by adjusting the Resin Heat slide Step Procedure Adjust the Resin Heat Front K or the Resin Head Back K as needed Move the slide to the left to cause less heat to be used in the printing process causing resin images to be lighter or less saturated OR Move the slide to the right to a cause more heat to be used or b cause the resin image to be darker or more saturated Note This control can be helpful for fine tuning the transfer of resin text and bar codes Resin Heat Front E ER Resin Heat Back IK NE i i TR A AN DTC550 Direct to Card Printer Encoder Service Manual Rev 2 8 6 30 FOR RESTRICTED USE only Fargo Electronics Inc Using the Overlay Heat O option Use this option to control the amount of heat the Printer uses when printing with the overlay panel of a Ribbon Step Procedure Move the slide to the left to cause less heat to be used in the printing process Note Certain card types may need additional heat for better transfer of the overlay material OR Move the slide to the right to cause more heat to be used Note This control can be helpful for fine tuning the transfer of overlay onto the card Ez t Dye Sub Intensity YMC 1 1 He 1 Resin Heat Front eee cae te Resin Heat Back K Overlay Heat 0 Default
103. memory in the Printer or PC that holds print files until the processor is ready to print them Cable DTC550 Direct to Card Printer Encoder User Guide Rev 1 0 A set of conductors wrapped together and often concealed within insulation used for signal transfer from one device to another with connectors on either end that allows the cable to be removed Continued on the next page RESTRICTED USE ONLY Fargo Electronics Inc Glossary of Terms continued Term Definition Cache A type of memory Buffer to store data temporarily used to hold information that is most often exchanged between contRoller and peripheral to expedite data transfer Calibrating A procedure to adjust an electro mechanical device so that it operates within established parameters Cleaning Roller High tack Rollers positioned just after the input Hopper to lift debris off the card as it rolls over it A clean card surface improves print quality CD Compact Disc A 4 75 inch 12 cm optical disk that stores data written too and read from using a laser DMA Direct Memory Channels designated within the Windows operating Access environment that are used for dedicated high speed communication between the PC and the Printer port Centronics A parallel communications interface that has become the standard for connections to Printers designed by the Centronics Corp Coercivity The property of a Magnetic Stripe th
104. move the Input Hoppers over to access the ON OFF Switch Note the positions of the connectors before removing them Reference the SW25 upper left SW24 lower left SW12 upper right and SW11 lower right These are all when facing the switch Use the Torx T10 Screwdriver to remove the two 2 screws F000169 that connect the ON OFF Switch 12011 to the PCB Power Mount D855042 Remove the ON OFF Switch 12011 Replace the ON OFF Switch 12011 noting proper connections Reverse this procedure to re assemble Continued on the next page DTC550 Direct to Card Printer Encoder Service Manual Rev 2 8 8 69 FOR RESTRICTED USE only Fargo Electronics Inc Replacing the ON OFF Switch 12011 continued See the procedure on the previous page lt ONIOFF Switch a 12011 Switch Bracket D855043 Saddle Cable F000382 Screw F000169 PCB Power Mount D855042 Screw F000191 PCB Power Assy A000380 Power Mount Cover D855044 DTC550 Direct to Card Printer Encoder Service Manual Rev 2 8 8 70 FOR RESTRICTED USE only Fargo Electronics Inc Replacing the Rear Over Mount D855063 Card guide Refer to Drawing D855056 Tools Needed Torx T10 Screwdriver Parts Needed Rear Over Mount D855063 Estimated Repair Time 2 to 10 minutes Steps Procedure A Caution Turn off the Printer and unplug the power cord from the Printer A A Danger We
105. only Fargo Electronics Inc Cleaning the Platen and Card Feed Rollers continued se penis Open the Printer s Top Cover and Print Station Note You do not need to remove the blank cards the Print Ribbon or the Card Cleaning Cartridge from the Printer for this procedure Remove the Print Ribbon Locate the Platen Roller 11 Use a Cleaning Pad from the Printer Cleaning Kit to wipe the roller clean Press the FWD and REV buttons to move the Platen Roller back and forth while cleaning supplies and close the Printer After the Platen Roller is clean and completely dry replace the printing Platen Roller DTC550 Direct to Card Printer Encoder Service Manual Rev 2 8 9 11 FOR RESTRICTED USE only Fargo Electronics Inc Cleaning the Platen The Printer s Platen Roller should be cleaned approximately every 250 prints Note This helps prevent jams and maintain the best print quality Perform this procedure if the roller is visibly dirty sup woe i tse pn Oa po rr Tn eran Use a Cleaning Pad from the Printer Cleaning Kit to wipe the roller clean Press the FWD and REV buttons to move the roller back and forth while cleaning After the roller is clean and completely dry replace the printing supplies and close the Printer Card Fead Roller Platen Roller DTC550 Direct to Card Printer Encoder Service Manual Rev 2 8 9 12 FOR RESTRICTED USE only Fargo Electronics Inc Cleaning the Printer s
106. only Fargo Electronics Inc Performing the procedure for the DTC550 Card Lamination Module Attachment Kit continued Procedure Connect the Lamination Module s Power Cable RED to the Printer s Power Port Connect the Com Cable GREEN to the Printer s Com port Push firmly to ensure both are securely connected Note The port and cable are keyed for one way installation DTC550 Direct to Card Printer Encoder Service Manual Rev 2 8 5 13 FOR RESTRICTED USE only Fargo Electronics Inc Performing the procedure for the DTC550 Card Lamination Module Attachment Kit continued Procedure Set the Printer completely into the Lamination Module s Baseplate Note The rubber pads on the bottom of the Printer will rest securely in the holes in the Lamination Module s Baseplate when the Printer is seated properly Rubber pada through Baseplate DTC550 Direct to Card Printer Encoder Service Manual Rev 2 8 5 14 FOR RESTRICTED USE only Fargo Electronics Inc Performing the procedure for the DTC550 Card Lamination Module Attachment Kit continued Procedure Gently tilt the entire Printer and Lamination Module back onto its rear cover as shown below Note Be careful not to slide the unit around in this position as scratching could occur Use the torx tool to insert each of the four 4 screws F000286 into the Baseplate and tighten the screws to secure the Printer to the Lamination Module s Baseplate
107. or when it is time to replace the overlaminate material If a lamination error does occur the Lamination Module s LED will flash and an attention level message will appear on the Printer s LCD display Note Since it is an INFO level message it will not interrupt printing Correct the error Press OK to clear the LCD s INFO message Press the Lamination Module s Resume button to resume operation or its Cancel button to cancel the current lamination job and accept the next Note If canceled the canceled card will eject into the Rejection Card Hopper Reviewing the Module s Programmed Default Temperature Term Description Programmed Upon initial power up the Lamination Module is programmed to heat the Default Lamination Roller up to its default temperature Temperature e Target Temperature Ifa print job is sent while the Lamination Module is heating up the Printer s LCD display will read Lam Heating It will also display LAM Temp current target which shows the current temperature of the Lamination Roller and the target temperature it is trying to reach Note This indicates that the lamination Roller is heating to its preset temperature e initial Heating Process The initial heating process will generally take about 3 to 4 minutes Note The LCD display will read Lam Heating or Cooling whenever the Lamination Roller is heating up or cooling down to the prescribed temperature When the Lamination Module has rea
108. password e The default password is an empty string If the password has not been changed leave the field blank e See Password page procedure for changing passwords 3 Press Enter or click on the OK button 4 If the name and password is not accepted another login prompt will appear on screen Repeat this procedure with the correct User name and password Administrator User name 1 root Password Remember my password DTC550 Direct to Card Printer Encoder Service Manual Rev 2 8 7 14 FOR RESTRICTED USE only Fargo Electronics Inc Accessing the Home pages Step Procedure 1 Open a window for your network browser application on your local PC 2 Find the IP address of the Printer Note See the section See Accessing the IP Address as needed to get this from the LCD of the Printer 3 Enter the IP address of the Printer you want to access into the address bar of the browser 4 Press Enter or click on GO 5 View the Home page The Home pages display general information about the Printer as shown in Displays A B and C Accessing the DTC550 Home Page You can access this home page by typing in the link as shown below a Fargo DTC550 S N M0000030 Home Page Microsoft Internet Explorer File Edit view Favorites Tools Help Q tack Q x a EA Search PY Favorites g3 Address http 10 1 210 240 index html Home Network S
109. port and the internal Printer Server See the DTC550 Direct to Card Printer Encoder Ethernet Upgrade Kit D855177 Installation Guide Rev 1 0 e Printer Management The Printer Driver provides bi directional status information so you can monitor and manage the Printer just as you would any other networked Printer e Compatibility The Fargo Ethernet option provides compatibility with TCP IP and 802 3 Ethernet protocols with an IEEE 802 3 10 100Base T Ethernet female RJ45 connector e Application The Ethernet Option applies to the Fargo DTC550 Direct to Card Printer Encoder With the Ethernet Option properly installed and configured these printers are able to print in the same manner as a printer directly connected to the PC via a USB interface DTC550 Direct to Card Printer Encoder Service Manual Rev 2 8 7 1 FOR RESTRICTED USE only Fargo Electronics Inc Technical Specification Ethernet Option Here are the system requirements for Ethernet A Caution For safety purposes Ethernet is not intended for a direct connection outside of the building Function Requirement Network An IEEE 802 3 10 100 Base T Ethernet network is required Printer A Fargo Printer with the Ethernet option installed is required Printer Since TCP IP is used for the network communication the Printer Configuration must be configured with an IP address and a subnet mask before it can be seen on the network An additional network sett
110. power to the DTC550 Printer continued Step Procedure Connect the other end of the AC power cable to a Surge Protector Connect the other end of the cord to the Power Supply See both notes below e Note No 1 Instead of connecting the AC power cable directly into an AC outlet it is recommended that a Surge Protector be used to protect against power surges Note No 2 Some buildings have surge protection built into the electrical outlets Please consult your building supervisor regarding this material DTC550 Direct to Card Printer Encoder Service Manual Rev 2 8 3 22 FOR RESTRICTED USE only Fargo Electronics Inc Connecting power to the DTC550 Printer continued Step Procedure Connect the plug from the power supply to the Printer as shown below Note If working with a non Lamination unit proceed to Step 8 in this procedure SELERKTEZITTET DTC550 Direct to Card Printer Encoder Service Manual Rev 2 8 3 23 FOR RESTRICTED USE only Fargo Electronics Inc Connecting power to the DTC550 Printer continued Step Procedure This applies to the DTC550 with Lamination Printer only Connect the AC power cable to the DTC550 with Lamination power supply as shown below CT DTC550 Direct to Card Printer Encoder Service Manual Rev 2 8 3 24 FOR RESTRICTED USE only Fargo Electronics Inc Connecting power to the DTC550 Printer continued Step Procedure This applies to the DTC550 wi
111. proper eye protection to perform this procedure a o QO Lift up on the bottom edge of the Top Lid Tilt it back into the fully open position Use the Torx head Screwdriver to remove the two 2 screws F0001 72 located near the hinges Release the plastic tabs in the four corners of the Cover Lift the Cover off of the Printer Continued on the next page DTC550 Direct to Card Printer Encoder Service Manual Rev 2 8 8 66 FOR RESTRICTED USE only Fargo Electronics Inc Replacing the Cable Assembly 840176 continued Steps Procedure 3 a Remove Main Board See Replacing the Main Board A000116 01 Single sided A000116 02 Dual sided Remove Flipper Table See Replacing the Flipper Table D850280 Note the path that the Flipper Table Sensor Cable is routed Note It is necessary to install the replacement it in the same manner e With the Flipper Table on the card path disconnect the Sensor from the Flipper Table Sensor Cable that is Mounted to the Flipper Table e Disconnect the connector from the Cable located on the Sideplate Use the Torx T10 Screwdriver to remove the two 2 screws F000176 that connect the Flipper Table Sensor Cable Assembly 840176 to the Flipper Table D850280 and the Sideplate D855040 Remove the Flipper Table Sensor Cable from the two Retainers 130878 located at the Flipper Gear 840221 and at the inside of the Sideplate D855040
112. sequence of files or sets of data awaiting transmission or processing Proximity Prox Card Proximity cards allow access and tracking utilizing contactless technology usually by communicating through a built in antenna Prox Card Encoder The Fargo prox card Encoder uses an HID ProxPoint Plus reader mounted on the e card docking Station inside the Printer Encoder The ProxPoint is a read only device producing a Wiegand signal that is converted to RS 232 using a Cypress Computer Systems CVT 2232 Application programs can read information from HID prox cards via a RS 232 signal through a dedicated DB 9 port on the outside of the Printer labeled Prox RAM Random Access Memory A storage device for digital information to be held temporarily to facilitate processing Rasterize The process of converting the elements of a graphic into a bitmap to be printed Reboot Cycling the power to the Printer so that it resets and reinitializes Registration The quality of the alignment of the separate primary color images YMCK Resident Font A set of characters loaded into the Printer memory that can be programmed to print those characters on the card without rasterizing the image Resin DTC550 Direct to Card Printer Encoder User Guide Rev 1 0 A semi solid material Continued on the next page 15 15 RESTRICTED USE ONLY Fargo Electronics Inc Glossary of Terms c
113. that secure the Lamination assembly to the Baseplate Remove the one 1 screw from the Output Hopper right rear that secures the Lamination Assembly to the Baseplate Remove the one 1 screw from the below the platen Roller that secures the Lamination assembly to the Baseplate Continued on the next page DTC550 Direct to Card Printer Encoder Service Manual Rev 2 8 8 177 FOR RESTRICTED USE only Fargo Electronics Inc Replacing the Lamination Module Hopper Sensor Assembly D870228 continued Step Procedure 7 Lift the Lamination Assembly D870154 from the Baseplate 8 Use the Torx T10 Screwdriver to remove the two 2 Screws from the Hopper Sensor assembly D870228 9 Disconnect the cable connector 10 Reverse assemble to reinstall new part DTC550 Direct to Card Printer Encoder Service Manual Rev 2 8 8 178 FOR RESTRICTED USE only Fargo Electronics Inc Replacing the PCB LED Switch Assembly A000242 Laminator Refer to Drawing D855161 Tools Needed Torx T10 Screwdriver Parts Needed PCB LED Switch Assembly A000242 Estimated Repair Time 2 to 10 minutes Steps Procedure A Caution Turn off the Printer and unplug the power cord from the Printer AN Danger Wear proper eye protection to perform this procedure 2 a Lift up on the bottom edge of the Top Lid xxx of the Lamination Station Tilt it back into the fully open position Pull
114. that takes the colors value of pixels and applies them to an algebraic equation to adjust the levels of hue saturation and brightness ANSI American National Standards Institute The United States Representative to ISO providing standardization for U S Manufactures prior or in addition to acceptance by ISO AS400 An IBM operating system running on a main frame DTC550 Fargo Printers are built with fonts saved in the Printer memory so users of AS400 can write escape codes and print from the Printer ASCII American Standard Code for A standard for processing information in computer processors An 8 bit character set of 255 decimal numbers each assigned Information to numbers letters punctuation and special characters Interchange AT Refers to an IBM standard in early computing with regard to the chipset and function of the Parallel Port set up in the BIOS B Black Black Dye Sublimation panels are distinguished from the black panel using resin by the use of B for Dye Sublimation black K denotes resin black Continued on the next page DTC550 Direct to Card Printer Encoder User Guide Rev 1 0 15 1 RESTRICTED USE ONLY Fargo Electronics Inc Glossary of Terms continued Term Definition Barcodes A series of alternating black and white stripes of varying widths each character denoted by a set number and width of black stripes that allows characters to be optically read
115. the factory settings for each specific Printer are recorded on a label inside the main enclosure of the Printer This label can be seen by opening the Top Cover There is a RESTORE SETTINGS option in the LCD that allows you to do this automatically Use this option to change the Printer s internal settings for controlling the procedures in this section DTC550 Direct to Card Printer Encoder Service Manual Rev 2 8 12 13 FOR RESTRICTED USE only Fargo Electronics Inc Adjusting the Print TOF and Print EOF Procedure Before starting the alignment procedures you must first establish a baseline from which to start your adjustments To do this select MENU Setup Printer Print Settings and set these starting parameters in each of the following Setup Printer options Print TOF 30 and Print EOF 30 Setting the Print TOF Procedure Choose MENU Print Test Image and Gray Align YMC K to print a test card Select MENU Setup Printer Print Settings and Print TOF Record the Print TOF value on the test card you just printed Examine the test card Note When centered properly the Alignment Arrows should appear tal at the edge of the card s leading edge If your test card does not look like the sample shown below go to Step 5 to adjust the Print TOF DTC550 Direct to Card Printer Encoder Service Manual Rev 2 8 12 14 FOR RESTRICTED USE only Fargo Electronics Inc Setting the Print TOF continued Step Pr
116. the Printer For the DTC550 printer encoder this Upgrade page provides for upgrading the main Printer Firmware which includes the Print Server Firmware It is only available to the DTC550 after the Printer has been rebooted into the upgrade mode Step Procedure 1 Select the Administration link 2 Go to step 7 if the Upgrade link is shown 3 Select the Reboot link if the Upgrade link is not shown E Fargo DTC550 S N M0000030 Reboot Microsoft Internet Explorer File Edit View Favorites Tools Help ae Q sack amp x E A PO search Sie Favorites 2 B ee E x l 33 Address http 10 1 210 240 reboot html i Go Links Home Network Status System Log Administration Help System Passwords Reboot Reboot A NOTE The following actions will immediately shut down all services and reboot the DTC550 Reboot Reboot system U d Reboot to Bootloader Done Internet DTC550 Direct to Card Printer Encoder Service Manual Rev 2 8 7 43 FOR RESTRICTED USE only Fargo Electronics Inc Upgrading the Main Firmware DTC550 only continued Step Procedure 4 Select the Upgrade button to get Printer into the upgrade mode 5 Select the Yes button and wait for reboot as shown below in Displays A and B Display A Rebooting into the Upgrade Mode Fargo DTC550 S N M0000030 Confirmation Microsoft Internet Explorer SE File Edit View
117. the previous page Default Settings Label screw FO00170 Top Cover 0855156 Lam Arm Assembly TORE ver 0870153 labe L000255 Rear Cover Assembly 0855162 screw FOO0192 screw FO00178 LAM Output Cover D8701247 1 WR PCB Main Laminatar Assembly 4000250 Standoff Hex pp Screw F00D1 A Nut 130985 gt Bottom Sensor Bracket 81025011 eo gt x LAM Baseplate Assembly 0855144 D SS LAM Control Panel Label LOO0229 Front Cover Assembly 0855161 LAM Chassis Assembly D870154 DTC550 Direct to Card Printer Encoder Service Manual Rev 2 8 8 167 FOR RESTRICTED USE only Fargo Electronics Inc Replacing the Lamination Module Arm Assembly D870153 Refer to Drawing D870153 Tools Needed Phillips head Screwdriver Torx T10 Screwdriver Parts Needed Lamination Module Arm Assembly D870153 Estimated Repair Time 15 minutes Procedure A Caution Turn off the Printer and unplug the power cord from the Printer A Caution To prevent equipment or media damage observe all established Electrostatic Discharge ESD procedures while handling Cables in or near the Circuit Board and Printhead Assemblies A Danger Wear proper eye protection to perform this procedure Remove the Lamination Module Top Cover and Lamination Module Rear Cover D855156 and D855162 See Replacing the Lamination Module Top Cover and Lamination Module Rear Cover D8551
118. the white cover sheet DTC550 Direct to Card Printer Encoder Service Manual Rev 2 8 3 10 FOR RESTRICTED USE only Fargo Electronics Inc Inserting the Card Cleaning Cartridge continued Insert the Cleaning Cartridge back into the Printer as shown below DTC550 Direct to Card Printer Encoder Service Manual Rev 2 8 FOR RESTRICTED USE only Fargo Electronics Inc Inserting the Card Cleaning Cartridge continued sermons o S A Caution Be sure to push down on the cartridge until it clicks into place DTC550 Direct to Card Printer Encoder Service Manual Rev 2 8 3 12 FOR RESTRICTED USE only Fargo Electronics Inc Inserting the Card Cleaning Cartridge continued sepe S S 4 Gently press down on the Cover until it closes DTC550 Direct to Card Printer Encoder Service Manual Rev 2 8 3 13 FOR RESTRICTED USE only Fargo Electronics Inc Loading the Overlaminate Note This procedure only applies to the DTC550 with Laminating Card Printer Encoder The loading process for both the Thermal Transfer Film and the PolyGuard Overlaminate material is the same Refer to the following steps to load either type of overlaminate into the Printer A Danger Do not touch the metal Lamination Shield or the Lamination Roller when loading the overlaminate These components can become very hot sop S Open the Lamination Module s Top Cover DTC550 Direct to Card Printer Encoder Service Ma
119. to stored settings in the memory of the Printer Note These settings will not be lost if the power is removed from the Printer Continued on the next page DTC550 Direct to Card Printer Encoder Service Manual Rev 2 8 7 21 FOR RESTRICTED USE only Fargo Electronics Inc Changing to the static IP address mode continued Step Procedure 7 Login as a root User if you are so prompted Note Any change of setting will only be accepted after you have successfully logged in 8 Reboot the Printer to effect this change See the Reviewing Web page security procedure Fargo DTC550 S N M0000030 Network Settings Microsoft Internet Explorer DE File Edit View Favorites Tools Help ae Q sack Q a A PO Search 5 Favorites 2 A E z lana 33 Address http f 10 1 210 240 tcpipConf html v SE Links gt Obtain an IP address automatically Use the following IP address IP Address 10 1 210 240 Subnet Mask 255 255 255 0 Default Gateway 101 2104 DNS Server Address DNS Domain Suffix Clear Changes _ Note Changes to fields with gray background only take effect after reboot Internet DTC550 Direct to Card Printer Encoder Service Manual Rev 2 8 7 22 FOR RESTRICTED USE only Fargo Electronics Inc Using the Clear Changes button Step Procedure 1 Click on the Clear Changes button to delete the information in the textboxes in Stored Settings ar
120. until it snaps into place as shown below A Caution Do not reverse the overlaminate roll Damage may occur to the Lamination roller DTC550 Direct to Card Printer Encoder Service Manual Rev 2 8 3 18 FOR RESTRICTED USE only Fargo Electronics Inc Loading the Overlaminate continued Step Procedure To complete this section simply close the Lamination Module cover See below DTC550 Direct to Card Printer Encoder Service Manual Rev 2 8 FOR RESTRICTED USE only Fargo Electronics Inc Connecting power to the DTC550 Printer A Caution Do not remove the red Warning sticker across the USB connection Do not plug in the USB cable until prompted to do so during the installation of the DTC550 Printer Driver See the Installing the DTC550 Printer Driver procedure Step Procedure The Printer connections are shown below i T a a m pe ai Serial Ports lt NGI Ceh MAAORDTATARIAN ETAD Ethernet Power Jack Power Jack DTC550 Direct to Card Printer Encoder Service Manual Rev 2 8 3 20 FOR RESTRICTED USE only Fargo Electronics Inc Connecting power to the DTC550 Printer continued Procedure Connect the AC power cable to the power supply as shown below DTC550 Direct to Card Printer Encoder Service Manual Rev 2 8 3 21 FOR RESTRICTED USE only Fargo Electronics Inc Connecting
121. up and remove from the metal hinges b Use the Torx head Screwdriver to remove the two 2 screws xxx located inside the front Sideplate to remove front Cover 3 a Use the Torx T10 Screwdriver to remove the three 3 screws F000176 and three 3 Washers 130285 that connect the PCB LED Switch Assembly A000242 to the Front LAM Cover D855157 b Remove the LAM Control Board Cable D870169 from the PCB LED Switch Assembly A000242 4 Replace the PCB LED Switch Assembly A000242 5 Reverse this procedure to re assemble Continued on the next page DTC550 Direct to Card Printer Encoder Service Manual Rev 2 8 8 179 FOR RESTRICTED USE only Fargo Electronics Inc Replacing the PCB LED Switch Assembly A000242 Laminator continued See the procedure on the previous page Front LAM Cover D855157 LAM Control Board Cable gas A 7 Washer 130285 PCB LED Switch Assy A000242 Screw F000176 DTC550 Direct to Card Printer Encoder Service Manual Rev 2 8 8 180 FOR RESTRICTED USE only Fargo Electronics Inc Replacing the Lamination Module Platen Motor D870218 Refer to Drawing D870154 Tools Needed Phillips head Screwdriver Torx T10 Screwdriver Parts Needed Lamination Module Platen Motor D870218 Estimated Repair Time 30 minutes Step Procedure A Caution Turn off the Printer and unplug the power cord from the Printer A Cauti
122. user s manual for specific encoding instructions if the encoding data was sent in error DTC550 Direct to Card Printer Encoder Service Manual Rev 2 8 4 22 FOR RESTRICTED USE only Fargo Electronics Inc Resolving the No Smart Encoder Error Message Symptom The Printer is receiving encoding data but the Printer is not configured with this Encoder type Procedure Ensure the LCD Setting is correct e Press Select on the LCD e Select the Setup Printer and Encoder Settings e Change the Setting from None to Yes Check the software user s manual for encoding instructions if the encoding data was sent in error Resolving the Failed Smart Encode Error Message Symptom The card s smart chip was not encoded properly Procedure Check to ensure that the cards are loaded with the smart chip facing up and are being fed into the Printer first Verify that the card is entering the E card Docking Station properly e Send an encoding print job from the computer e Watch the card feed into the Printer and enter the E card Docking Station e Adjust the Flipper Offset as needed if the card is not feeding into the E card Docking Station properly See Resolving the Card Jam on the Flipper Table DTC550 Direct to Card Printer Encoder Service Manual Rev 2 8 4 23 FOR RESTRICTED USE only Fargo Electronics Inc Removing the Card Jam in the Printer s Magnetic Encoding Area Symptom A card is jammed in the
123. what you see on the computer monitor and are compliant with Windows Hardware Compatibility Test amp DTC550 Card Printer Printing Preferences Lanier re IEE K Panel Resin Printer Supplies Card Device Options Image Color Calibrate Magnetic Encoding DiS Full Color 2 Resin Black Overlay w Ribbon Type Auto Ribbon Select Color Matching Algebraic l Resin Dither DTC550 Direct to Card Printer Encoder Service Manual Rev 2 8 6 17 FOR RESTRICTED USE only Fargo Electronics Inc Adjusting for the Resin Dither Use the appropriate Dither method according to the type of image to be printed Note This option only affects those objects printed with the resin black panel Procedure Select Optimized for Graphics when printing lower quality images e g Clipart logos etc with resin OR Select Optimized for Photo when printing photo quality images with resin amp DTC550 Card Printer Printing Preferences wt Area K Panel Resin Printer Supplies Image Color Calibrate Magnetic Encoding Ribbon Type YMORON Full Color 2 Resin Black Overlay v Auto Ribbon Select Color Matching Algebraic xl Resin Dither Optimized for Graphics s Optimized for Graphics Optimized for Photos KZ Drini Dath DTC550 Direct to Card Printer Encoder Service Manual Rev 2 8 6 18 FOR RESTRICTED USE only Fargo Electronics Inc Using the Print Both Sides option Use this option to a
124. wu H j w o lt aloft lya fa aetl o lt x IIA ial fae e faa a gt WY gt a Ja tag ea NEE E Oy ee oe Q x ORO A i O u zZz lw lwu wuwu al ao lwua a laua awaa aa a eo E i III NAN Le ILOLOINININAINININ UlInl nil dadlol la t ea lola lala Q N Lot _ a lt I O Nfs j j ao aJa A o aD Aua ENA a a a 3 J LJJa ILINJ aaja ls ZSI AIN A s NIN O O ola Ea 2 ac gt EJS ofaj BO 2 fz 0 5 or aa eal eal Eo g2 eo ato S gt 4 40 z J J J J J J Hi alalalalala a S n N Og lol ela Z amp gt H kah A a n a ft LJ Lo O On a ep amp a Ei j ce ce ce we ce ef ce ee em ee ee I ee ee Ie He IE TEI HEI NININIAILNIDI eI NIN ele le le le le leloelole 2 O ON LII OIO N LILII LJILJA OO OO OO sO ee ee ee SASSA a3 gt UJO xe S rHluwu O aja sa sa A lA e e A e a A eG e A ea S A e te e a ea a A 8 ops yep LIJI ajaaa jaja Qa i AS E l E a S E a E e E E o nolo 5 aa aN ON STS 2 NBS a Sl 3 5 0o18 182818181 g 5 co E E he gt goala amp C cre oO N Q mE ON oO ae Dims O TH INI MINI LDICl lTA A O a E a kK 2 ayloelolaol lwalnlal lt lalwleilm olunJololalalol M IOClKJSF IEE ISISlSslHl HAlulalHAloOlE lola l SISISISILILIS SIla a egies oH a T l olHnIn of olol Mm T IMI DOl Ds O Ol mIl MITA 1H DIPDITINININ DMI SAlLOlLOIOSIOIOIOOIOIOlLOInIn x NINIM Oq Ji O T a UW MIDAIOLOIOILOAIOIOCILOINININIMDWITDININININ MS gt lt
125. 0 Sequence of Operations The following sequence describes a DTC550 doing a dual sided full color print job with magnetic encoding Process The File information is received from the PC The Flipper Stepper activates and rotates the Flipper Table until the Flipper Home Sensor is activated The Flipper Stepper rotates the Flipper Table back a specific number of steps based on the Flipper Offset setting to return the Flipper Table to a level position The Card Detection Sensor detects the presence of a Card in the exception feed The Hopper Lift Motor activates and lowers the Card Hopper until the Hopper Lift Sensor detects a change in state The Card Detection Sensor detects the presence of a Card If no card is seen the following takes place a The Hopper Lift Motor activates and raises the Card Hopper until the Hopper Lift Sensor detects a change in state b The Hopper Transport Motor activates and moves to the other Hopper until the Hopper Position Sensor detects a change in state c The Hopper Lift Motor activates and lowers the card Hopper until the Hopper Lift Sensor detects a change in state d The Card Detection Sensor detects the presence of a Card The Card Feed Stepper activates and feeds a card through the Cleaning Roller and onto the Flipper Table The Flipper Stepper rotates the Flipper Table a certain number of steps based on the Encoder Angle setting to position the card for Encoding DTC550 Di
126. 00106 O Ring F000385 Retaining Ring 140048 Screw F000169 A Port Bracket D855059 4 N v Saddle Cable F000348 P Encoder Wheel 810492 Sideplate D855040 327 Motor D855165 2 y e Q r 3 Twist Lock Cable cy Film Drive F000349 Saddle Cable off Post Idler Clutch F000384 spa D840867 Screw F000170 _ t Spring Roll Pin crew F000172 Q 130975 oe Washer 130884 Gear Combo O Ring Pulley D880141 Ribbon Idler Drive Belt FO000390 Gear 760288 Retaining Ring 140061 PCB 3 Tie Holder Sensor 2 Assy Cable F000347 Ribbon Drive A000126 Gear 760289 DTC550 Direct to Card Printer Encoder Service Manual Rev 2 8 8 122 FOR RESTRICTED USE only Fargo Electronics Inc Replacing the Main Pulleys D850190 Refer to Drawing D855050 Tools Needed Torx T10 Screwdriver Parts Needed Main Pulley s D850190 Estimated Repair Time 2 to 10 minutes Steps Procedure A Caution Turn off the Printer and unplug the power cord from the Printer A Danger Wear proper eye protection to perform this procedure w Lift up on the bottom edge of the Top Lid Tilt it back into the fully open position b Use the Torx head Screwdriver to remove the two 2 screws F000172 located near the hinges c Release the plastic tabs in the four corners of the Cover Lift the Cover off of the Printer a Remove the one 1 Cir Clip 140048 out
127. 00191 that secure the PCB S3 Sensor 2 Assembly A000126 Continued on the next page DTC550 Direct to Card Printer Encoder Service Manual Rev 2 8 8 53 FOR RESTRICTED USE only Fargo Electronics Inc Replacing the PCB S3 Sensor 2 Assembly A000126 continued Steps Procedure 4 e Replace the PCB S3 Sensor 2 Assembly A000126 by reconnecting the Sensor Board Assembly Cable and reinstalling the Sensor to the Sideplate e Be careful to use the correct torque on the sheet metal screws e Verify clearance between the flag and Sensor by rotating the Sensor Flag one complete revolution while biasing the shaft inward and rotate once biasing it outwards This can be done by rotating the Gears on the front side of the Printer to manipulate the flag on the other side Note This ensures the Sensor Flag does not contact the Sensor 5 Reverse this procedure to re assemble O Ring Pulley Screw F000177 D900106 Encoder Wheel O Ring F000385 810492 Sideplate D855040 Retaining Ring 140048 Screw F000169 Port Bracket D855059 Saddle Cable 327 Motor F000348 D855165 2 Peg P HA g Film Drive Post Idler Twist Lock Cable F000349 Saddle Cable Clutch F000384 F900352 Screw F000170 crew F000172 Q Spring Roll Pin z t 130975 Washer 130884 Gear Combo O Ring Pulley D880141 Ribbon Idler Drive Belt F000390 Gear 760288 Retaini
128. 01 26 Refer to Drawing D855052 Tools Needed Torx T10 Screwdriver Parts Needed PCB S3 Sensor 2 Assembly A000126 Estimated Repair Time 2 to 10 minutes Steps Procedure A Caution Turn off the Printer and unplug the power cord from the Printer A Caution To prevent equipment or media damage observe all established Electrostatic Discharge ESD procedures while handling Cables in or near the Circuit Board and Printhead Assemblies AN Danger Wear proper eye protection to perform this procedure 2 a Lift up on the bottom edge of the Top Lid Tilt it back into the fully open position o Use the Torx head Screwdriver to remove the two 2 screws F000172 located near the hinges Release the plastic tabs in the four corners of the Cover Lift the Cover off of the Printer QO oo fed Remove the screws securing the Main Board to the Sideplate and the upper wiring connectors from the Main Board Tilt the Main Board back to access the Headlift Sensor See Replacing the Main Board A000116 01 Single sided A000116 02 Dual sided Check that the Sensor Flag does not contact with the Sensor which can cause dust to form on the Sensor If this is noted replace the Sensor and its Flag and check the clearance as needed o e Rotate the Sensor flag if needed to access the screws for the Sensor Disconnect the Sensor from its Cable e Use the Torx T10 Screwdriver to remove the two 2 screws F0
129. 0125 Refer to Drawing D855052 Tools Needed Torx T10 Screwdriver Parts Needed PCB S3 Sensor 1 Assembly A000125 Estimated Repair Time 2 to 10 minutes Steps Procedure 1 A Caution Turn off the Printer and unplug the power cord from the Printer A Danger Wear proper eye protection to perform this procedure 2 a Lift up on the bottom edge of the Top Lid Tilt it back into the fully open position b Use the Torx head Screwdriver to remove the two 2 screws F000172 located near the hinges c Release the plastic tabs in the four corners of the Cover Lift the Cover off of the Printer 3 a Use the Torx T10 Screwdriver to remove the two 2 screws F000171 that fasten the PCB S3 Sensor 1 Assembly A000125 to the PCB Bracket D855035 b Remove the Cable from the Sensor c Remove the PCB S3 Sensor 1 Assembly A000125 4 Replace the PCB S3 Sensor 1 Assembly A000125 DTC550 Direct to Card Printer Encoder Service Manual Rev 2 8 Continued on the next page 8 51 FOR RESTRICTED USE only Fargo Electronics Inc Replacing the PCB S3 Sensor 1 Top Lid Sensor A000125 continued See the procedure on the previous page PCB S3 Sensor 1 A000125 Screw F000171 PCB Bracket D855035 DTC550 Direct to Card Printer Encoder Service Manual Rev 2 8 8 52 FOR RESTRICTED USE only Fargo Electronics Inc Replacing the PCB S3 Sensor 2 Assembly Headlift Sensor A00
130. 0250 in place 5 Use the Torx T10 Screwdriver to remove the two 2 Screws that hold the Lower Ribbon Sensor assembly in place 6 Spread the sideplates carefully to gain the clearance needed to remove the Lower Ribbon Sensor Assembly 7 Disconnect the cable connector 8 Reverse assemble to reinstall new part DTC550 Direct to Card Printer Encoder Service Manual Rev 2 8 8 176 FOR RESTRICTED USE only Fargo Electronics Inc Replacing the Lamination Module Hopper Sensor Assembly D870228 Refer to Drawing D870154 Tools Needed Phillips head Screwdriver Torx T10 Screwdriver Parts Needed Lamination Module Hopper Sensor Assembly D870228 Estimated Repair Time 15 minutes Step Procedure Lr Caution Turn off the Printer and unplug the power cord from the Printer A Caution To prevent equipment or media damage observe all established Electrostatic Discharge ESD procedures while handling Cables in or near the Circuit Board and Printhead Assemblies A Danger Wear proper eye protection to perform this procedure Remove the Lamination Module Top Cover and Lamination Module Rear Cover D855156 and D855162 See Replacing the Lamination Module Top Cover and Lamination Module Rear Cover D855156 and D855162 Remove the four 4 screws from that secure the Lamination Module Main board to the Printer Remove the three screws on the rear side of the Lamination Module
131. 1 Ring Assy D855051 140061 Washer F000132 Film Drive Post Idler D840867 Screw 130302 DTC550 Direct to Card Printer Encoder Service Manual Rev 2 8 8 114 FOR RESTRICTED USE only Fargo Electronics Inc Replacing the Belt F000108 Refer to Drawing D855050 Tools Needed Torx T10 Screwdriver Parts Needed Belt F000108 D850221 D850190 Estimated Repair Time 2 to 10 minutes Steps Procedure A Caution Turn off the Printer and unplug the power cord from the Printer AN Danger Wear proper eye protection to perform this procedure o 9 Lift up on the bottom edge of the Top Lid Tilt it back into the fully open position Use the Torx head Screwdriver to remove the two 2 screws F000172 located near the hinges Release the plastic tabs in the four corners of the Cover Lift the Cover off of the Printer Remove the Baseplate See Replacing the Base Plate D850287 D850461 Proximity Mifare version Loosen Flipper Mag Tensioner Pulley Platen D855082 and remove the Belt F000092 See Replacing the Front Drive Train Belt F000092 and or Belt F000094 Remove both Pulleys D850190 and the Belt 220071 from Input Feed Roller Shaft and Cleaning Roller Shaft Remove Pulley D850221 from Flipper Roller Shaft Remove the Belt F000108 along with the remaining Pulleys D850190 Continued on the next page DTC550 Direct to Card Printer Encoder Service
132. 2 9 FOR RESTRICTED USE only Fargo Electronics Inc Reviewing the Color Resin YMCK Self Test Procedure Use this card to determine Image Placement and confirm that a the image colors are properly reproduced and b the Resin Panel is printing properly Note The Image consists of twelve spot colors YMC and RGB as well as gray density bars and thin resin lines DTC550 Direct to Card Printer Encoder Service Manual Rev 2 8 12 10 FOR RESTRICTED USE only Fargo Electronics Inc Reviewing the Card Count YMC Self Test Step Procedure Use this card to view Printer settings and counts for Card Count CC and Pass Count PC e The Card Count is the total number of cards the Printer has produced Pass Count is the total number of print passes made by the Printhead Note A pass is measured each time a single Ribbon panel is printed or passes beneath the Printhead Image Darkness 0 0 Resin Heat Adj 0 0 Print Top Of Form 0 Print End Of Fonm 0 0 Print Left Of Form 0 0 Mag Top Of Form 0 Ribbon Tension 0 0 Print Flip Level 5 0 Print Flip Angle 8 0 Encoder Flip Angle 0 0 Model DTC550 3 N M0000029 FW Rev MVT 18 Jun 24 2005 Head Resistance 3200 3000 Ribbon Calibration 7155 0 Ribbon Pretension 0 0 Misc Flags 34312 Card Count2502 Pass Count4005 Card Cleaning Count 3000 DTC550 Direct to Card Printer Encoder Service Manual Rev 2 8 12 11 FOR RESTRICTED USE only Fargo El
133. 2 Ensure that the Printer is connected to your network 3 Wait up to one 1 minute to allow the Printer to configure the IP address 4 Select MENU on the LCD 5 Select Setup Printer on the LCD 6 Select down arrow on the LCD to highlight the Network Settings menu entry 7 Select Network Settings on the LCD Changing the DHCP Setting Step Procedure 1 See the Accessing the Network Setup Menu procedure to access the Network Settings menu MENU gt Setup Printer gt Network Settings 2 Select down arrow on the LCD to view the DHCP menu entry e DHCP Enabled indicates that the automatic IP assignment is selected e DHCP Disabled indicates that the static IP assignment is selected 3 Press the Select button to switch the DHCP setting 4 If you change the setting you will be prompted to reboot the Printer DTC550 Direct to Card Printer Encoder Service Manual Rev 2 8 7 53 FOR RESTRICTED USE only Fargo Electronics Inc Changing the ANEG setting The ANEG status indicates the current setting of the network configuration of the Ethernet interface e This value can be set explicitly by the User to force the Ethernet interface configuration in cases where auto negotiation fails e Failure of the automatic network configuration can cause slow data transmission longer print times or network connection problems Follow the procedure provided below Step Procedure 1 See the Accessing the Network
134. 362 Card Hopper Selection First Available v Orientation Portrait Copies 1 Diagnostics Clean Printer Test Print About DTC550 Direct to Card Printer Encoder Service Manual Rev 2 8 6 78 FOR RESTRICTED USE only Fargo Electronics Inc Selecting the Visual Security Solutions dropdown menu A to D Step Procedure Overlay Print Area tab to use the options shown in this display Click on the Visual Security Solutions dropdown menu below under the Direction Card Travels through Printer Overlay Print Area Security Options Defined Areals Visual Security Solutions No Visual Security No Visual Securit For Print and Overlay C For Overlay Only C For Print Only No Overlay erase AHA C Lower Left D Lower Rig DTC550 Direct to Card Printer Encoder Service Manual Rev 2 8 6 79 FOR RESTRICTED USE only Fargo Electronics Inc Selecting Orientation Portrait under Card tab ep Poote Select the Portrait radio button below under Orientation under the Card tab to use the Visual Security Solutions E to H as shown in this window amp DTC550 Card Printer Printing Preferences ae Overlay Print Area K Panel Resin Printer Supplies cad Device Options Image Color Calibrate Magnetic Encoding Card Size CR 80 z inches C mm Print Width 2 114 Print Length 3 362 Card Hopper Selection First Available lt Orientation C Landsc
135. 40 Resolving the incorrect Image Darkness problems 4 42 DTC550 Direct to Card Printer Encoder Service Manual Rev 2 8 iv FOR RESTRICTED USE only Fargo Electronics Inc Resolving the Ribbon wrinkle problems 4 45 Resolving the excessive Resin Printing problems 4 47 Resolving the incomplete Resin Printing problems 4 49 Resolving the cut off or off center Card Image problems 4 51 Resolving the poor Image Quality problems 4 53 Printing a Test Image 4 54 Printing a Print Test Image 4 54 Reviewing the Gray Align YMC K Self Test 4 54 Reviewing the Color Resin YMCK Self Test 4 55 Reviewing the Color Bars YMC Self Test 4 55 Reviewing the Printer Settings Self Test 4 56 Reviewing the Magnetic Test option 4 56 Section 5 Card Lamination Module 5 1 Adjusting a Card Lamination Module 5 1 Adjusting the Card Flattener 5 1 Adjusting the Card Guide Rail 5 3 Adjusting the Internal Card Guide 5 7 Attaching the Card Lamination Module 5 10 Performing the procedure for the DTC550 Card Lamination Module Attachment Kit 5 11 Section 6 Printer Adjustments 6 1 Using the Card tab 6 1 Selecting the Card Size 6 2 Using the Card Hopper Selection option 6 4 Adjusting the Orientation Option 6 7 Selecting the number of Copies 6 8 Using the Diagnostics button under the Card tab 6 9 Using the Clean Printer Option
136. 42 on the Flipper Table Assembly There are 2 set screws to loosen on this pulley 4 Remove the two 2 E Clips 140062 that connect both ends of the Card Flipper Table Assembly D870285 through openings in the Sideplates 5 Disconnect all cable connectors Mark connections if necessary 6 Remove the Card Flipper Table Assembly D870285 7 Reverse assemble to reinstall new part DTC550 Direct to Card Printer Encoder Service Manual Rev 2 8 8 169 FOR RESTRICTED USE only Fargo Electronics Inc Replacing the LAM Control Board Cable D870169 Button controls Refer to Drawing D855161 Tools Needed Torx T10 Screwdriver Parts Needed LAM Control Board Cable D870169 Estimated Repair Time 2 to 10 minutes Procedure A Caution Turn off the Printer and unplug the power cord from the Printer A Caution To prevent equipment or media damage observe all established Electrostatic Discharge ESD procedures while handling Cables in or near the Circuit Board and Printhead Assemblies A Danger Wear proper eye protection to perform this procedure a Remove the Front Cover D855157 and the Rear Cover xxx from the Lamination Station Detach the LAM Control Board Cable D870169 from the Front LAM Cover D855157 Carefully remove the Cable from the Clips on the Sideplate that hold the metal ferrite in place Remove the LAM Control Board Cable D870169 from the Main Boa
137. 5 11 Magnetic Stripe Encoding Modules 6 47 MB Megabyte 15 12 Media 15 11 Memory 15 12 Menu 15 12 Monochrome 15 12 Network 15 12 Oersted Oe 15 12 Offset 15 12 O Ring 15 12 OS Operating System 15 12 Output 15 12 Output hopper 15 12 Overlaminate 15 13 Overlay 15 12 Oversized Cards 15 13 Parallel 15 13 Parallel Port 15 13 Parts Replacement 8 3 PC Personal Computer 15 13 PCB Printed Circuit Board 15 13 Peel 15 13 Peel Off 15 13 Peripheral 15 13 PET 15 14 Pinch Roller 15 14 Pixel 15 14 Platen 15 14 PolyGuard Overlaminate 15 14 Port 15 14 Portrait 15 14 Potentiometer 15 14 Print Area 2 3 Print Driver 15 14 Print Job 15 14 Print Server 15 14 Printer Cleaning Kit 9 1 Printhead 15 15 Printhead Cable 8 48 Prox Card Encoder 15 15 PVC 15 15 Q Queue 15 15 R RAM Random Access Memory 15 15 Rasterize 15 15 DTC550 Direct to Card Printer Encoder User Guide Rev 1 0 16 2 RESTRICTED USE ONLY Reboot 15 15 Registration 15 15 Replacing the Card Feed Sensor Cleaning Roller 8 57 Replacing the Top Cover D850264 02 8 7 Replacing the Top Lid D850289 8 9 Resident Font 15 15 Resin 15 15 Resolution 15 16 RFI Radio Frequency Interference 15 16 RFID Radio Frequency Identification 15 16 RGB Red Green Blue 15 16 Ribbon 15 16 Ribbon cable 15 16 Ribbon Cards 1 1 RMA number 15 16 Roller 15 16 RS
138. 50256 Refer to Drawing D855052 Tools Needed Torx T10 Screwdriver Parts Needed Static Brush Assembly D850256 Estimated Repair Time 2 to 10 minutes Steps Procedure 1 A Caution Turn off the Printer and unplug the power cord from the Printer A Danger Wear proper eye protection to perform this procedure 2 a Lift up on the bottom edge of the Top Lid b Tilt it back into the fully open position c Use the Torx head Screwdriver to remove the two 2 screws F000172 located near the hinges d Release the plastic tabs in the four corners of the Cover Lift the Cover off of the Printer 3 Remove the Card Sensor and bracket See Replacing the Card Feed Sensor Flipper Table D840625 x Remove the one 1 Static Brush Assembly D850256 by removing the two 2 screws on either end 4 Replace the Static Brush Assembly D850256 5 Reverse this procedure to re assemble Continued on the next page DTC550 Direct to Card Printer Encoder Service Manual Rev 2 8 8 157 FOR RESTRICTED USE only Fargo Electronics Inc Replacing the Static Brush Assembly near the Input Sensor D850256 continued See the procedure on the previous page PCB RFID Antenna Assembly A000365 RFID Cover D855039 Gray Ribbon Hub D841152 02 Pinion Motor 76040611 Cross Member 840239 Static Brush Assembly D850256 Clean Cart Guide D850275 DTC550 Direct to Card Printer En
139. 550 Direct to Card Printer Encoder Service Manual Rev 2 8 6 36 FOR RESTRICTED USE only Fargo Electronics Inc Using the Settings button Use the Settings button see above to bring up a separate dialog box for adjusting the internal Printer settings which are customized for every Printer at the factory and saved directly within the Printer s memory Note You can select the Restore Defaults to restore the internal default settings amp DTC550 Card Printer Printing Preferences Lamination Overlay Print Area as Printer Supplies Card Device Options Image Color Calibrate agnetic Encoding Image Position Vertical m Horizontal LAOA UTOE ODII o W 1 gt e Direction Card Travels through Printer _Sstinos DTC550 Direct to Card Printer Encoder Service Manual Rev 2 8 6 37 FOR RESTRICTED USE only Fargo Electronics Inc Using the Printer Calibration Utility Access the Settings dialog box via the Settings button on the Calibrate tab Use the adjustment mode to change the Printer s internal settings Note The Card Printer is equipped with an internal adjustment mode programmable through the Settings dialog box This dialog box is accessible only if the Printer is powered ON it is in Ready Mode and it is properly connected to the PC A Caution These settings are optimized at the factory In most cases these settings can be used without changing them DTC550 Card Printer Calibration Utilit
140. 55082 Remove the Belt from the Stepper Motor Pulley while pushing the Spring of the Tensioner inward To gain access to the Stepper Motor tilt the Printer back so the output end of the Printer is facing the work surface Note Determine the orientation of the Stepper Motor by noting the position of the Cable connector screws F0001 70 that fasten the Stepper Motor Assembly D855087 to the Sideplate D855040 A Caution Careful attention to the torque on these screws is necessary to avoid stripping the holes on the Sideplate Note If the screws will not tighten replace them with a screw and locknut combination as an option C Reinstall it by reconnecting the Cable connector to the Replacement Motor Replace the Stepper Motor Assembly D855087 in the same position it was installed by reinstalling the four 4 screws e Tilt the Printer back in the upright position Reinstall the Belt by rotating the Shaft for the Pulley D850221 so that its flat side is facing away from Pulley D840848 e Push down and compress the Spring of the Tensioner Pulley Platen D855082 to allow for free movement of the Assembly Ensure that both Belts are under tension e Line up the Spring perpendicular to the Spring base Hold pressure on the side of the Spring and tighten the sheet metal screws to 10 inch ounces Note The Spring should be centered on its base Reinstall the Printer to the Baseplate Reverse this proce
141. 56 and D855162 Remove the four 4 screws F000192 to the two 2 hinges F00067 on either side of the Lamination Arm Assembly D870153 Carefully lift the Arm Assembly from the Module and set it on a flat surface Disconnect the cable connectors Reverse assemble to reinstall new part DTC550 Direct to Card Printer Encoder Service Manual Rev 2 8 8 168 FOR RESTRICTED USE only Fargo Electronics Inc Replacing the Lamination Module Card Flipper Table Assembly D870285 Refer to Drawing D870154 Tools Needed Phillips head Screwdriver Torx T10 Screwdriver 8mm Allen Wrench Parts Needed Lamination Module Card Flipper Table Assembly D870285 Estimated Repair Time 15 minutes Step Procedure A Caution Turn off the Printer and unplug the power cord from the Printer A Caution To prevent equipment or media damage observe all established Electrostatic Discharge ESD procedures while handling Cables in or near the Circuit Board and Printhead Assemblies A Danger Wear proper eye protection to perform this procedure 2 Remove the Lamination Module Top Cover and Lamination Module Rear Cover D855156 and D855162 See Replacing the Lamination Module Top Cover and Lamination Module Rear Cover D855156 and D855162 Remove the Lamination Module Main Board A000250 See Replacing the Lamination Module Main Board A000250 3 Remove the one 1 Pulley D8701
142. 6 10 Using the Test Print button 6 12 Using the About button 6 13 Using the Device Options tab 6 14 Adjusting for the Ribbon Type option 6 15 Selecting the Auto Ribbon Select option 6 16 Adjusting for the Color matching 6 17 Adjusting for the Resin Dither 6 18 Using the Print Both Sides option 6 19 Using the Split 1 Set of Ribbon Panels option 6 20 Using the Print Back Side First option 6 21 Using the Print on Back Side Only option 6 22 Using the Rotate Front by 180 Degrees option 6 23 Using the Rotate Back by 180 Degrees option 6 24 Using the Disable Printing option 6 25 Using the Image Color tab 6 26 Using the Resin Heat K option Front and Back 6 30 Using the Overlay Heat O option 6 31 Using the Image Color option and Default button 6 32 Using the Calibrate tab 6 33 Using the Image Position Controls 6 34 Using the Sensors button 6 36 Using the Settings button 6 37 Using the Printer Calibration Utility 6 38 Using the Image Darkness Option 6 39 Using the Print Top of Form Option 6 40 Using the Print End of Form Option 6 41 Using the Print Left of Form Option 6 42 DTC550 Direct to Card Printer Encoder Service Manual Rev 2 8 v FOR RESTRICTED USE only Fargo Electronics Inc Using the Mag Top of Form Option 6 43 Using the Ribbon Tension Option 6 45 Using the Magnetic Encoding ta
143. 72 located near the hinges d Release the plastic tabs in the four corners of the Cover Lift the Cover off of the Printer Continued on the next page DTC550 Direct to Card Printer Encoder Service Manual Rev 2 8 8 104 FOR RESTRICTED USE only Fargo Electronics Inc Replacing the Platen Roller D855047 continued Step Procedure 3 Remove the Main Board following proper ESD procedures b Loosen the Tensioner Pulley Platen D855082 to allow removal of the Platen Roller Pulley D850221 Remove the Pulley 0850221 Note This Pulley must be replaced Remove the Retainer Clip and Gear from the rear of the Platen Roller D855047 Shaft e Remove the front and rear E Clips and Bushings from the Platen Roller D855047 Set these on the side they were removed to facilitate reassembly f Note the orientation of the Gears Remove the Headlift Idler and Cam Shaft Gears g Remove the Cam Shaft Retainer Clip and Bushing This allows the Cam Shaft Assembly to drop out of the way for Platen Roller D855047 e Note the orientation of the ends of Platen Roller Shaft 0855047 h Pull the Shaft towards the front of the Printer and into the space provided to allow the Rear of the Shaft to clear the card path i Once the Shaft is free of the card path it can be angled upwards and removed Note the proper orientation of the above parts a Replace the Platen Roller 0855047 See Replacing the P
144. 8 7 49 FOR RESTRICTED USE only Fargo Electronics Inc Restoring the Factory Settings for Ethernet There may be times when you are unable to use the current configuration of the Ethernet interface Note This could be because you have lost the password for your Printer or you just cannot get it to work properly Resetting the DTC550 settings The DTC550 has a menu selection that allows the User names and passwords to revert to default To reset these settings select Menu Setup Printer Network Settings Reset Passwords Reviewing the DTC550 Network Settings The DTC550 printer encoder will display new menu entries when the Ethernet option is installed and the Printer has established communications to a host device You can use these procedures to view network settings by using the new LCD settings Reviewing the DHCP setting Step Procedure 1 See the Accessing the DTC550 IP address procedure to access the Network Info menu MENU gt System Info gt Network Info 2 Select the up or down arrow on the LCD to view the DHCP menu entry e DHCP Enabled indicates that automatic IP assignment is selected e DHCP Disabled indicates that static IP assignment is selected Reviewing the Gateway Setting Step Procedure 1 See the Accessing the DTC550 IP address procedure to access the Network Info menu MENU gt System Info gt Network Info 2 Select the up or down arrow on the LCD to view th
145. 85 Tools Needed Torx T10 ScrewdriverRetainer Clip Tool Rotor Clip No A 020 small flathead screwdriver Parts Needed Magnetic Head Support D840848 Estimated Repair Time 2 to 10 minutes Steps Procedure 1 A Caution Turn off the Printer and unplug the power cord from the Printer 2 a Lift up on the bottom edge of the Top Lid Tilt it back into the fully open position b Use the Torx head Screwdriver to remove the two 2 screws F000172 located near the hinges c Release the plastic tabs in the four corners of the Cover Lift the Cover off of the Printer 3 Turn the Printer upside down and remove Access Panel Remove the Rear Retaining Ring 140046 while holding the square plate D840849 in place Note A magnetized flathead screwdriver can be used to remove the Retainer so that it will not fall into the Printer A Caution Warning if any of these parts fall into the Printer they can lead to damage to the Printhead and other parts c Remove the square rubber Magnetic Head Support D840848 4 Replace the Magnetic Head Support D840848 Install the square rubber Magnetic Head Support D840848 onto the Rear Post Install the square plate D840849 While holding this plate down install the Retaining Ring 140046 using the Retainer Clip Tool Rotor Clip No A 020 5 Reverse this procedure to re assemble Continued on the next page DTC550 Direct to Card Printer Encoder Service Manual
146. 85 that secure the PCD LED Assembly A000109 to the Bottom Sensor Bracket 83021411 b Remove the PCB LED Assembly A000109 from the Bottom Sensor Bracket 83021411 4 Replace the PCB LED Assembly A000109 5 Reverse this procedure to re assemble Continued on the next page DTC550 Direct to Card Printer Encoder Service Manual Rev 2 8 8 146 FOR RESTRICTED USE only Fargo Electronics Inc Replacing the PCB LED Assembly A000109 continued See the procedure on the previous page Ribbon Spring Clean Cart Load Shaft Guide D850346 D850275 Screw 130302 Washer s Z Sideplate ie F000132 Ry ie D855040 150077 Motor Asy D855164 Spacer 150199 Post Latch lt D850203 PCD LED Asy Cable Twist Bottom A000109 Lock vang Arm Sensor F000349 eage Bracket D855064 83021411 Standoff Fan ray Ribbon F000227 Mount Bracket a Gras D850307 Headlift D855087 760294 04 PAREAN DTC550 Direct to Card Printer Encoder Service Manual Rev 2 8 8 147 FOR RESTRICTED USE only Fargo Electronics Inc Guide Replacement Procedures Replacing the Clean Cart Guide D850275 Refer to Drawing D855052 Tools Needed Torx T10 Screwdriver Parts Needed Clean Cart Guide D850275 Estimated Repair Time 2 to 10 minutes Steps Procedure A Caution Turn off the Printer and unplug the power cord from the Printer A Danger Wear p
147. 850415 Refer to Drawing D855050 Tools Needed Torx T10 Screwdriver Parts Needed Card Feed Input D850415 Estimated Repair Time 2 to 10 minutes Steps Procedure A Caution Turn off the Printer and unplug the power cord from the Printer A A Danger Wear proper eye protection to perform this procedure N fed Lift up on the bottom edge of the Top Lid o Tilt it back into the fully open position c Use the Torx head Screwdriver to remove the two 2 screws F000172 located near the hinges d Release the plastic tabs in the four corners of the Cover Lift the Cover off of the Printer Continued on the next page DTC550 Direct to Card Printer Encoder Service Manual Rev 2 8 8 99 FOR RESTRICTED USE only Fargo Electronics Inc Replacing the Card Feed Input D850415 continued Steps Procedure a Remove the two Retainer Clips from the Shafts in front of the two 2 Pulleys D850190 on the Card Feed Input Roller 0850415 and the cleaning driven Roller Shaft D850308 Remove Belt and Pulleys as needed to remove from the Card Feed Input Roller D850415 Note the location of the Pulley locator Clip that was behind the Pulley D850190 for future reference Remove the Pulley locator and the Bushing Retainer Clips from the Shaft from the front side Remove the front Bushing Remove the E Clip and Bushing from the Rear end of the Shaft With the Input Hoppers positio
148. Administration Help log log2 System Log amp Log Name log1 M Print Job Started Log Type Printer Error ONone O Email rob francis fargo com _ e g userid domain com emr sye 10 1 210 23 e g 192 168 0 1 or domain name OTCP Connection Port 4010 Log Destination Clear Changes Internet DTC550 Direct to Card Printer Encoder Service Manual Rev 2 8 7 35 FOR RESTRICTED USE only Fargo Electronics Inc Specifying TCP Event logging Follow this procedure to send logging messages to a pre existing IP connection made on the TCP port Step Procedure 1 Select the System Log link 2 Select the link for the log name you want to view or configure the default choices are log1 or log2 3 Select the TCP Connection radio button 4 Select Submit 5 Login as a root User if you are so prompted Any change of setting will only be accepted after you have successfully logged in Fargo DTC550 S N M0000030 System Log Microsoft Internet Explorer File Edit view Favorites Tools Help ay Q sack Q x a A Search Sie Favorites 2 R E X has 33 Address a http 10 1 210 240 logpathConf html7a Eo ins GQ Home 4 Network Status System Log Administration Help log 1o82 System Log Q Log Name log1 Print Job Started Log Type f Printer Error O None O Email rob francis fargo com e g userid domain com OUDP Syslo
149. Card Printer Calibration Utility Setting Default Curent Imee varres po o po Pin Topolfom O ooo eooo o e T SdCSd e a MagTopalfom b b e a e a Pinfipange a Encode Finare O ooo ooo ResinHeatadust Od DTC550 Direct to Card Printer Encoder Service Manual Rev 2 8 6 45 FOR RESTRICTED USE only Fargo Electronics Inc Using the Magnetic Encoding tab Use these options only if the Printer has an optional Magnetic Stripe Encoding Module installed Step Procedure Select the Magnetic Encoding tab to display options for controlling the Magnetic Stripe encoding process Note The following describes these options and the Printer s magnetic encoding process amp DTC550 Card Printer Printing Preferences Lamination Overlay Print Area K Panel Resi a ae Card Device Options Image Color Calibrate Magnetic Encoding Encoding Mode eis C wis Coercivity C Super 4 000 Oe C Medium 600 Oe Hi 2 750 Oe C Low 300 Oe Magnetic Track Selection Tracki Track2 Track3 Enable MLE Support Magnetic Track Options Bit Density Character Size ASCII Offset C 75 BPI C 5Bits NULL 128 BPI 7 Bits SPACE f 210 BPI C 8 Bits C ZERO LAC Generation Character Parity C NoLRC C No Parity Even Parity Even Parity Odd Parity Odd Parity Default l Shift Data Left DTC550 Direct to Card Printer Encoder Service Manual Rev 2 8 6 46 FOR RESTRICTED USE only Fargo Electronics Inc Using
150. Card Pusher D855065 continued See the procedure on the previous page Guide F000172 i CardSide Screw D855070 Screw F000178 Washer Rear Over j nee Mount D855063 TOF Sensor Cable Assy D855018 Over Mount D855062 Plate Cardpusher D855065 F000395 Spring Guide Jam Washer 140040 D855078 Retaining Ring 140072 Plate Card Path D855049 DTC550 Direct to Card Printer Encoder Service Manual Rev 2 8 8 96 FOR RESTRICTED USE only Fargo Electronics Inc Roller Replacement Procedures Replacing the Card Path Exit Rollers D855046 Refer to Drawing D855050 Tools Needed Torx T10 Screwdriver Parts Needed Card Path Roller D855046 D850190 Estimated Repair Time 2 to 10 minutes Steps Procedure A Caution Turn off the Printer and unplug the power cord from the Printer A Caution To prevent equipment or media damage observe all established Electrostatic Discharge ESD procedures while handling Cables in or near the Circuit Board and Printhead Assemblies A Danger Wear proper eye protection to perform this procedure 2 a b Cc Lift up on the bottom edge of the Top Lid Tilt it back into the fully open position Use the Torx head Screwdriver to remove the two 2 screws F0001 72 located near the hinges Release the plastic tabs in the four corners of the Cover Lift the Cover off of the Printer
151. D850221 in the same manner that it was removed 5 Reverse this procedure to re assemble Continued on the next page DTC550 Direct to Card Printer Encoder Service Manual Rev 2 8 8 126 FOR RESTRICTED USE only Fargo Electronics Inc Replacing the Pulley D850221 Platen or Magnetic Flipper Drive Train continued See the procedure on the previous page Screw F000170 Main Pulley Belt D850190 F000268 Belt 1 Bearing F000092 We SQ ay Retaining Ring Ribbon 140062 Roller Bearing 760219 Belt Washer F000094 130951 Pulley j a Yas Ne eS NY _ N PEN oe Card Transport Ribbon Idler peiko Belt Retaining Gear 760288 Front Sideplate 220071 Ring Assy D855051 Film Drive 140981 Post ldler Washer F000132 D840867 Screw 130302 DTC550 Direct to Card Printer Encoder Service Manual Rev 2 8 8 127 FOR RESTRICTED USE only Fargo Electronics Inc Replacing the Gear Combo Pulley D880141 This relates to the Hopper Lift Headlift and Ribbon Take up Drive Trains Refer to Drawing D855052 Tools Needed Torx T10 Screwdriver Parts Needed Gear Combo Pulley D880141 Estimated Repair Time 2 to 10 minutes Steps Procedure A Caution Turn off the Printer and unplug the power cord from the Printer A A Danger Wear proper eye protection to perform this procedure 2 a Lift up on the bottom edge of the Top Li
152. D855057 Tools Needed Torx T10 Screwdriver Parts Needed Ribbon Idler Gear 760288 Estimated Repair Time 2 to 10 minutes Steps Procedure A Caution Turn off the Printer and unplug the power cord from the Printer A A Danger Wear proper eye protection to perform this procedure a Lift up on the bottom edge of the Top Lid Tilt it back into the fully open position Use the Torx head Screwdriver to remove the two 2 screws F000172 located near the hinges Release the plastic tabs in the four corners of the Cover Lift the Cover off of the Printer A Danger Pay particular attention to this procedure Wear proper eye protection to perform this procedure a Depress the Spring Load Lever D841175 to release tension on Hopper transport Belt Remove Belt from Pulley Gear D841202 on Post Travel Gear D841173 Remove the screw that retains the Post Travel Gear D841173 and remove the Assembly Use a small standard Screwdriver to remove the Retaining Ring 140061 that secures the Ribbon Idler Gear 760288 Remove the Ribbon Idler Gear 760288 Continued on the next page DTC550 Direct to Card Printer Encoder Service Manual Rev 2 8 8 137 FOR RESTRICTED USE only Fargo Electronics Inc Replacing the Ribbon Idler Gear 760288 Hopper Transport Drive Train continued Step Procedure 4 Replace the Ribbon Idler Gear 760288 5 Reverse this procedure to re
153. Door 0850291 DTOS50 Main Enclosure 0855153 es ooo To 2 Tabs DTC550 Direct to Card Printer Encoder Service Manual Rev 2 8 8 10 FOR RESTRICTED USE only Fargo Electronics Inc Replacing the Input Door D850291 Tools Needed Torx Head Screwdriver Needle Nose Pliers Flat head screw driver Parts Needed Input Door D850291 Input Door Window D850292 Estimated Repair Time 10 minutes Steps Procedure LN Caution Turn off the Printer and unplug the power cord from the Printer A Danger Wear proper eye protection to perform this procedure 2 Remove the damaged Input Door D850291 Danger Wear proper eye protection to perform this procedure A Caution Use caution when removing the Input Door to avoid any damage to the Input Door Hinges It may be necessary to use a needle nose pliers or a small screwdriver placed in between the two halves to break apart the original Door in order to avoid damaging the hinges a Make sure the four 4 Clips on the inside of the Door are released If the outer Door is NOT going to be reused then the clips may be broken off o Slide a small screwdriver into the Retainer holes and sides to apply pressure in between the two halves Note Apply even pressure until the tape adhesive releases Do not force the halves apart Continued on the next page DTC550 Direct to Card Printer Encoder Service Manual Rev 2 8 8 11
154. ED USE only Fargo Electronics Inc Reviewing the Telnet Command Table continued Telnet Command Command Purpose Command Format store net addr Store a new IP address store net addr lt ADDRESS gt mask Store a new address mask store net mask lt MASK gt gateway Store a new default gateway store net gateway lt ADDRESS gt dns Store a new DNS server address store net dns lt ADDRESS gt domain Store a new DNS domain suffix store net domain lt STRING gt opts Enable or disable automatic address assignment using DHCP Static non automatic addresses will come from the stored or default settings depending on the other settings To enable automatic address assignment store net opts dhcp To disable automatic address assignment store net opts dhcp from Restore the network settings from either the default settings or the current settings store net from default current ifc mode Specify the Ethernet interface mode as automatic full or half duplex 10 or 100 mHz NOTE 100 mHz is not supported by the DTC550 store ifc mode auto 10Ohalf 1Ofull 1 OOhalf 1 0Ofull from Set the Ethernet mode settings from the default or current settings store ifc from default current DTC550 Direct to Card Printer Encoder Service Manual Rev 2 8 FOR RESTRICTED USE only Fargo Electro
155. ED USE only Fargo Electronics Inc Replacing the Lamination Module Main Board A000250 Refer to Drawings D855145 in Appendix A Tools Needed Torx T10 Screwdriver Parts Needed Lamination Module Main Board A000250 Estimated Repair Time 20 minutes Step Procedure A Caution Turn OFF the Printer and unplug the power cord from the Printer A A Danger Wear proper eye protection to perform this procedure 2 a Loosen the two 2 screws near the Top Cover hinge and the one screw on the inner left side underneath the Printhead Mount hinge o Loosen the 3 screws at the bottom back c Lift off the Lamination Module Top Cover D855156 and the Lamination Rear Cover D855162 from the Lamination Module Baseplate D855144 A Caution ESD precautions are necessary when handling the Main Board Remove the four 4 screws to the Lamination Module Main Board A000250 Lift off the PCB Main Board A000250 after disconnecting the Board Connections Mark you connection points if not already done Most of the connections on the Main Board and the cables are marked Some of the older models must be removed by taking the front Cover off due to lack of holes in the bottom base plate Continued on the next page DTC550 Direct to Card Printer Encoder Service Manual Rev 2 8 8 184 FOR RESTRICTED USE only Fargo Electronics Inc Replacing the Lamination Module Main Board A000250 continued See the pr
156. ENCODER WHEEL 13 2 182062 PART WASHER ENCODER WHEEL SUPPORT 14 2 840239 PART CROSS MEMBER 1X 1 15 2 840326 PART GUIDE RBN SHAFT REAR 6 l4 1A000125 ASSEMBLY ASY PCB S3 SENSOR 1 17 a A000126 ASSEMBLY ASY PCB S3 SENSOR 2 18 1 A000365 ASSEMBLY ASY PCB RFID ANTENNA 19 2 D000350 PART SPRING TORSION 20 2 0840867 PART POST IDLER FLM DRIVE 21 0841152 01 PART UB RIBBON GREEN 22 D841152 02 PART UB RIBBON GRAY 23 0850203 PART POST LATCH 24 1 0850256 ASSEMBLY STATIC BRUSH ASSY 25 0850275 PART GUIDE CLEAN CART 26 1 10855001 PART PLATFORM HEADLIFT 27 1 1D855003 PART BLOCK GUIDE 28 0855016 ASSEMBLY ASY CBL RFID 29 0855020 ASSEMBLY ASY CBL FLIP SIDE MOTOR 30 0855024 ASSEMBLY ASY CBL CARD PICK SENSOR 31 0855035 ASSEMBLY BRACKET PCB 32 0855037 PART BRACKET TAKEUP MOTOR MT 33 1 0855039 PART COVER RFID 34 2 D855045 PART SHAFT RIBBON DRIVE TAKEUP 35 0855054 ASSEMBLY ASM POWER ENCLOSURE 36 0855056 ASSEMBLY ASY CARD PATH 37 0855059 ASSEMBLY ASY BRACKET PORT 38 0855064 PART WEDGE SWING ARM 39 0855146 PART BRKT CLEANING ROLLER 40 2 10855164 ASSEMBLY ASY MOTOR 327 Dll41 1 10855214 PART SIDEPLATE 42 1 10860253 ASSEMBLY ROLLER UPPER CLEANING W GRV 43 0880141 PART PULLEY GEAR COMBO MG hh D900106 PART PULLEY O RING SSC 45 2 F000132 PART W ASHER_ 08410_X_ 2190D_X_ 025 5 L K NI S o L6 3 FO00136 PART STANDOFF HEX M3 F F 37MM LG lt 47 2 F000168 PART SCREW M3X4_TPH_ZP_SE SSG 48 3
157. Ethernet interface e This value can be set explicitly by the User to force the Ethernet interface configuration in cases where auto negotiation fails e Failure of the automatic network configuration can cause slow data transmission longer print times or network connection problems Follow the procedure provided below Step Procedure 1 See the Accessing the DTC550 IP address procedure to access the Network Info menu MENU gt System Info gt Network Info 2 Select up or down arrow on the LCD to view the ANEG menu entry 3 View the current ANEG setting for the Printer which will be one of the following e ANEG AUTO Allow auto negotiation between the Printer and the host Ethernet interface e ANEG FD Forces full duplex communications between the Printer and the host Ethernet interface e ANEG HD Forces half duplex communications between the Printer and the host Ethernet interface DTC550 Direct to Card Printer Encoder Service Manual Rev 2 8 7 52 FOR RESTRICTED USE only Fargo Electronics Inc Changing the DTC550 LCD Network Settings The DTC550 printer encoder will display new menu entries when a the Ethernet option is installed and b the Printer has established communications to a host device You can use these procedures to change network settings by using the new LCD menus Accessing the Network Setup Menu Step Procedure 1 Apply power to the Printer
158. Exterior The Printer has a durable casing that should retain its luster and appearance for many years Clean it only with a Cleaning Pad from the Printer Cleaning Kit Note See the next section for a photo of Printer s exterior A Caution Do not use cleaning solvents of any kind or spray the printer with a cleaner Cleaning the Printer s Interior A Caution Dust and other particles can accumulate inside the Printer These particles are attracted to the Print Ribbon or blank card by static produced during printing and can contaminate the printed card causing spots or speckles to appear Periodically use the following procedure to remove dust and other contaminants spe o Ea Open the Printer s Top Cover and Print Station es Remove the Print Ribbon from the Printer Use a Cleaning Pad from the Printer Cleaning Kit to wipe out all visible areas inside the Printer Remove any debris within its interior A Caution Be extremely careful not to let any alcohol drip inside the Printer Re install the printing supplies and close the Printer DTC550 Direct to Card Printer Encoder Service Manual Rev 2 8 9 13 FOR RESTRICTED USE only Fargo Electronics Inc Cleaning the Printer s Interior continued This is a display for the Print Station how to open it This is a display for the Print Station how to close it
159. FARGO Part of HID Global Co DTC550 Direct to Card Printer Encoder Service Manual Rev 2 8 Part Number L000683 FOR RESTRICTED USE only Fargo Electronics Inc DTC550 Direct to Card Printer Encoder Service Manual Rev 2 8 property of Fargo Electronics Incorporated Copyright 2005 by Fargo Electronics Incorporated All rights reserved Printed in the United States of America Exclusive permission is granted to authorized resellers of Fargo products to reproduce and distribute this copyrighted document to authorized Fargo customers who have signed a no disclosure agreement regarding the restricted proprietary use of said document The revision number for this document will be updated to reflect changes corrections updates and enhancements to this document Revision Control Date Document Title Number Revision 2 8 1 December 2007 DTC550 Direct to Card Printer Encoder User Guide Revision 2 7 1 November 2007 Same document title Revision 2 6 1 October 2007 Same document title Revision 2 5 1 July 2007 Same document title These reference documents were thoroughly reviewed to provide Fargo with professional and international standards requirements guidelines and models for our technical training and user documentation At all times the Copyright Protection Notice for each document was adhered to within our Fargo documentation process This reference to other documents does indicate tha
160. FOR RESTRICTED USE only Fargo Electronics Inc Replacing the Input Door D850291 continued DTC550 Top Lid Assembly 0855155 Two 2 Top Screws Ce Input Door D850291 ooo Ty 2 Tabs DTC550 Main Enclosure 0855153 ae DTC550 Direct to Card Printer Encoder Service Manual Rev 2 8 8 12 FOR RESTRICTED USE only Fargo Electronics Inc Replacing the Input Door D850291 continued Steps Procedure 3 Slide the Input Door Window D850292 onto the Input Door Hinges 4 Remove the adhesive backing from the adhesive strips on the Input Door D850291 5 a Line the Input Door Cover to the Input Door Window D850292 as shown below b Press firmly to snap the two pieces together ol Pet CS DTC550 Direct to Card Printer Encoder Service Manual Rev 2 8 8 13 FOR RESTRICTED USE only Fargo Electronics Inc Replacing the Base Plate D850287 Refer to Drawings D855145 in Appendix A Tools Needed Torx T10 Screwdriver Parts Needed Replacing the Base Plate 0850287 Estimated Repair Time 10 minutes Step Procedure IAN Caution Turn OFF the Printer and unplug the power cord from the Printer A Danger Wear proper eye protection to perform the procedures in this section 2 Remove the Top Cover assembly 3 Note that there are three 3 screws t
161. Favorites Tools Help Q sxc Q x a A Search 5 Favorites 2 B ee A LJ 33 Address http 10 1 210 240 reboot7UPGRADE v EF co Links gt Are you sure you want to reboot into upgrade mode Sm Internet Display B Waiting for the Upgrade Mode Fargo DTC550 S N M0000030 Message Microsoft Internet Explorer File Edit View Favorites Tools Help Q sax z z x a A P Search Pe Favorites 2 B TN A LJ 3s Address El http 10 1 210 240 rebootC 7UPGRADE Eo ik G Rebooting into upgrade mode Please wait Internet DTC550 Direct to Card Printer Encoder Service Manual Rev 2 8 7 44 FOR RESTRICTED USE only Fargo Electronics Inc Upgrading the Main Firmware DTC550 only continued Step Procedure 6 Select Administration when the Home page appears See Display A below 7 Select Upgrade to get to the upgrade page See Display B below Display A Selecting Administration File Edit View Favorites Tools Help Q sax Q x E A JO Search 5 Favorites A B TN El 7 ed Address http 10 1 210 240findex html v SE Links gt Z Fargo DTC550 S N M0000030 Home Page Microsoft Internet Explorer DER amp Home Network Status Asininistration Heto FARGO DTC550 Home Internet File Edit Yiew Favorites Tools Help a Q ex ix a A P Search P Favorites Ka B T E gt be Address amp h
162. HECK LAM A power connector must Insert power connector and cycle POWER be connected to the power to the Printer Laminator module CHECK MULTIPLE Two or more cards may If so remove the fed cards and have been fed from the verify the card thickness setting is Card Hopper set to the thickness of your cards Press RESUME to continue See Card Feeding Errors CLEAN PRINTER For best Printer Refer to the Maintenance section performance replace the of your User Guide for fast easy Cleaning Cartridge Tape instructions and clean the Printers See Cleaning procedures Feed Rollers and Printhead at this time DTC550 Direct to Card Printer Encoder Service Manual Rev 2 8 4 4 FOR RESTRICTED USE only Fargo Electronics Inc Troubleshooting the LCD Messages continued LCD Message Solution E CARD ENCODER A problem was If this problem persists call for STARTUP ERROR detected during Printer technical assistance start up E CARD STARTUP A problem was If this problem persists call for ERROR detected during Printer technical assistance start up EEPROM EEPROM restored with No action needs to be taken CORRUPTION factory default values EEPROM READ EEPROM read failed Cycle power and try again If this FAILURE problem persists call for technical assistance EEPROM REPAIR EEPROM is corrupted Cycle power and try again If this FAILED Repair attempt failed problem persists call for technical assistance
163. Lower the Roll until it aligns with the Hubs A Caution Be careful to insert the Ribbon away from the Printhead Arm Assembly to avoid damaging the Printhead Display A Loading the Print Ribbon take up spool DTC550 Direct to Card Printer Encoder Service Manual Rev 2 8 3 7 FOR RESTRICTED USE only Loading the Print Ribbon continued Display B Loading the Print Ribbon take up spool Fargo Electronics Inc DTC550 Direct to Card Printer Encoder Service Manual Rev 2 8 3 8 FOR RESTRICTED USE only Fargo Electronics Inc Loading the Print Ribbon continued soppe S 5 Lower the Print Arm Assembly by gently pressing down with your thumb until the Printhead Arm latches into place DTC550 Direct to Card Printer Encoder Service Manual Rev 2 8 FOR RESTRICTED USE only Fargo Electronics Inc Inserting the Card Cleaning Cartridge A Caution Replace the Card Cleaning Cartridge Roller with every Ribbon change depending on the cleanliness of the card stock or the environment in which the Printer is located Steps Procedure Remove the Card Cleaning Cartridge from the Printer Install the cardboard cleaning roller as shown in Display A below Note The cardboard cleaning roller is provided with each Ribbon Remove the white cover sheet before loading the Card Cleaning Cartridge as shown in Display B below Display A Replace the tape cardboard cleaning roller Display B Remove
164. M Control Panel Label H Screw poora C000 ena Nut 130985 Bottom Sensor Bracket 81025011 eet gt LAM Baseplate Assembly 0855144 ao o z Front Cover Assembly 0855161 LAM Chassis Assembly 0870154 DTC550 Direct to Card Printer Encoder Service Manual Rev 2 8 8 160 FOR RESTRICTED USE only Fargo Electronics Inc Lamination Module Overview Displays continued These two displays are provided for a DTC550 LAM overview Display B DTC550 LAM Drawing No D855144 LAM Power Cover PCB LAM Power ITF 0555143 Assembly A000127 LAM Baseplate 0555142 LAM Reject Hopper 0870150 Q Access Cover 0870148 Screw F000169 Screw 130938 DTC550 Direct to Card Printer Encoder Service Manual Rev 2 8 8 161 FOR RESTRICTED USE only Fargo Electronics Inc Replacing the Lamination Module Top Cover and Lamination Module Rear Cover D855156 and D855162 Refer to Drawing D855145 Tools Needed Phillips head Screwdriver Torx T10 Screwdriver Parts Needed Lamination Module Top Cover and Lamination Module Rear Cover D855156 and D855162 Estimated Repair Time 10 minutes Step Procedure A Caution Turn OFF the Printer and unplug the power cord from the Printer 2 a Remove the three screws to the Lamination Module Top Cover D855156 to the Lamination Module Baseplate D855144 These are located at the bottom back of the cover b Remove t
165. NS Domain Suffix FARGO COM Cwrent Settings Dynamic Obtain an IP address automatically O Use the following IP address IP Address 10 1 210 240 Stored Settings Subnet Mask 255 255 255 0 Default Gateway 101 2104 DNS Server Address DNS Domain Suffix Clear Changes _ Note Changes to fields with gray background only take effect after reboot v Internet DTC550 Direct to Card Printer Encoder Service Manual Rev 2 8 7 18 FOR RESTRICTED USE only Fargo Electronics Inc Reviewing the Interface The Interface display indicates the network speed supported by the Printer Z Fargo DTC550 SAN M0000030 Network Settings Microsoft Internet Explorer DAR a File Edit View Favorites Tools Help Q sxx Q x la A pO search Jg Favorites 2 R a El X lana 33 Address http 10 1 210 240 tcpipConf html yga Links Ge Network Settings Q Internet Reviewing the Current Settings The Current Settings page section displays the current active network settings for the Printer e These are also labeled as Dynamic if they were provided by DHCP or Static if they came from the Stored Settings e The current settings will be Dynamic only if Obtain an IP address automatically was selected when the Printer was restarted last Z Fargo DTC550 SAN M0000030 Network Settings Microsoft Internet Explorer DER File Edit Yiew Favorites Tools Help Q sax Q E A PO
166. OR RESTRICTED USE only Fargo Electronics Inc Replacing the Card Cleaning Roller continued Procedure 3 Remove the gray Roller from the Card Cleaning Cartridge as shown below 4 Remove the old cleaning roller from the gray Roller as shown below DTC550 Direct to Card Printer Encoder Service Manual Rev 2 8 9 4 FOR RESTRICTED USE only Fargo Electronics Inc Replacing the Card Cleaning Roller continued Procedure Remove the cover sheet to the Cleaning Roller as shown below Step Procedure Insert the Cleaning Cartridge back into the Printer DTC550 Direct to Card Printer Encoder Service Manual Rev 2 8 9 5 FOR RESTRICTED USE only Fargo Electronics Inc Replacing the Card Cleaning Roller continued sepe o S A Caution Be sure to push down on the cartridge until it clicks into place DTC550 Direct to Card Printer Encoder Service Manual Rev 2 8 9 6 FOR RESTRICTED USE only Fargo Electronics Inc Cleaning the Platen and Card Feed Rollers A Caution Clean the black rubber Platen Roller and all of the gray or black rubber Card Feed Rollers within the Printer approximately every 2 000 3 000 prints depending on the cleanliness of the card stock or the environment in which the Printer is located Clean if the Rollers appear dirty to prevent card jams and maintain the best print quality With the Printer power ON use the following steps to clean the Rollers Procedure O
167. OR RESTRICTED USE only Fargo Electronics Inc Resolving the incomplete Resin Printing problems continued See the previous procedure in this section amp DTC550 Card Printer Printing Preferences Lamination Overlay Print Area K Panel Resin Printer Supplies Card Device Options ImageColor Calibrate Magnetic Encoding Resin Heat Front K Resin Heat Back K Overlay Heat 0 DTC550 Direct to Card Printer Encoder Service Manual Rev 2 8 4 50 FOR RESTRICTED USE only Fargo Electronics Inc Resolving the cut off or off center Card Image problems Symptom The printing is cut off or is not centered on the card This causes a white border to appear on the card as shown below Step Procedure precisely center the image See Displays A and B below Use the Image Position within the Calibrate tab of the Printer Driver to Display A Centering the Image correctly Mike Berman Student 3957105 Library Code 2439 554 Mike Berman Student 3957105 library Code 2439 554 DTC550 Direct to Card Printer Encoder Service Manual Rev 2 8 4 51 FOR RESTRICTED USE only Fargo Electronics Inc Resolving the cut off or off center Card Image problems continued Display B Using the Calibrate tab to center the image amp DTC550 Card Printer Printing Preferences Lamination Overlay Print Area RENE i Printer Supplies Card Device Options Image Colog Calibrate Magneti
168. P setting Reviewing the Gateway Setting Reviewing the Subnet Mask Setting Reviewing the MAC Address Reviewing the ANEG Setting Changing the DTC550 LCD Network Settings 7 48 7 48 7 50 7 50 7 50 7 50 7 50 7 51 7 51 7 52 7 53 Accessing the Network Setup Menu 7 53 DTC550 Direct to Card Printer Encoder Service Manual Rev 2 8 vii FOR RESTRICTED USE only Changing the DHCP Setting Fargo Electronics Inc Changing the ANEG setting Saving addresses Resetting Passwords Accessing the IP address of your Printer Accessing the DTC550 IP address Ethernet Printer Troubleshooting Procedures Troubleshooting procedures Verifying the Printer Connection Verifying the Printer IP address Verifying that your PC can access the Printer using the ping command Printing a test page Reviewing Frequently asked Questions Glossary of Terms Section 8 DTC550 Replacement Procedures 7 60 7 61 7 68 8 1 The replacement procedures for the DTC550 printer are provided in this section 8 1 8 2 Safety Messages review carefully Parts Replacement Section 8 3 Reviewing the DTC550 Board Cable Connections Reference 8 4 Cover Chassis and Baseplate Replacement Procedures 8 7 Replacing the Main Cover Enclosure D855153 8 7 Replacing the DTC550 Top Lid Cover D855155 8 9 Replacing the Input Door D850291 R
169. PROJECT ASSY PART NUMBER ITEM NUMBER i ra D D855057 ee ASSY DWG DTC2 D855057 D 55057 2 3 8 9 IO ll 2 2 3 8 9 IO Il 2 FARGO ITEM QTY ITEM NUMBER TYPE DESCRIPTION G l I30985 PART NUT M3 X 0 5 KEPS CZ ELEASED 2 810250ll ASSEMBLY BRACKET BOTTOM SENSOR NOT PRODUCTION VALID W O STAMP ABOVE a eee 4 D855144 ASSEMBLY ASY BASEPLATE LAM DTC550 5 D855156 PART COVER TOP LAM DTC550 6 D855I6 ASSEMBLY ASY FRONT COVER LAM DTC550 T D855162 ASSEMBLY ASY REAR COVER LAM DTC550 F 8 2 D870124 PART COVER LAM OUTPUT 9 D87053 ASSEMBLY ASY LAM ARM O D870154 ASSEMBLY ASSY CHASSIS LAM II D87OI7O ASSEMBLY CABLE LAM PRINT BOARD 2 ID FOOOITO PART SCREW M3X6_TPH_ZP_SEM 3 FOOOI IT3 PART SCREW M3xXI2_
170. Printer Encoder Service Manual Rev 2 8 8 72 FOR RESTRICTED USE only Fargo Electronics Inc Replacing the Rear Over Mount D855063 continued See the procedure on the previous page Guide F000172 i CardSide Screw D855070 Screw F000178 Washer Rear Over h iis Mount D855063 TOF Sensor Cable Assy D855018 Over Mount D855062 Plate Cardpusher D855065 F000395 Spring Guide Jam Washer 140040 D855078 Retaining Ring 140072 Plate Card Path D855049 DTC550 Direct to Card Printer Encoder Service Manual Rev 2 8 8 73 FOR RESTRICTED USE only Fargo Electronics Inc Replacing the Over Mount D855062 Refer to Drawing D855056 Tools Needed Torx T10 Screwdriver Parts Needed Over Mount D855062 Estimated Repair Time 2 to 10 minutes Steps Procedure A Caution Turn off the Printer and unplug the power cord from the Printer A Danger Wear proper eye protection to perform this procedure 2 a Lift up on the bottom edge of the Top Lid Tilt it back into the fully open position b Use the Torx head Screwdriver to remove the two 2 screws F0001 72 located near the hinges c Release the plastic tabs in the four corners of the Cover Lift the Cover off of the Printer Continued on the next page DTC550 Direct to Card Printer Encoder Service Manual Rev 2 8 8 74 FOR RESTRICTED USE only Fargo Elect
171. Printer connection Select Next 6 Select Finish Can multiple PC s print to my Ethernet Printer Yes Each PC must install the Printer Driver software for the specific Fargo Ethernet enabled Printer and connect to the intended Printer using the correct IP address Yes If you know the IP address of the Printer on any Can print from my PC to an Ethernet Printer on a different network segment segment of your network you will be able to print to it No The IP Tracer can only locate Fargo compatible Can use Fargo IP Tracer to locate Printers on a different network segment Printers located in the same network segment as the PC running IP Tracer DTC550 Direct to Card Printer Encoder Service Manual Rev 2 8 Continued on the next page 7 62 FOR RESTRICTED USE only Fargo Electronics Inc Reviewing Frequently asked Questions continued Question Answer How do upgrade the This is done in the same manner as a USB connected Printer Firmware in my Printer The PC doing the upgrade must have a Driver Ethernet enabled Printer installed for the Fargo Printer to be upgraded Follow this procedure 1 Run the Fargo Diagnostic Utility from the start menu Go to the Start gt Programs gt Fargo gt Fargo Diagnostic Utility 2 Select the Fargo Printer to upgrade from the drop down box 3 Go to the Firmware Updates tab If you need to download the update file from the I
172. Printhead Arm D850528 continued See the procedure on the previous page Headlift Bracket Head Fan Cable Close Label PCB Printhead Arm Rear Spacer D855017 L000109 Cover D855030 Screw D855069 Printhead F000175 Arm Bracket Screw D855025 A Screw F000172 _AFO00169 PCB Ribbon Sensor PEM Standoff hear E Latch Hook atch Hoo Fan F000227 SS D850189 Latch Shaft 850168 Headlift Bracket Front Spacer D855068 Torsion Spring D850528 Retaining Ring 140048 Drive Roller Bearing 760343 Tie Wrap 140069 Spring D855072 Head Swivel Printhead Arm Head Bracket Bracket D855027 Mount D855026 stapilizer D855029 Headlift Plate Screw F000191 Adapter D855028 DTC550 Direct to Card Printer Encoder Service Manual Rev 2 8 8 93 FOR RESTRICTED USE only Fargo Electronics Inc Pusher Adapter Bracket and Standoff Replacement Procedures Replacing the Plate Card Pusher D855065 i Refer to Drawing D855056 Tools Needed Torx T10 Screwdriver and needle nose pliers Parts Needed Plate Card Pusher D855065 Estimated Repair Time 2 to 10 minutes Steps Procedure A Caution Turn off the Printer and unplug the power cord from the Printer A Danger Wear proper eye protection to perform this procedure 2 a Lift up on the bottom edge of the Top Lid Tilt it back into the fully open position b Use the Torx head S
173. Procedure A Caution Turn off the Printer and unplug the power cord from the Printer A Danger Wear proper eye protection to perform this procedure 2 a Lift up on the bottom edge of the Top Lid Tilt it back into the fully open position b Use the Torx head Screwdriver to remove the two 2 screws F0001 72 located near the hinges c Release the plastic tabs in the four corners of the Cover Lift the Cover off of the Printer Continued on the next page DTC550 Direct to Card Printer Encoder Service Manual Rev 2 8 8 150 FOR RESTRICTED USE only Fargo Electronics Inc Replacing the Card Side Guide D855070 continued Steps Procedure 3 a Make sure Printer is unplugged The Roller shaft may contact the Main Board Use the Torx T10 Screwdriver to remove the two 2 screws F000172 and two 2 Washers 140040 that connect to the top of the Card Side Guide D855070 which connects to the Plate Card Path D855049 Remove the one 1 Screw F0001 78 that connects the Align Sensor Cable Assembly D855018 to the side of the Card Side Guide D855070 Push through bottom of card path See Replacing the TOF Sensor D855018 Remove the first Card Path Roller D855046 and allow the rear bushing out of the retainer hole in the Sideplate Lift and move the Roller shaft aside See Replacing the Card Path Exit Rollers 0855046 Remove the Card Side Guide D855070 out towards the Flipp
174. Q sxx z gt x El A s Search Pe Favorites 2 B ee El z 33 Address E http 10 1 210 240 logpathConf html 0 Home Network Status System Log Administration Help log loz2 System Log Q Log Name og Print Job Started Printer Error O None O Email Log Destination UDP Syslog Log Type e g userid domain com e g 192 168 0 1 or domain name rob francis fargo com 10 1 210 23 OTCP Connection Port 4010 Clear Changes Done Internet DTC550 Direct to Card Printer Encoder Service Manual Rev 2 8 7 29 FOR RESTRICTED USE only Fargo Electronics Inc Changing the Log Name By default the names are log1 and log2 However you can rename them from this page Note This also updates the link to the corresponding web page Step Procedure 1 Select the System Log link File Edit View Favorites Tools Help i Fargo DTC550 SAN M0000030 System Log Microsoft Internet Explorer DER Q sak Q x 2 A S Search Sie Favorites H 2 a E z i 33 sens Address http 10 1 210 240 logpathConf html 0 vi Eco irs Home Network Status System Log Administration Help log 1082 System Log g E Print Job Started Printer Error None O Email rob francis fargo com e g userid domam com OUDP Syslog 10 1 210 23 eg 192 168 0 1 or domain name OTCP Connection Port 4010 Clear Changes Log Type
175. RGO Electronics Inc DIM UNITS 5 It contains confidential and aan proprietary information INC Unathorized duplication ELECTRONICS INCORPORATED or disclosure is prohibited A DESCRIPTION SCALE SIZE 0 500 D Ao Te a DEFLA REAR ENGINEERING USE ONLY PROJECT PART NUMBER ITEM NUMBER DRAWING FILE ENGINEERING MODEL NAME MODEL TYPE 0855052 0855052 ASSE DTC2 D855052 Bice ea 2 4 5 6 8 9 IO l IZ I5 14 4 5 6 T 8 9 IO I 2 FARGO ITEM QTY ITEM NUMBER TYPE DESCRIPTION 3 140040 PART WASHER 3MM FLAT z RELEAS ED 2 40072 PART RING RETAINING 1 8 NOT PRODUCTION VALID W O STAMP ABOVE eee a E 4 D855062 PART OVER MOUNT 5 0855063 PART OVER MOUNT REAR 6 D855065 ASSEMBLY PLATE CARDPUSHER 7 D855070 PART GUIDE CARD SIDE 8 0855078 PART GUIDE JA F B 9 D9001I3 ASSEMBLY ASY CBL HDLFT SNR io 2 Fo00172 PART SCREW M3XIO_TPH_ZP_SEM I F000178 PART SCREW 4 20X 375_TPH_ZP_PLAS 2 2 Food PAR
176. RICTED USE only Belt and Pulley Replacement Procedures Replacing the Front Drive Train Belt F000092 and or Belt F000094 Refer to Drawing D855050 Tools Needed Torx T10 Screwdriver Parts Needed Belt F000092 amp FO00094 Estimated Repair Time 2 to 10 minutes Snapshot shown here F000092 Steps Procedure Lr Caution Turn off the Printer and unplug the power cord from the Printer A Danger Wear proper eye protection to perform this procedure Fargo Electronics Inc b Tilt it back into the fully open position Lift up on the bottom edge of the Top Lid Use the Torx head Screwdriver to remove the two 2 screws F000172 located near the hinges Release the plastic tabs in the four corners of the Cover Lift the Cover off of the Printer D850461 Proximity Mifare version With a Torx T10 Screwdriver loosen but do not remove the three 3 Remove the Baseplate See Replacing the Base Plate D850287 screws for the Tensioner Pulley Platen D855082 to allow the Tensioner to move freely Push the Spring of the Tensioner inwards to relieve pressure from the Belts F000092 and FO00094 Remove Belts as needed Remove and check Pulley 810266 for wear at this time Continued on the next page DTC550 Direct to Card Printer Encoder Service Manual Rev 2 8 8 112 FOR RESTRICTED USE only Fargo Electronics Inc Replacing the Belt F000092 continued Step
177. RTANT Fargo Card Printers require highly specialized overlaminates to function properly To maximize Printer life reliability printed card quality and durability you must use only Fargo Certified Supplies For this reason the Fargo warranty is void where not prohibited by law if you use non Fargo Certified Supplies To order additional materials please contact the authorized reseller Reviewing the Thermal Transfer Film and PolyGuard Overlaminates Thermal The Card Lamination Module will See the Loading the Transfer Film accept either a Thermal Transfer Film Overlaminate procedure and overlaminate or a polyester patch PolyGuard overlaminate called PolyGuard Overlaminates Thermal Transfer Film The Thermal Transfer Film overlaminate is a relatively thin material which covers a card edge to edge and provides a medium level of card durability and security PolyGuard overlaminate PolyGuard is a much thicker material which does not cover edge to edge but provides an extremely high level of card durability and security Note PolyGuard is available in either a 1 0 or 6 mil thickness and should always be used for those applications requiring the highest degree of card durability and security DTC550 Direct to Card Printer Encoder Service Manual Rev 2 8 2 34 FOR RESTRICTED USE only Fargo Electronics Inc Reviewing the Overlaminate Design Design Both PolyGuard and the Thermal See the Loading the Transf
178. Remove the Flipper Table Sensor Cable Assembly 8401 76 Continued on the next page DTC550 Direct to Card Printer Encoder Service Manual Rev 2 8 8 67 FOR RESTRICTED USE only Fargo Electronics Inc Replacing the Flipper Table Sensor Cable Assembly 840176 Steps Procedure 4 Replace the Flipper Table Sensor Cable Assembly 840176 by routing the Cable in the same manner See Replacing the Flipper Table D850280 5 Reverse this procedure to re assemble Cable Assy 840176 Flipper Roller D855061 Flipper Table D850280 Flipper Flag Label D850347 Screw F000176 Card Idler Spring 810480 Spring Card Shim D850460 DTC550 Direct to Card Printer Encoder Service Manual Rev 2 8 8 68 FOR RESTRICTED USE only Fargo Electronics Inc Replacing the ON OFF Switch 12011 Refer to Drawing D855054 Tools Needed Torx T10 Screwdriver Parts Needed ON OFF Switch 12011 Estimated Repair Time 2 to 10 minutes Procedure A Caution Turn off the Printer and unplug the power cord from the Printer A A Danger Wear proper eye protection to perform this procedure a Lift up on the bottom edge of the Top Lid Tilt it back into the fully open position Use the Torx head Screwdriver to remove the two 2 screws F000172 located near the hinges Release the plastic tabs in the four corners of the Cover Lift the Cover off of the Printer d Manually
179. Rev 2 8 8 81 FOR RESTRICTED USE only Fargo Electronics Inc Replacing the Magnetic Head Support D840848 continued See the procedure on the previous page Plate D840849 Mag Encoder Mag Head Support D840848 e card ije SCT F000168 jed bannit Peai Ring ar er Spring 810480 spring 180071 Nut 130985 Washer F000103 Sensor Board x Mad Head Mount D855079 Assy 140407 f Tie Wrap 140069 Mad Head Post 840236 rap Holder Screw F000177 F000086 Encode Edge Magnetics Bracket Right Guide D850336 D850351 Clutch Spacer Encoding Roller 810480 D850335 Drive Roller Screw F000190 E epim iae o Encode Edge Left Retaining Ring D850352 140062 PCB SmartCard ee ecm ated EP a Cont Station ncocer moun Trade Assy A000202 Bracket D850337 ae v Card Idler Roller 0880153 8 82 DTC550 Direct to Card Printer Encoder Service Manual Rev 2 8 FOR RESTRICTED USE only Fargo Electronics Inc Flipper Table Replacement Procedures Replacing the Flipper Table D850280 Refer to Drawing D855050 and D855089 Tools Needed Small Standard Screwdriver Phillips head Screwdriver Torx T10 Screwdriver needle nose pliers Parts Needed Flipper Table D850280 Estimated Repair Time 20 minutes Step Procedure A Caution Turn OFF the Printer and unplug the power cord from the Printer A Danger Wear proper eye protection to perform this proc
180. Roller Available as clear or with embedded holographic type security images Portrait Potentiometer A document layout that is viewed with the document s long axis in a vertical orientation An electronic resistor with a variable resistance value that can be mechanically set Print Driver A software utility that serves as an interface between the Printer and the Windows GDI Graphical Device Interface making the Printer s functions available through the software application It also provides the format information for the rasterizing of the print file including any necessary escape or function commands Print Job A file of one or more cards for the Printer to print including image data and Printer functions transmitted through the parallel interface and at times stored temporarily in the print Buffer and spooler Print Server A device used to connect and control a Printer on a network Continued on the next page DTC550 Direct to Card Printer Encoder User Guide Rev 1 0 15 14 RESTRICTED USE ONLY Fargo Electronics Inc Glossary of Terms continued Term Definition Printhead The device on a Printer that produces the image on the media PVC Abbreviation for polyvinyl chloride often called vinyl PVC is the component of the 0 002 thick clear dye receptive film on the surface of the identification card and is the primary component of the identification card cores Queue A
181. SData N A LISTEN 5402 CPScCmd N a LISTEN 23 Telnet 206 152 208 468 ESTABLISHED 23 Telnet 101a 10 23 ESTABLISHED 60 HTTP 101 210 12 ESTABLISHED UDP SOCKETS aD PORT PROTOCOL RMT HOST o 9 MDMP N A LISTEN si Internet p DTC550 Direct to Card Printer Encoder Service Manual Rev 2 8 7 26 FOR RESTRICTED USE only Fargo Electronics Inc Using the Printer page You can use the Printer page to review current information about the Printer device settings and print jobs Device settings includes the following e The status which displays information about the current print job e The device which displays information about the Printer The fields are described below See the next page to view the entire Printer page Field Status Description status Idle Indicates that no print job is active Printing Indicates that the job is being sent to the Printer printing Indicates that the communication is being slowed by print waiting operations printing Indicates that the communication has been stopped by some blocked condition canceled Indicates that the current job was canceled and is being rerouted device online Indicates it is ready to print offline Indicates that the Cover is open or the Printer is not ready to print Printer Indicates that an error is detected error Busy Indicates that printing is in progress Print This is a display of the current pri
182. Screwdriver Parts Needed Stepper Motor Assembly D855087 Estimated Repair Time 2 to 10 minutes Steps Procedure 1 A Caution Turn off the Printer and unplug the power cord from the Printer A Danger Wear proper eye protection to perform this procedure 2 a Lift up on the bottom edge of the Top Lid Tilt it back into the fully open position b Use the Torx head Screwdriver to remove the two 2 screws F000172 located near the hinges c Release the plastic tabs in the four corners of the Cover Lift the Cover off of the Printer d Remove the Baseplate from the Printer Assembly Note This is necessary to gain access to the Stepper Motor screws e Remove the three 3 screws 3 holding the Sideplates to the Baseplate Note One of these screws is located inside the Printer between the Flipper Table and the Card path e Slide the Printer toward the direction of the Input Hopper and lift up from the Baseplate Continued on the next page DTC550 Direct to Card Printer Encoder Service Manual Rev 2 8 8 27 FOR RESTRICTED USE only Fargo Electronics Inc Replacing the Stepper Motor Assembly D855087 Flipper Roller and Magnetic Encoder Drive Train continued Step Procedure 3 a e Disconnect the Cable connector e Hold the Stepper Motor so that it will not fall Remove the four 4 Loosen but do not remove the three 3 screws for the Tensioner Pulley Platen D8
183. Sequence 1 9 Reviewing the Lamination Module Sequence of Operations 1 10 Reviewing the Lamination Module Boot up Sequence 1 12 Section 2 Specifications 2 1 Regulatory Compliances Agency Listings and FCC Rules 2 1 Regulatory Compliances 2 1 Agency Listings 2 2 FCC Rules 2 2 Environmental Protection China RoHS 2 2 Technical Specifications 2 3 Functional Specifications 2 9 Printer Components LCD and Softkey Control Pad 2 17 Printer Components Print Ribbons 2 21 Printer Components Resin Only Print Ribbons 2 22 Printer Components Dye Sublimation Resin Print Ribbons 2 23 Printer Components Blank Cards 2 25 Reviewing the Card Lamination Module 2 26 Reviewing the Lamination Top Cover and Station 2 28 Reviewing the Securing Latches and Lamination LED light 2 29 Reviewing the Cancel button 2 29 Reviewing the Resume pause button 2 30 Reviewing the Rejection Card Hopper and Card Output Hopper 2 31 Reviewing the Module and Printer interaction 2 31 Reviewing the Module and LCD display interaction 2 32 Reviewing the Module s Programmed Default Temperature 2 32 Reviewing the Laminator Temperature Adjustment 2 33 Reviewing the Overlaminates 2 34 Reviewing the Overlaminate Design 2 35 Reviewing the Visual Security Solutions 2 36 VeriMarkTM Cards 2 D holographic foil application 2 36 Custom HoloMarkTM Cards 2 36 Visual Security Card Stock Part Numbers 2 36 Visual Security Card Stock Tolerances 2 37 VeriMarkTM Application Specificatio
184. Setup Menu procedure to access the Network Settings menu MENU gt Setup Printer gt Network Settings 2 Select down arrow on the LCD to view the ANEG menu entry 3 Press the Select button to change the auto negotiation setting for the Printer which will rotate between the following e ANEG AUTO Allows the auto negotiation between the Printer and the host Ethernet interface e ANEG FD Forces the full duplex communications between the Printer and the host Ethernet interface e ANEG HD Forces the half duplex communications between the Printer and the host Ethernet interface 4 If you change the setting you will be prompted to reboot the Printer DTC550 Direct to Card Printer Encoder Service Manual Rev 2 8 7 54 FOR RESTRICTED USE only Fargo Electronics Inc Saving addresses Step Procedure 1 See the Accessing the Network Setup Menu procedure to access the Network Settings menu MENU gt Setup Printer gt Network Settings 2 Select down arrow on the LCD to view the Save Addresses menu entry 3 Press the Select button to save the current network settings IP address GW SN Mask as the stored settings which will be used when automatic address assignment using DHCP is disabled Resetting Passwords Step Procedure 1 See the Accessing the Network Setup Menu procedure to access the Network Settings menu MENU gt Setup Printer gt Network Settings 2
185. T SCREW M3X5 TPH ZP TAPTITE 3 2 FO00395 PART SPRING COMPRESSION 266 x 59 E D C B REPLACE D8550I8 WITH D9OOII3 C13828 I OcT 06 Tuw A PRODUCTION RELEASE ci2i67 29 Jul 05 REP p VER REV RECORD ECO DATE APPR DRAWN BY DATE R REP 23 Oct 03 lt 3 af FARGO Electronicn ing DIM UNITS Vi I amp O It contains confidential and inch neiro en ainiaan ELECTRONICS INCORPORATED or disclosure e prohibited see DESCRIPTION 0 625 B AST CARU PATH IIA ENGINEERING USE ONLY PROJECT ASSY PART NUMBER ITEM NUMBER DRAWING FILE ENGINEERING MODEL NAME MODEL TYPE 0855056 p855056 ASSEM ASSY DWG DTC2 D855056 08550560 2 z 4 5 6 8 9 O l 2
186. TPH_ZP_SE 4 6 FOOO 78 PART SCREW 4 20X 375_TPH_ZP_PLAS E 9 4 FOOOI92 PART SCREW M3X6 TPH ZP TAPTITE 6 2 F000229 PART CLAMP CABLE T 4 F000286 PAR STANDOFF HEX M3 F F 49MM LG 8 LO00273 PART BL LAM DTC DEFAULT SETTINGS 9 LOO0523 PART BL LAM TOP COVER 20 LOOO6SI PART BL CONTROL PANEL LAM DTC550 D 2l 2 LOOOE69 PART DTC550 CURRENT RATING 22 LOOO06 74 PART ABEL PATENTS LAMINATOR F 23 LOOO963 ASSEMBLY LABEL CHINA ROHS C F ADDED LOOO963 Cl4581 22 MAY O7 MC CR E REMOVED D870I77 FROM BOM Cl4009 O5 DEC 06 CAR D REPLACED LOOO255 WITH LOOOS23 Cl2753 27 JAN O6 CAR C BOM CHANGE Cl2660 13 Jan 06 CAR B ADDED PATENT LABEL LOOO674 Cl2027 Il Aug O5 TL B A PRODUCTION RELEASE Cl2202 O9 Aug 05 REP VER REV RECORD ECO DATE APPR DRAWN BY DATE REP 10 Jan 05 J of FARGO Electronics Ine DIM UNITS I amp O It contains confidential and 4 inch Cheuthorized duplication ELECTRONICS INCORPORATED or disclosure ie prohibited DESCRIPTION A 0 200 B AST PINAL LAM DI CSSoO ENGINEERING USE ONLY PROJECT ASSY PART NUMBER ITEM NUMBER i Ta aie D855145 ee ASSY DWG DT C2 D855145 DSB55 45 2 3 8 9 IO I 2
187. The Card Lamination Module can be attached as a field upgradeable option This can typically be done in 20 minutes or less and with no other tools than the provided torx tool Please refer to the following steps to attach this module This section applies only if you are installing the field upgradeable Card Lamination Module onto a DTC550 Printer Your Printer model must be capable of accepting this module since not all Printer models are compatible with this field upgradeable option you have questions about compatibility please contact your authorized Fargo reseller Fargo Electronics Inc f Step Procedure 1 Remove the Card Lamination Module from its packaging 2 Disconnect the power cable from the Printer 3 Remove the Card Output Hopper from the Printer Note To do this pull DTC550 Direct to Card Printer Encoder Service Manual Rev 2 8 out on the Securing Tab located on the bottom of the Printer and slide the Card Output Hopper completely out of the Printer Securing Tab 5 11 FOR RESTRICTED USE only Fargo Electronics Inc Performing the procedure for the DTC550 Card Lamination Module Attachment Kit continued Procedure Set the Printer on the Lamination Module s Baseplate D855144 at an angle as shown Note This position will make it easier to connect the Power and Communication cables DTC550 Direct to Card Printer Encoder Service Manual Rev 2 8 5 12 FOR RESTRICTED USE
188. To prevent equipment or media damage observe all established Electrostatic Discharge ESD procedures while handling Cables in or near the Circuit Board and Printhead Assemblies b Remove the O Ring Belt F000385 Continued on the next page DTC550 Direct to Card Printer Encoder Service Manual Rev 2 8 8 130 FOR RESTRICTED USE only Fargo Electronics Inc Replacing the O Ring Belt F000385 Longer belt for Ribbon Supply Drive Train continued Step Procedure 4 Replace the O Ring Belt F000385 5 Reverse this procedure to re assemble being careful of the Ribbon Clutch O Ring Pulley Screw F000177 D900106 Encoder Wheel O Ring F000385 810492 Retaining Ring 140048 Screw F000169 Port Bracket D855059 O 327 Motor a P j Sideplate D855040 Saddle Cable F000348 D855165 Film Drive Post Idler D840867 Twist Lock Cable F000349 Saddle Cable Clutch F000384 F000382 Spring Roll Pin Sab Screw F000170 a e Screw F000172 Q Hees 2 Washer 130884 Gear Combo O Ring Pulley D880141 Ribbon Idler Drive Belt F000390 Gear 760288 Retaining Ring 140061 PCB 3 Tie Holder Sensor 2 Assy Cable F000347 Ribbon Drive A000126 Gear 760289 DTC550 Direct to Card Printer Encoder Service Manual Rev 2 8 8 131 FOR RESTRICTED USE only Fargo Electronics Inc Gear Replacement Procedures Replacing the Ribbon Idler Gear fo
189. Top Lid Tilt it back into the fully open position b Remove the ribbon if installed and rotate the flipper slightly to access the screws F0001 76 that attach the shim and spring to the Flipper Table 3 a Remove the two 2 screws F000176 that attach the Spring Card Shim D850460 to the Flipper Table D850280 b Remove the Spring Card Shim D850460 A Caution Be careful to keep the two card idler Springs 810480 in place 4 Align the two card idler Springs 810480 and replace the Spring Card Shim D850460 5 Reverse this procedure to re assemble Continued on the next page DTC550 Direct to Card Printer Encoder Service Manual Rev 2 8 8 90 FOR RESTRICTED USE only Fargo Electronics Inc Replacing the Card Idler Springs 810480 continued See the procedure on the previous page Cable Assy 840176 Flipper Roller D855061 Flipper Table D850280 Flipper Flag Label D850347 Screw F000176 Card Idler Spring 810480 Spring Card Shim amp D850460 DTC550 Direct to Card Printer Encoder Service Manual Rev 2 8 8 91 FOR RESTRICTED USE only Fargo Electronics Inc Replacing the Torsion Spring on the Printhead Arm D850528 Refer to Drawing D855053 Tools Needed Torx T10 Screwdriver and Retaining Ring tool Parts Needed Torsion Spring D850528 Estimated Repair Time 2 to 10 minutes Steps Procedure A Caution Turn off the P
190. UPGRADE The LCD will prompt Are you sure you want to continue Select YES to begin the System Upgrade OR Select NO to return to the SELECT FUNCTION screen DTC550 Direct to Card Printer Encoder Service Manual Rev 2 8 12 28 FOR RESTRICTED USE only Fargo Electronics Inc Section 13 Fargo Technical Support The purpose of this section to provide the User with an efficient step by step procedure to be used when contacting Fargo Technical Support as needed for the DTC550 series Card Printer Contacting Fargo Technical Support Step Procedure 1 Read the suggested Sections of the Technical Service and Maintenance Manual in order to troubleshoot this Printer As needed contact the Fargo Technical Support Group for additional technical assistance e by phone at 952 941 0050 OR e by fax at 952 941 1852 OR Contact Fargo Technical Support via the Web www fargo com Position a phone near the Printer and Computer so Fargo technicians can help troubleshoot the Printer s Please have a self test and a sample card ready when calling Fargo Technical Support DTC550 Direct to Card Printer Encoder Service Manual Rev 2 8 13 1 FOR RESTRICTED USE only Fargo Electronics Inc Reading the Serial Numbers on a Fargo Printer The purpose of this section is to provide updated instructions for reading serial numbers on a Fargo Printer Finding out when a Fargo Card Printer was manufactured
191. Y LAM ARM E REMOVED 2X E CLIPS 140062 CO4046 30 MAY 03 TG ENGINEERING USE ONLY l l G PROJECT ASSY PART NUMBER ITEM NUMBER DRAWING FILE ENGINEERING MODEL NAME MODEL TYPE D D850528 WAS 150082 CO3848 IO MAR O3 MCP A SSY DWG _ D870153 D870153_ASY LAM_ARM ASSEM VER RE RECORD Eco pate APPR SELM D87OI53 DS 7Ol53 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 5 O ll 2
192. _O70048_LAM_LIFT 24 D870220 ASSEMBLY ASY SNR_O70048_ARM_OPEN 25 D87022I ASSEMBLY ASY FILM SENSOR LC 26 7 EOOO070 PART SLEEVE ROUNDIT 1 2 27 2 FOOOO67 ASSEMBLY HINGE CONSTANT TORQUE 2 5KG 28 FOOOI58 PART O RING I03 X 1 063 SH A 80 29 6 FOOOI69 PART SCREW M3X5_TPH_ZP_SEM 30 2 FOOOITO PART SCREW M3X6_TPH_ZP_SE 3 2 FOOOISO PART SCREW_M3X4_TPH_TAPTITE 32 4 FOOOI92 PART SCREW M3X6 TPH ZP TAPTITE 33 2 FOO0231 PART SCREW 4 40X 250 UCUT BLZP PATCH 34 2 F000285 PART SPRING EXT 125 X 75 X Ol6 35 4 F000296 PAR TIE WRAP 5 75L X I4W BLK HI 36 2 FOO04I8 PART SPACER 3440D I73 ID O94THK 37 LOOOIO9 PART ABEL PUSH TO CLOSE 38 000571 PART ABEL HOT DRAWN BY DATE This document is the property TMH 28 Aug 02 f FARGO Electronics Inc DIM UNITS RR it contains confidential aad ADDED 2X FOOO4I8 amp FOOOITO proprietary information H Cl3374 25 May 06 PGU h A nati DELETE 2X FOOOI69 INC Unauthorized duplication ELECTRONICS INCORPORATED or disclosure is prohibited G ADDED 2X I4006I D870I37 CII785 30 MAR O5 BTO p REMOVED D870135 D870137 D840777 aele bean eee WE DESCRIPTION 2X FOOOISO 2X I4006I ADDED LOOO5ST y 0 500 5 AS
193. ab to view information about the Ribbon installed in the Printer amp DTC550 Card Printer Printing Preferences Card Device Options Image Color Calibrate __Lamination Overlay PrintArea K Panel Resin f Ribbon Type YMCKO Full Color Resin Reorder 86200 DTC550 Direct to Card Printer Encoder Service Manual Rev 2 8 6 97 FOR RESTRICTED USE only Fargo Electronics Inc Reviewing the Ribbon Information so Peete o S 1 Use the Ribbon information to determine which Ribbon is being used to print with and its part number amp DTC550 Card Printer Printing Preferences Card Device Options Image Color Calibrate Lamination Overlay 7 Print Area K Panel Resin Ribbon Type YMCKO Full Color Resin Reorder 86200 DTC550 Direct to Card Printer Encoder Service Manual Rev 2 8 6 98 FOR RESTRICTED USE only Fargo Electronics Inc Reviewing the Ribbon Level Indicator sw Presi o Use the Ribbon Level indicator to view approximately how much Ribbon is left amp DTC550 Card Printer Printing Preferences Card Device Options Image Color Calibrate Lamination Overlay Print Area K Panel Resin Ribbon Full Type YMCKO Full Color Resin Empty Reorder 86200 DTC550 Direct to Card Printer Encoder Service Manual Rev 2 8 6 99 FOR RESTRICTED USE only Fargo Electronics Inc Section 7 Ethernet Option Section Introduction The Ethernet option includes the Ethernet
194. ad Replacement Procedures Replacing the Printhead Assembly D855055 al Printhead Assy g D855055 Steps Refer to Drawing D855050 Tools Needed Torx T10 Screwdriver Parts Needed Printhead Assembly D855055 Estimated Repair Time 2 to 10 minutes w Procedure 1 This kit has been provided for quick and easy installation of the Replacement Printhead Assembly on a DTC550 printer This Printhead Assembly has been calibrated by the factory and requires no further mechanical adjustments Important Note Any unauthorized modifications or fabrications to this device or Printer or deviations from these instructions will void any warranties printed or implied Following all procedures in strict accordance with these instructions will ensure the integrity of any remaining warranties Danger Wear proper eye protection to perform this procedure A Caution Turn off the Printer and unplug the power cord from the Printer Unplug the Parallel Port Cable from the Printer A Caution To prevent equipment or media damage observe all established Electrostatic Discharge ESD procedures while handling Cables in or near the Circuit Board and Printhead Assemblies A Caution You will be working with static sensitive devices such as the Printhead Assembly and the Printhead Harness Cables Please observe all industry standard precautions when working on or near electronic devices Unplug power and all external
195. age Server An HTTP service serves web pages that provide an interface through which to configure and monitor the Printer Note Users may also monitor all print jobs that have been sent to the Printer from any client PC Reviewing the Network Management Interface The Ethernet enabled Printer operates as an SNMP agent to allow central administrators to monitor and configure the network interface and the Printer Note A standard host MIB II is implemented to maximize the utility of the Printer on the network Reviewing the Telnet Server The Ethernet interface has a command line interpreter Note The User can connect to the Printer using a Telnet session on their PC issue commands to the Printer and receive response from the Printer The Telnet commands are primarily used for network administration and they will not be used by most Users Note These commands will query the state of the Printer and configure various settings for the Printer These include network settings logging setting User names and User passwords DTC550 Direct to Card Printer Encoder Service Manual Rev 2 8 7 4 FOR RESTRICTED USE only Fargo Electronics Inc Network Management Interface The SNMP interface is described below Interface Description SNMP e The Ethernet interface is a fully manageable SNMP agent that supports MIB II e The Ethernet interface is MIB II compliant allowing SNMP managers to monitor protocol network a
196. al adjustments is 100 pixels 10 pixels about 03 8mm Note No 2 The Vertical and Horizontal adjustment arrows point to within the Image Position window which represents the direction that the printed image moves Rear of Printer Card Output f Horizontal Horizontal Card Input side of Printer side of Printer E Direction card travels through printer Front of Printer DTC550 Direct to Card Printer Encoder Service Manual Rev 2 8 6 35 FOR RESTRICTED USE only Fargo Electronics Inc Using the Sensors button Use the Sensors button to bring up a separate dialog box for calibrating the Printer s Ribbon Sensor and Lamination Sensor Calibration see instructions in the Calibration window below Lamination l Overlay Print Area Card Device Options Image Colo agnetic Encoding Image Position Calibration Ribbon Sensor Calibration Ensure that the Printer s Cover is closed Click on the Send button The Printer s LCD will display SENSOR CALIBRATED Click on the OK button on the LCD display to complete the procedure Help Send m Lamination Sensor Calibration Sensors Settings Remove the Overlaminate Roll from the Printer and close the Cover Click on the Send button The Printer s LCD will display SENSOR CALIBRATED Click on the OK button on the LCD display to complete the procedure Send DTC
197. and reseat cable connections b If problem persists replace with a new Printhead 4 Ensure that the Printer has received data at the speed that it requires See Communications Errors in this same section Resolving the Printhead Temp Error Message Symptom The Printhead Temperature Regulator is not functioning properly Procedure Confirm that the cooling fan above the Printhead is operating properly Note Upon power up the fan should run momentarily and shut off Reboot the Printer If the problem persists remove the Printhead and ensure that the Printhead Cable is seated properly Note The Printhead can only be replaced by an Authorized Service Provider Replace the Printhead after checking the Printhead Cable connection at both the Printhead and the Main Print Board if the error is still displayed on startup 4 Replace the Main Print Board if problem still remains DTC550 Direct to Card Printer Encoder Service Manual Rev 2 8 4 34 FOR RESTRICTED USE only Fargo Electronics Inc Resolving the Flipper Alignment Error Message Symptom A Flipper Alignment error was displayed on the LCD Procedure Check for any obstruction a Open the Top Lid b Remove the Ribbon c Ensure that there are no obstructions Verify the Motor operation a Test the Flipper Table Home Sensor A000136 by rotating the Flipper Table off from the level position b Close the Top Cover Note This should cause
198. and then resend the job LAM CARD FLIP ERROR A problem has been If this problem persists call for detected in the Laminator technical assistance flipper LAM ERROR The Lamination module Check the indicated condition and requires attention correct it using the Laminator s control buttons Press QUIT to clear this message LAM HANDLER See the next column If this problem persists call for STARTUP technical assistance LAM LIFT ERROR See the next column If this problem persists call for technical assistance LAM MATERIAL Lamination material is LOW low LAM MEMORY See the next column If this problem persists call for ERROR technical assistance DTC550 Direct to Card Printer Encoder Service Manual Rev 2 8 FOR RESTRICTED USE only Fargo Electronics Inc Troubleshooting the LCD Messages continued LCD Message Cause Solution LAM STARTUP See the next column If this problem persists call for ERROR technical assistance LAM TAG ERROR The Ribbon identification Install a new film roll and press tag cannot be read RESUME to continue or CANCEL to abort If the problem persists call for technical assistance MAG CARD JAM A card jam has been Clear the jam according to the detected in the MAG steps in the Troubleshooting encoding section of the section of the User Guide Printer MAG ENCODER The head arm assembly Press RESUME to retry or PAUSED has been opened during CANCEL to abort Magnetic
199. anel Label ene Bottom Sensor Bracket 81025011 pp Screw F0001 a Nut 130985 LAM Baseplate Assembly 0855144 Front Cover Assembly 0855161 LAM Chassis Assembly D870154 DTC550 Direct to Card Printer Encoder Service Manual Rev 2 8 8 165 FOR RESTRICTED USE only Fargo Electronics Inc Replacing the Lamination Module Output Door D870124 and Reject Hopper Door D870124 Refer to Drawing D855145 Tools Needed Phillips head Screwdriver Torx T10 Screwdriver Parts Needed Lamination Module Output Door D870124 and Reject Hopper Door D8701 24 Estimated Repair Time 20 minutes Step Procedure A Caution Turn off the Printer and unplug the power cord from the Printer A Caution To prevent equipment or media damage observe all established Electrostatic Discharge ESD procedures while handling Cables in or near the Circuit Board and Printhead Assemblies A Danger Wear proper eye protection to perform this procedure Gently flex the center of the Cover to remove the pins from either side of the frame 3 Replace the LAM Output Cover D870124 4 Reverse this procedure to re assemble Continued on the next page DTC550 Direct to Card Printer Encoder Service Manual Rev 2 8 8 166 FOR RESTRICTED USE only Fargo Electronics Inc Replacing the Lamination Module Output Door D870124 and Reject Hopper Door D870124 continued See the procedure on
200. another location Procedure The Printer should be transported by at least two persons who can safely lift it onto a nearby cart with rollers and then carefully transport it to a designated location See below Please see your supervisor to determine who can safely lift the Printer in order to relocate it Use caution because of the weight of the Printer You have completed the setup and installation procedures in this section rt l m i ar STS f LE EEE LALLA LLLP LILLE LAL LLL LLL LLL SLE Ek z i a a S lL I s 2 1 2 amp gi ley __ u TI TT TTT TT L gt f 1 1 LLLI O o 80 DTC550 Direct to Card Printer Encoder Service Manual Rev 2 8 3 45 FOR RESTRICTED USE only Fargo Electronics Inc Section 4 General Troubleshooting IMPORTANT Fargo Card Printers require highly specialized Print Ribbons to function properly To maximize Printer life reliability printed card quality and durability you must use only Fargo Certified Supplies For this reason your Fargo warranty is void where not prohibited by law if you use non Fargo Certified Supplies To order additional materials please contact your authorized reseller Reviewing the LCD display and LED light The LCD display provides the current status of the Printer Refer to the following tables for a complete list and cause of al
201. anual Rev 2 8 8 16 FOR RESTRICTED USE only Fargo Electronics Inc Replacing the LCD Display Panel A000372 continued Step Procedure 8 A Caution When installing the Display unit be careful to seat the Unit all the way back into the Retainers before attempting to lock it into place Note It should easily snap into place Excessive force on the Display Board can damage it a Turn the Cover over on a secure non scratch surface and install the Display Unit Note Attach all the connectors that were previously removed including the key pad connector b Connect the display cables to the Printer Main Board power up and test the Keypad and display for proper operation DTC550 Direct to Card Printer Encoder Service Manual Rev 2 8 8 17 FOR RESTRICTED USE only Fargo Electronics Inc Replacing the Keypad D855147 Refer to Drawing No D855180 in Appendix A Tools Needed Torx Head Screwdriver Parts Needed Keypad D855147 Estimated Repair Time 15 minutes Step Procedure A Caution Turn OFF the Printer and unplug the power cord from the Printer 2 Lift up on the bottom edge of the DTC550 Top Lid Cover Tilt it back into the fully open position 3 Use the Torx head Screwdriver to remove the two 2 screws F000172 located near the hinges 4 Release the plastic tabs in the four corners of the Cover 5 Lift the Cover off of the Printer 6 Disconnect t
202. ape Copies l Diagnostics Clean Printer Test Print About DTC550 Direct to Card Printer Encoder Service Manual Rev 2 8 6 80 FOR RESTRICTED USE only Fargo Electronics Inc Selecting the Visual Security Solutions dropdown menu E to H sep Poowte 1 Click on the Visual Security Solutions dropdown menu under the Overlay Print Area tab to use the options shown below Overlay Print Area Security Options Full Card Visual Security Solutions For Print and Overlay No a ise gt C For Overlay Only For Print Only No Overlay f E lt Upper Left F Upper Right G Lower Left H Lower Right DTC550 Direct to Card Printer Encoder Service Manual Rev 2 8 6 81 FOR RESTRICTED USE only Fargo Electronics Inc Selecting the VeriMark radio button Step Procedure Click on either the VeriMark or HoloMark radio button as shown below The foil options are used to control the size of the exclusion area Note When VeriMark is selected a rectangle sized area is excluded HoloMark uses a square sized area Click on the VeriMark radio button below for the rectangle sized area Security Options Visual Security Solutions E Upper Left f VerMark C Holo ark DTC550 Direct to Card Printer Encoder Service Manual Rev 2 8 6 82 FOR RESTRICTED USE only Fargo Electronics Inc Selecting the HoloMark radio button Step Procedure Click on the HoloMark radio button below for the sq
203. ar proper eye protection to perform this procedure 2 a Lift up on the bottom edge of the Top Lid Tilt it back into the fully open position o Use the Torx head Screwdriver to remove the two 2 screws F000172 located near the hinges c Release the plastic tabs in the four corners of the Cover Lift the Cover off of the Printer Continued on the next page DTC550 Direct to Card Printer Encoder Service Manual Rev 2 8 8 71 FOR RESTRICTED USE only Fargo Electronics Inc Replacing the Rear Over Mount D855063 continued Steps Procedure 3 A Caution Recheck that the Printer is unplugged as metal contact is possible from moving the Roller Shaft out of the way a Remove the Belt and the Pulley D850190 from the Roller Shaft above the Rear Over Mount D855063 b Remove the Clip from the Shaft and move the Shaft Rearward out of the way c Release the Spring from the Card Path Mount and pull the Rear Over Mount D855063 from the Plate Card Pusher D855065 e Replace the Rear Over Mount D855063 Note The Spring may have to be transferred to the new Rear Over Mount e Push the Rear Over Mount into the Plate Card Pusher D855065 until it snaps in place Note A new Pulley D850190 must be used as well d Verify the action of the Card Pusher Unit making sure it is not binding Reverse this procedure to reassemble Continued on the next page DTC550 Direct to Card
204. ard appears only if you are using a Printer with an optional built in Encoding Module PRINTING indicates the Print Station is printing onto the card LAMINATING indicates the Lamination Station is applying an overlaminate to a card appears only if using a Printer equipped with the optional Card Lamination Module See Reviewing the Card Lamination Module Since the Printer is capable of performing several of these functions simultaneously one or all of these icons may appear at once depending on if you are printing just one card or a batch of cards The Print Status screen always displays Cancel in the lower left and Pause in the lower right DTC550 Direct to Card Printer Encoder Service Manual Rev 2 8 2 18 FOR RESTRICTED USE only Fargo Electronics Inc Printer Components LCD and Softkey Control Pad continued The Cancel Use this button to cancel print jobs and reset the Printer for the button next print job This Cancel function will ask if you wish to cancel just the individual job or all jobs in the queue You may also resume the current job by pressing NO Pause button Use this button to pause the Printer at any time during operation Note The Printer will always finish its current task before pausing When the Printer is paused the LED light will flash and the Pause softkey button will change to Resume Press Resume to continue Printer operation LED light This light works in conjunction with the Prin
205. ard Travels through Printer Delete Print All Black with K Panel Full Card Print YMC under K Print K Only DTC550 Direct to Card Printer Encoder Service Manual Rev 2 8 6 90 FOR RESTRICTED USE only Fargo Electronics Inc Measuring the Total Card area Procedure Determine the area of the card to define Note This area is indicated by the dashed outline as shown below The easiest way to determine the size of this area is to actually print a card and look at it in the same orientation as when it exits the Printer Measure the total area and enter those dimensions into the Dimension boxes as shown below identification Card Karen Atkins Access Level 2 ID 1234478 1 ll III DTC550 Direct to Card Printer Encoder Service Manual Rev 2 8 6 91 FOR RESTRICTED USE only Fargo Electronics Inc Measuring the Total Card area continued See the previous procedure in this section amp DTC550 Card Printer Printing Preferences Card Device Options Image a agnetic Encoding Lamination Overlay Print Area K Panel Resin ff Printer Supplies CR 80 Card Size Front Back 0 230 21 ew ass HF 1 377 x E H Y inches mm oo T OE Defined Area 13 M Direction Card Travels through Printer Delete Print All Black with K Panel Full Card V Defined Areals M Undefined Areals Print YMC under K C Print K Only DTC550 Direct to Card Printe
206. as this promotes easier card loading Note 2 If you would like to use the exception feed feature change this setting to ON This will cause the Card Input Hopper to rest in the UP position allowing the necessary space below the Hopper for exception cards to be inserted The only caution when using this feature is that cards must be loaded properly DTC550 Direct to Card Printer Encoder Service Manual Rev 2 8 12 26 FOR RESTRICTED USE only Fargo Electronics Inc Adjusting the Flipper Offset fee Pees Select MENU Setup Printer and Flipper Settings 2 Select Print Flip Level Print Flip Angle or Encoder Angle e Use the Print Flip Level option to set the position of the Flipper so it is level with the card path Use the Print Flip Angle option to set the position of the Flipper to ensure it is level when the card is flipped Use the Encoder Flip Angle option to fine tune the position of the Flipper in relation to the Printer s built in Encoder if your Printer is equipped with this option Change these settings in small increments if the card is not feeding correctly off the Card Flipper onto the card path or into the Encoder e Decrease the setting to lower the lip of the Flipper e Increase the setting to raise it Press the DONE button to save the value Press YES when asked to save the change Viewing the Report Supplies Step Procedure When using monochrome resin only print Ribbons use this option t
207. assemble Spring Load Lever _ D841175 Spring Load Bushin D841177 Spring Load Post RK D841176 X 4 Z i i X y Washer 130876 _ Screw Screw A Post Travel Gear F000190 F000170 i D841173 Post Travel Idler Ribbon Motor Assy D841174 Travel Bracket D840980 Retaining Ring 140062 D841172 Pulley Gear i D841202 ee J O Ring C ee F000063 PN poe rga A os HEN AAs X Screw 130302 A y Washer F000132 Idler Film Drive Post D840867 Ribbon Idler Gear 760288 Washer 140040 Washer 130884 Pulley Gear Combo 760287 Retaining Ring 140061 DTC550 Direct to Card Printer Encoder Service Manual Rev 2 8 8 138 FOR RESTRICTED USE only Fargo Electronics Inc Replacing the Pulley Gear Combo 760287 Hopper Transport Drive Train Refer to Drawing D855057 Tools Needed Torx T10 Screwdriver Parts Needed Pulley Gear Combo 760287 Estimated Repair Time 2 to 10 minutes Steps Procedure A Caution Turn off the Printer and unplug the power cord from the Printer 2 a Lift up on the bottom edge of the Top Lid Tilt it back into the fully open position b Use the Torx head Screwdriver to remove the two 2 screws F000172 located near the hinges c Release the plastic tabs in the four corners of the Cover Lift the Cover off of the Printer 3 A Danger Pay particular attention to this procedure Wear proper
208. at indicates the amount of force needed before magnetic saturation measured in Oersted Oe Color matching The process of adjusting color hue saturation and brightness to duplicate a desired color An algorithm within the driver which adjusts the color balance and provides output with the desired color automates this process Compressed air Air stored in a tank or produced by an aerosol can delivered by through nozzle at a high speed Used in the Printer to blow out debris Contrast The degree of difference in luminance of two areas Control panel DTC550 Direct to Card Printer Encoder User Guide Rev 1 0 The panel on the Printer from which the user can control Printer functions The Printer is usually composed of the control buttons and an LED or LCD display Continued on the next page RESTRICTED USE ONLY Fargo Electronics Inc Glossary of Terms continued Term Definition CR 79 A card dimension standard of 2 0625 L X 3 3125 W 0 002 W 0 005 L or 52 400 X 84 150 mm CR 80 Acard dimension standard of 2 125 X 3 370 0 002 W 0 005 L or 53 975 X 85 598 mm CR 90 A card dimension standard of 2 375 X 3 625 0 002 W 0 005 L or 60 325 X 92 075 mm CR 100 A card dimension standard of 2 625 X 3 875 0 002 W 0 005 L or 66 675 X 98 425 mm Cursor The marker in the LCD display window that indicates the active selection
209. ation Check any page setup functions in the software to verify that the Ribbon type matches DTC550 Direct to Card Printer Encoder Service Manual Rev 2 8 4 32 FOR RESTRICTED USE only Fargo Electronics Inc Resolving the Unknown Ribbon Type Error Message Symptom The Printer is unable to determine the type of Ribbon installed Procedure Verify the Ribbon type Ensure that the Print Ribbon installed in the Printer is a DTC 550 Ribbon Ensure that the green flange of the Ribbon core is aligned next to the green hub in the Printer Verify that there is an RFID tag present on the Ribbon Flange Resolving the Headlift Error Message Symptom The Printer was unable to raise or lower the Printhead Procedure Press the Resume bution to retry If the Headlift does not rotate check the Headlift Motor A000124 to ensure that it is running Note The Motor can only be replaced an Authorized Service Provider DTC550 Direct to Card Printer Encoder Service Manual Rev 2 8 4 33 FOR RESTRICTED USE only Fargo Electronics Inc Resolving the Printer pausing between panels errors Symptom The Printhead Fan is not operating properly Procedure Confirm that the fan operates correctly 2 Check the Printhead fan for pinched wires e Inspect the wires that are routed under the Ribbon Arm to ensure that they are not pinched 3 Verify if the thermal Regulator on the Printhead has failed a Remove the Printhead
210. b 6 46 Using the Encoding Mode option 6 47 Using the Coercivity Selection 6 49 Using the Magnetic Track Selection option 6 50 Reviewing the Enable MLE Support checkbox 6 51 Using the Magnetic Track Options 6 52 Using the Bit Density radio buttons 6 53 Using the Character Size radio buttons 6 54 Using the ASCII Offset radio buttons 6 55 Using the LRC Generation radio buttons 6 56 Using the Character Parity radio buttons 6 57 Reviewing the Shift Data Left 6 58 Reviewing the ISO Track Locations 6 59 Reviewing the Sample String 6 60 Sending the Track Information 6 61 Reviewing the ASCII Code and Character Table 6 62 Using the Lamination tab only with Card Lamination Module 6 63 Selecting the Lamination Position 6 64 Selecting the Lamination Side 6 65 Selecting the Lamination Type 6 66 Adjusting the Transfer Dwell Time and Transfer Temperature 6 68 Selecting Default button 6 68 Using the Overlay Print Area tab 6 69 Using the Overlay Print Area dropdown menu 6 70 Using the Overlay Print Area radio buttons 6 71 Using Security Options Visual Security Solutions 6 77 Selecting Orientation Landscape under Card tab 6 78 Selecting the Visual Security Solutions dropdown menu A to D 6 79 Selecting Orientation Portrait under Card tab 6 80 Selecting the Visual Security Solutions dropdown menu E to H 6 81 Selecting the VeriMark radio button 6 82 Selecting the HoloMark radio button 6 83 Reviewing the Custom VeriMark and HoloMark Cards 6 84 Reviewing
211. be an error at the Printer e There may be a job in the Windows print queue which has stalled e The Printer may be paused or set to operate offline in the Windows print queue DTC550 Direct to Card Printer Encoder Service Manual Rev 2 8 7 60 FOR RESTRICTED USE only Fargo Electronics Inc Reviewing Frequently asked Questions Question Answer How do know if my Printer has the Ethernet option installed If your Printer has the RJ45 connector installed on the back of the Printer then it has this Ethernet option installed Can my Printer be upgraded to have an Ethernet interface The DTC550 printer encoder can have the optional Ethernet interface installed This upgrade can only be installed by trained and certified Fargo Service Providers For the DTC550 this option co exists with the standard USB interface What PC operating systems work with my Ethernet Printer How do connect my Printer to my network The Windows 2000 XP Server 2003 operating systems work with your Ethernet Printer You can connect from the RJ45 network connection on the back of your Printer to an available connection on your network not directly to your PC You can use a good CAT 5 or better cable to make this connection How can find the MAC address of my Ethernet Printer e If you know the IP address of your Printer you can also access this through the home web page of the Print Server
212. by a computer batch print A file sent down from the computer that contains commands to print a number of cards sequentially Battery Back up A power supply that can keep AC electronic equipment running for a short time when power is interrupted allowing enough time for the user to save data and close the machine properly Bi directional A communication standard that allows two way data transfer between PC and Printer BIOS Basic Input Output System Bit The part of the operating system in a computer that handles communication between the PC mainboard and its peripherals Typically residing in chip based non volatile memory An abbreviation for binary digital Each bit is an element of information that can have two states off and on Bit map A graphic produced by an array of pixel elements with the color hue brightness and saturation information stored in bits The more bits the more values and thus the greater variety 1 bit color is black and white 8 bit color produces 256 shades of gray and 24 bit color can produce 16 7 million colors Board A term used for the circuit board a hard mylar plate made of many layers that hold the electronic circuit elements and wire traces Boot up A series of operations that the Printer runs through when power is first applied including a series of initializing status testing and a diagnostics program to ensure a ready state Buffer A block of
213. c Encoding Image Position Vertical w Horizontal Ay 4 Direction Card Travels through Printer Settings DTC550 Direct to Card Printer Encoder Service Manual Rev 2 8 4 52 FOR RESTRICTED USE only Fargo Electronics Inc Resolving the poor Image Quality problems Symptom The photos on the cards look pixilated or grainy as shown below Step Procedure Use a high resolution 24 bit color camera to always capture an image at a 24 bit color setting at 300 dpi at the same size that it will be printed on the card as captured either with a scanner or with a digital camera A Caution If a small or low resolution image is stretched or blown up a pixilated or grainy effect will occur when printing as shown below DTC550 Direct to Card Printer Encoder Service Manual Rev 2 8 4 53 FOR RESTRICTED USE only Fargo Electronics Inc Printing a Test Image Printing a Print Test Image Procedure Choose Print Test Image to select a preset test image and press the Menu button Note These images help to determine if the Printer is functioning properly Scroll to the desired test image from the Select Test Image options and press the Select button Reviewing the Gray Align YMC K Self Test Procedure Use this card to determine Image Placement and confirm that the Printer is working properly Note The image consists of sixteen 16 gray scale boxes and alignment arrows Adj
214. ce at his own expense DTC550 Direct to Card Printer Encoder Service Manual Rev 2 8 1 1 FOR RESTRICTED USE only Fargo Electronics Inc See Safety Messages below Symbol Critical Instructions for Safety purposes Danger Failure to follow these installation guidelines can result in death or serious injury AN Information that raises potential safety issues is indicated by a warning symbol as shown to the below e To prevent personal injury refer to the following safety messages before performing an operation preceded by this symbol To prevent personal injury always remove the power cord prior to performing repair procedures unless otherwise specified To prevent personal injury make sure only qualified personnel perform these procedures This device is electrostatically sensitive It can be damaged if exposed to static electricity discharges Information that raises potential electrostatic safety issues is indicated by a warning symbol as shown to the below e To prevent equipment or media damage refer to the following safety messages before performing an operation preceded by this symbol To prevent equipment or media damage observe all established Electrostatic Discharge ESD procedures while handling cables in or near the Circuit Board and Printhead Assemblies To prevent equipment or media damage always wear an appropriate personal grounding device e g a high quality wrist strap grounded to avoid po
215. ched its target temperature lamination will begin DTC550 Direct to Card Printer Encoder Service Manual Rev 2 8 2 32 FOR RESTRICTED USE only Fargo Electronics Inc Reviewing the Laminator Temperature Adjustment Laminator To change the temperature of the Laminator adjust its temperature Temperature through the Lamination tab within the Printer Driver setup window Adjustment e New Temperature Settings Once adjusted the new temperature settings will be sent down with the next print job along with the rest of the Printer Driver information Before printing begins the laminator will automatically adjust itself to the new temperature setting Note This new temperature setting will remain programmed within the Printer until it is once again changed within the Printer Driver or until the Printer is turned OFF Automatic Reset Whenever the Printer is turned OFF the laminator will automatically reset itself and return to its default temperature the next time the Printer is turned ON Note Pressing the Lamination Module s or Printer s Cancel button or switching the Printer power OFF and ON both serve to reset the Laminator to its default temperature Consistent Temperature The temperature setting within the Printer Driver stays the same until it is changed DTC550 Direct to Card Printer Encoder Service Manual Rev 2 8 2 33 FOR RESTRICTED USE only Fargo Electronics Inc Reviewing the Overlaminates IMPO
216. chips Font FPGA Field Programmable Gate Array A character set similar in style and form Fonts can be graphical or mathematical constructs represented by a series of dots or an assembly of curves and lines A microchip with configurable logic circuits installed that is programmed to act as the Printer s central processor Full bleed Printing that covers the entire card surface Gamma The degree of contrast of an image or the display of a monitor determined by the slope of a characteristic curve relating optical density to relative log exposure Glossy Matte A smooth polished surface in comparison to a rougher matte surface Fargo matte cards have a surface index Ra of approximately 65 micro inches while glossy have a Ra 3 Glossy PVC A card made of PVC with a smooth polished surface Surface roughness of approximately 0 10 micro inches This is required for direct to card Dye Sublimation printing Graphical Device Interface GDI A Windows standard for protocol between drivers and applications and the Windows interface An application uses a driver to rasterize the data in the format necessary for the Printer but also for the Windows interface to execute the print commands Gray Scale A graduation through the various brightness levels from white to black Halftoning A process in monochrome printing that simulates continuous tone by using changes to the distribution of single dots Increas
217. cing the Clean Cart Guide D850275 8 148 Replacing the Card Side Guide D855070 8 150 Replacing the Guide Jam D855078 8 153 Brush Replacement Procedures 8 155 Replacing the Static Brush near the Platen Roller D855088 8 155 Replacing the Static Brush Assembly near the Input Sensor D850256 8 157 Board Replacement Procedures 8 159 Replacing the Main Board A000116 01 Single sided AO0001 16 02 Dual sided 8 159 Lamination Module Replacement Procedures 8 160 Lamination Module Overview Displays 8 160 DTC550 Direct to Card Printer Encoder Service Manual Rev 2 8 ix FOR RESTRICTED USE only Fargo Electronics Inc Replacing the Lamination Module Top Cover and Lamination Module Rear Cover D855156 and D855162 8 162 Replacing the Lamination Module Front Cover D855161 8 164 Replacing the Lamination Module Output Door D870124 and Reject Hopper Door D870124 _ 8 166 Replacing the Lamination Module Arm Assembly D870153 8 168 Replacing the Lamination Module Card Flipper Table Assembly D870285 8 169 Replacing the LAM Control Board Cable D870169 Button controls 8 170 Replacing the Card Position Sensor Assembly D870186 8 172 Replacing the Lamination Module Flipper Position Sensor D870188 8 173 Replacing the Lamination Module Encoder Sensor D870189 8 174 Replacing the Lamination M
218. coder Service Manual Rev 2 8 8 158 FOR RESTRICTED USE only Fargo Electronics Inc Board Replacement Procedures Replacing the Main Board A000116 01 Single sided A000116 02 Dual sided Refer to Drawings D855090 Tools Needed Torx T10 Screwdriver Parts Needed Main Board A0001 16 01 Single sided A000116 02 Dual sided Estimated Repair Time 10 minutes Step Procedure A Caution Turn OFF the Printer and unplug the power cord from the Printer A Danger Wear proper eye protection to perform the procedures in this section 2 Remove the Top Cover See Replacing the DTC550 Top Lid Cover D855155 3 Carefully remove the connections to the Main Board e Remove the six 6 screws that secure the Main Board to the stand offs Continued on the next page DTC550 Direct to Card Printer Encoder Service Manual Rev 2 8 8 159 FOR RESTRICTED USE only Fargo Electronics Inc Lamination Module Replacement Procedures Please see the procedures in this section Lamination Module Overview Displays These two displays are provided for a DTC550 LAM overview Display A DTC550 LAM Drawing No D855145 Default Settings Label Screw FOOO1 70 Top Cover 0855156 Lam Arm Assembly ee ae 0970153 ane Rear Cover Assembly 0855162 Screw FOO0192 LOO0255 Screw FOOO1 78 LAM Output Cover 0870124 I hie ae PCE Main Laminator Assembly 4000250 Standoff Hex LA
219. coding to a Magnetic Stripe provided by the Japan Standards Association The single track is as wide as ISO tracks 1 and 2 combined and in the same approximate location as those tracks but on the front of the card The Coercivity level is 600 Oe K Panel An area of a multicolored Ribbon e g YMCK that contains black resin for transfer to the card surface Also used in reference to the application of preference to items printed on the card those using the black panel in lieu of a process YMC black Lamination The application of a film or resinous substance fused by heat and pressure to the surface of a card LAN Local Area Network An array of several computers connected through a series of data transfer cables for the sharing of data and peripherals DTC550 Direct to Card Printer Encoder User Guide Rev 1 0 Continued on the next page 15 10 RESTRICTED USE ONLY Fargo Electronics Inc Glossary of Terms continued Term Definition Landscape A document layout that is viewed with the document s long axis in a horizontal orientation LCD Liquid Crystal Display A device that contains a liquid crystal between two pieces of polarized film through which reflected or ambient light can pass When a current is applied the liquid s polarity changes and blocks the passage of the light resulting in an opaque area of the display The areas are arrayed to form characters LED
220. connector and pass the connector end through the Sideplate Note Indicate which hole was used in the Sideplate mark it if necessary 4 Replace the TOF Sensor D855018 5 Reverse this procedure to re assemble Continued on the next page DTC550 Direct to Card Printer Encoder Service Manual Rev 2 8 8 64 FOR RESTRICTED USE only Fargo Electronics Inc Replacing the TOF Sensor D855018 continued See the procedure on the previous page i Card Side Screw Guide F000172 D855070 Screw F000178 Washer Rear Over j iiaa Mount D855063 TOF Sensor Cable Assy D855018 Over Mount D855062 Plate Cardpusher D855065 F000395 Spring Guide Jam Washer 140040 D855078 Retaining Ring 140072 Plate Card Path D855049 DTC550 Direct to Card Printer Encoder Service Manual Rev 2 8 8 65 FOR RESTRICTED USE only Fargo Electronics Inc Replacing the Flipper Table Sensor Cable Assembly 840176 Refer to Drawing D855089 Tools Needed Torx T10 Screwdriver Parts Needed Cable Assembly 840176 Estimated Repair Time 2 to 10 minutes Steps Procedure A Caution Turn off the Printer and unplug the power cord from the Printer A Caution To prevent equipment or media damage observe all established Electrostatic Discharge ESD procedures while handling Cables in or near the Circuit Board and Printhead Assemblies A Danger Wear
221. crewdriver to remove the two 2 screws F000172 located near the hinges c Release the plastic tabs in the four corners of the Cover Lift the Cover off of the Printer Continued on the next page DTC550 Direct to Card Printer Encoder Service Manual Rev 2 8 8 94 FOR RESTRICTED USE only Fargo Electronics Inc Replacing the Plate Card Pusher D855065 continued Steps Procedure 3 a Remove the Baseplate See Replacing the Base Plate D850287 b Remove the Over Mount and the Rear Over Mount See Replacing the Over Mount D855062 and Replacing the Rear Over Mount D855063 Card guide c Remove the Platen Roller See Replacing the Platen Roller D855047 d Remove the Retainer Clip on the Rear pin of the Plate Card Pusher D855065 with a needle nose pliers e Turn the Printer upside down and slide the Plate Card Pusher D855065 over until it is free of the card path A Caution Be careful not to lose the washer on the Rear pin 4 Replace the Plate Card Pusher D855065 transferring the washer from the Rear pin and using a new Retainer Clip Note The Clip may be reinstalled by using a needle nose pliers and a screwdriver to keep it straight once it is pressed on 5 Reverse this procedure to re assemble Continued on the next page DTC550 Direct to Card Printer Encoder Service Manual Rev 2 8 8 95 FOR RESTRICTED USE only Fargo Electronics Inc Replacing the Plate
222. ctless Smart Card Encoder HID iCLASS MIFARE and MIFARE DESFire Contact Smart Card Encoder reads from and writes to all 1ISO7816 1 2 3 4 memory and microprocessor smart cards T 0 T 1 as well as synchronous cards Prox Card Encoder HID read only Super high Fargo Certified Fargo Card Printer Encoder require highly specialized media Supplies to function properly To maximize printed card quality and durability Printhead life and Printer encoder reliability use only Fargo Certified Supplies Fargo warranties are void where not prohibited by law when non Fargo certified supplies are used Fonts TrueType fonts are available via the Windows driver Humidity 20 to 80 non condensing DTC550 Direct to Card Printer Encoder Service Manual Rev 2 8 FOR RESTRICTED USE only Fargo Electronics Inc Technical Specifications continued Input Hopper Dual hopper 200 cards 030 762mm Card Capacity Interface USB 1 1 Full Speed Memory 16 MB RAM e Options Card Lamination Module Printer Cleaning Kit Print Security Suite Ethernet with internal print server e Card Hopper Lock Operating 65 to 80 F 18 to 27 C Temperature Output Hopper 100 cards 030 762mm Card Capacity Overlaminate Thermal Transfer Overlaminate 25 mil thick i for L prone sone PolyGuard Overlaminate 1 0 mil and 6 mil thick All overlaminates available in clear standard holographic design or custom holographic design
223. d fee eee e a Resin Resin Thermal Transfer is the print method the Printer uses to print Thermal sharp black text and crisp bar codes that can be read by both infrared Transfer and visible light bar code scanners Like Dye Sublimation this process uses the same thermal Printhead to transfer color to a card from a resin only Print Ribbon or the resin black K panel of a full color Print Ribbon The difference however is that solid dots of resin based ink are transferred and fused to the surface of the card Note This produces very durable saturated printing DTC550 Direct to Card Printer Encoder Service Manual Rev 2 8 2 10 FOR RESTRICTED USE only Fargo Electronics Inc Printer Components Adjustment Lever to Serial Interface Ports Component Description Card Adjusts the Printer through feed varying card thicknesses The Thickness settings are in increments of 10 Adjustment Lever DTC550 Direct to Card Printer Encoder Service Manual Rev 2 8 FOR RESTRICTED USE only Fargo Electronics Inc Printer Components Adjustment Lever to Serial Interface Ports cont Automatically cleans cards for higher print quality Note Replace this roller with every ribbon or as needed DTC550 Direct to Card Printer Encoder Service Manual Rev 2 8 2 12 FOR RESTRICTED USE only Fargo Electronics Inc Printer Components Adjustment Lever to Serial Interface Ports cont Dual Inout As
224. d Tilt it back into the fully open position b Use the Torx head Screwdriver to remove the two 2 screws F000172 located near the hinges c Release the plastic tabs in the four corners of the Cover Lift the Cover off of the Printer 3 a Use a small standard Screwdriver to remove the Retaining Ring 140061 that secures the Ribbon Idler Gear 760288 and remove the Gear to access the O Ring Drive Belt FO00390 b Remove the O Ring Drive Belt FO00390 Retaining Ring 140061 and Gear Combo Pulley 0880141 4 Replace the Gear Combo Pulley D880141 5 Reverse this procedure to re assemble Continued on the next page DTC550 Direct to Card Printer Encoder Service Manual Rev 2 8 8 128 FOR RESTRICTED USE only Fargo Electronics Inc Replacing the Gear Combo Pulley D880141 Hopper Lift Headlift and Ribbon Take up Drive Trains continued See the procedure on the previous page O Ring Pulley Screw F000177 D900106 Encoder Wheel O Ring F000385 810492 Retaining Ring 140048 Screw F000169 Port Bracket D855059 9 327 Motor a P j Sideplate D855040 Saddle Cable F000348 D855165 A a a Twist Lock Cable O ag Film Drive F000349 Saddle Cable gt AN mif Post Idler Se Clutch F000384 F000382 SX D840867 Screw F000170 t i x Spring Roll Pin 130975 Screw F000172 Q zi Washer 130884 Gear Combo O Ring Pulley D880141 R
225. d card edge See Display B below Always make very slight adjustments to the Internal Card Guide and run a test print after each adjustment until the optimum position is found See Display B below Note Be sure the Internal Card Guide always remains parallel to the card path and that the screws loosened in Step 2 are retightened after each adjustment DTC550 Direct to Card Printer Encoder Service Manual Rev 2 8 5 7 FOR RESTRICTED USE only Fargo Electronics Inc Adjusting the Internal Card Guide continued Display A Step 1 Blank Card Screws DTC550 Direct to Card Printer Encoder Service Manual Rev 2 8 5 8 FOR RESTRICTED USE only Fargo Electronics Inc Adjusting the Internal Card Guide continued Display B Steps 2 to 4 010 25mm space Internal Card Guide DTC550 Direct to Card Printer Encoder Service Manual Rev 2 8 5 9 FOR RESTRICTED USE only Attaching the Card Lamination Module Reviewing the DTC550 Card Lamination Module Attachment Kit DTC550 Card Lamination Module DTC550 Card Lamination Module Attachment Instructions DTC550 Software Installation CD Screws F000286 Fargo Electronics Inc Warranty Statement and Registration Card Power cable USA Power cable European 6 foot DTC550 Direct to Card Printer Encoder Service Manual Rev 2 8 5 10 FOR RESTRICTED USE only Performing the procedure for the DTC550 Card Lamination Module Attachment Kit
226. d of Form and move the end of the printable area more toward the leading edge of the card OR Enter a positive value to increase the print length and move the end of the printable area more toward the trailing edge of the card Maximum Adjustment Range The maximum adjustment range is 99 As a rule 20 equals about 030 8mm which is about the same as the thickness of a standard CR 80 size card Rear of Printer Card Input Side of Printer Trailing Edge of Card Card Output Side of Printer Leading Edge of Card K Direction card travels through printer Front of Printer DTC550 Direct to Card Printer Encoder Service Manual Rev 2 8 6 41 FOR RESTRICTED USE only Fargo Electronics Inc Using the Print Left of Form Option Use this option to adjust the vertical position of the printed image on a card so it appears centered Note When adjusting this value keep in mind that cards always remain in the same landscape orientation while moving through the Printer Step Procedure Enter a negative value to move the image towards the bottom edge of the card See image below OR Enter a positive value to move the image towards the back top edge of the card see image below Maximum Adjustment Range The maximum adjustment range is 99 As a rule 10 equals about 030 8mm This is about the same as the thickness of a standard CR 80 size card Rear of Printer Card Output Card Input Si
227. d position as a positive or negative Image Placement value is entered Step Procedure Enter a negative value to move the printed image toward the leading edge of the card or the card output side of the Printer OR Enter a positive value to move the printed image toward the trailing edge of the card or the card input side of the Printer Maximum Adjustment Range The maximum adjustment range is 99 As a rule 20 equals about 030 8mm which is about the same as the thickness of a standard CR 80 size card A Caution Ifthe negative value is set too high the Print Ribbon may break Rear of Printer Card Input Side of Printer Trailing Edge of Card Card Output Side of Printer Leading Edge of Card C Direction card travels through printer Front of Printer DTC550 Direct to Card Printer Encoder Service Manual Rev 2 8 6 40 FOR RESTRICTED USE only Fargo Electronics Inc Using the Print End of Form Option Use this option to reduce or increase the overall printable area in order to optimize edge to edge printing toward the trailing edge of a card Note When adjusting this value keep in mind that cards always remain in the same position while moving through the Printer The diagram below represents how the end of form will move in relation to the fixed card position as a positive or negative Print End of Form value is entered Step Procedure Enter a negative value to reduce the Print En
228. d s smart chip or Magnetic Stripe By default this option is set to print and overlay the entire card amp D1C550 Card Printer Printing Preferences Card roe Calibrate Magnetic Encoding Lamination Overlay Print Area K Panel Resin Printer Supplies CR 80 Card Size Front C Direction Card Travels through Printer Delete Overlay Print Area Security Options Defined Area s Visual Security Solutions For Print and Overlay No Visual Security z C For Overlay Only O For Print Only No Overlay C DTC550 Direct to Card Printer Encoder Service Manual Rev 2 8 6 69 FOR RESTRICTED USE only Fargo Electronics Inc Using the Overlay Print Area dropdown menu Step Procedure Select the Full Card option for the Printer to overlay and or print the entire card OR Select the Defined Area s option for the Printer to overlay and or print only in the selected and defined area or areas OR Select the Undefined Area s option for the Printer to overlay and or print only in the space outside the selected and defined area OR Select the Omit Smart Chip Area option for the Printer to overlay and or print only in the space outside the standard location of a smart chip OR Select the Omit Mag Stripe Area option for the Printer to overlay and or print only in the space outside the standard location of an ISO Magnetic Stripe OR Select the Omit Signature Area option for the Printer to over
229. de of Printer Side of Printer Leading Edge Trailing Edge of Card of Card GM Direction card travels through printer Front of Printer DTC550 Direct to Card Printer Encoder Service Manual Rev 2 8 6 42 FOR RESTRICTED USE only Fargo Electronics Inc Using the Mag Top of Form Option Use this option only if the Printer has a built in Magnetic Stripe encoder Note If so use this option to shift the starting point of where the Printer will begin encoding the magnetic track data on a card s Magnetic Stripe When adjusting this value keep in mind that a card and its Magnetic Stripe will always remain in the same relative position as the card travels through the Printer The diagram below represents how the magnetic data will move in relation to the fixed position of a card s Magnetic Stripe as a positive or negative Magnetic Offset value is entered Note For this diagram imagine that the card is transparent and the card s Magnetic stripe can be seen through the top or front side of the card Step Procedure Enter a negative value to move the start of the magnetic data more toward the leading edge of the card or the card output side of the Printer OR Enter a positive value to move the start of the magnetic data toward the trailing edge of the card or the card input side of the Printer e Magnetic Data Direction The arrows on these buttons indicate the direction the magnetic data will move on the card s Magnetic Str
230. dure to re assemble Continued on the next page DTC550 Direct to Card Printer Encoder Service Manual Rev 2 8 8 28 FOR RESTRICTED USE only Fargo Electronics Inc Replacing the Stepper Motor Assembly D855087 Flipper Roller and Magnetic Encoder Drive Train See the procedure on the previous page Ribbon Spring Clean Cart Load Shaft Guide D850346 D850275 Spring 150077 Motor Asy D855164 Spacer 150199 Sa Stepper Motor Assy D855087 a 3 for Platen Roller Driver Train Sideplate Washer D855040 F000132 lt Post Latch D850203 d PCD LED Asy Cable Twist Bottom A000109 Lock SwingArm Sensor F000349 Wedge Bracket D855064 83021411 Standoff Fan F000227 Mount Bracket a ch 0850307 Heauii 76029404 Platform Stepper Motor Assy D855087 D855001 for Encoder Drive Train DTC550 Direct to Card Printer Encoder Service Manual Rev 2 8 8 29 FOR RESTRICTED USE only Fargo Electronics Inc Replacing the Hopper Motor Assembly D840980 Refer to Drawing D855057 Tools Needed Torx T10 Screwdriver Parts Needed Ribbon Motor Assembly D840980 Estimated Repair Time 2 to 10 minutes Steps Procedure A Caution Turn off the Printer and unplug the power cord from the Printer A A Danger Wear proper eye protection to perform this procedure 2 a Lift up on the bottom edge of the Top Lid Tilt it back into the fully o
231. e Enhanced Capabilities Port Mode A type of Parallel Port mode developed by Microsoft to increase the port throughput and improve performance EE Memory An abbreviation for EEPROM EEPROM Electrically Erasable Programmable Read Only Memory A microchip based non volatile memory storage device that can be rewritten in the field The chip can hold new values as the Printer adapts its operational parameters Encoder Smart Card An electro mechanical interface to transfer data from the PC to a chip or Magnetic Stripe built into the card DTC550 Direct to Card Printer Encoder User Guide Rev 1 0 Continued on the next page RESTRICTED USE ONLY Fargo Electronics Inc Glossary of Terms continued Term Definition Encoder wheel An electromechanical device attached to a shaft that detects the change in rotational position incremented to count ticks per revolution The Printer s Encoder wheel both detects motion and measures the amount of rotation in the movement of the Ribbon Engine A generic term for a collection of systems and mechanisms that is dedicated to executing a specific function A Printer that also laminates would have both a print engine and a lamination engine EOF End Of Form The trailing edge of the card detected to indicate when the Printer should stop printing EPP Enhanced Parallel Port A type of Parallel Port mode developed by Int
232. e The tips of the Flipper Table Retainer Clips should protrude from the two holes of the Brace Clip Continued on the next page Stretched clips willbe spread apart around the DTC550 Direct to Card Printer Encoder Service Manual Rev 2 8 8 88 FOR RESTRICTED USE only Fargo Electronics Inc Replacing the Flipper Table D850280 Step Procedure 8 a Rotate the Table from lock to lock while watching the yellow Ribbon Cable 840176 and for other interference b Rotate the Flipper Table back to its normal orientation 9 a Re attach the power and interface Cables to the Printer b Print two sided and or encoded Test Cards either from the PC or from the display menu to confirm that the Flipper Table is functioning correctly Continued on the next page x eo a Press the brace onto the inverter table clips N DTC550 Direct to Card Printer Encoder Service Manual Rev 2 8 8 89 FOR RESTRICTED USE only Fargo Electronics Inc Replacing the Card Idler Springs on the Flipper Table 810480 Refer to Drawing D855089 Tools Needed Torx T10 Screwdriver Parts Needed Spring Card Shim D850460 Estimated Repair Time 2 to 10 minutes Steps Procedure A Caution Turn off the Printer and unplug the power cord from the Printer A Danger Wear proper eye protection to perform this procedure 2 a Lift up on the bottom edge of the
233. e User Guide See Resolving the Card Feeding Errors UNSPECIFIED Unspecified system error If this problem persists call for ERROR detected by the Printer technical assistance Firmware DTC550 Direct to Card Printer Encoder Service Manual Rev 2 8 4 12 FOR RESTRICTED USE only Fargo Electronics Inc Troubleshooting the LCD Messages continued LCD Message WRONG LAM See the next column Install a new film roll and press TYPE ERROR RESUME to continue or CANCEL to abort If the problem persists call for technical assistance WRONG RIBBON The OEM ID of the print Get the correct Ribbon from your OEM Ribbon installed in the dealer Press RESUME to continue Printer does not match or CANCEL to abort the OEM ID set in the Printer WRONG RIBBON The print Ribbon installed Change either accordingly Press TYPE in the Printer does not RESUME to continue or CANCEL match the Ribbon type to abort selected in the Printer Driver or a Self test job cannot be printed with the print media installed or the Ribbon must contain YMC panels for Sensor calibration DTC550 Direct to Card Printer Encoder Service Manual Rev 2 8 4 13 FOR RESTRICTED USE only Fargo Electronics Inc Communications Errors Resolving the Communication Errors Symptom s Incorrect output communications error on PC or Printer stalling no response from Printer or no job printed Procedure Confirm that the system meets the
234. e ka _ cs gt OS a Ge a Sa u u ul ul u u u u gt L Oo N oO alm OIN N FD Rm TIPO HS ITN In A H e aT LT MIS O N m NEN CS Ey se ud m DIK INI MIs I MPOLO DIAIOs H I WNlmMistzl nf olrl aslalslao y I NnN mis un wo C raa o ejg S Zogj e g NEEN EESE EN EN ENN ES E ESE E AT AE A a a E E ry a I IO RELEASED FARGO EV VER RE inch DIM UNITS IZ DATE SIZE P 23 Jun O5 R 0 500 MATERIAL DRAWN BY SCALE ho gt IO CR x 9 Sty D A S AA a ES VLE WA y S 4 y mans 5 Lhe S NERAN AA W y LA ES I AV a OSA WZ JEM A p 1 OS J INOT PRODUCTION VALID W O STAMP ABOV ASSE MODEL TYPE D855050 ENGINEERING USE ONLY ENGINEERING MODEL NAME D855050 DRAWING FILE 14 14
235. e GW menu entry DHCP Enabled indicates that automatic IP assignment is selected DHCP Disabled indicates that static IP assignment is selected 3 View the gateway address displayed as a dotted quad number Example GW 168 192 1 1 DTC550 Direct to Card Printer Encoder Service Manual Rev 2 8 7 50 FOR RESTRICTED USE only Fargo Electronics Inc Reviewing the Subnet Mask Setting Step Procedure 1 See the Accessing the DTC550 IP address procedure to access the Network Info menu MENU gt System Info gt Network Info 2 Select up or down arrow on the LCD to view the SN menu entry 3 View the subnet mask displayed as a dotted quad number Example IP 168 192 1 1 Reviewing the MAC Address The MAC address is a unique address assigned to the Printer that gives the device a unique network identity Step Procedure 1 See the Accessing the DTC550 IP address procedure to access the Network Info menu MENU gt System Info gt Network Info 2 Select up or down arrow on the LCD to view the MAC Address menu entry 3 View the MAC address on the next LCD line displayed as six colon separated hexadecimal numbers Example 00 13 44 1a 2b 3c DTC550 Direct to Card Printer Encoder Service Manual Rev 2 8 7 51 FOR RESTRICTED USE only Fargo Electronics Inc Reviewing the ANEG Setting The ANEG status indicates the current setting of the network configuration of the
236. e a agnetic Encoding Lamination Overlay Print Area K Panel Resin Printer Supplies CR 80 Card Size Front C iH ae X N e Defined Area EZ M Direction Card Travels through Printer Print All Black with K Panel lv Full Care 0 9 i Defined Area s Undefined Areals Print YMC under K C Print K Only DTC550 Direct to Card Printer Encoder Service Manual Rev 2 8 6 87 FOR RESTRICTED USE only Fargo Electronics Inc Selecting the Defined Area s with the K Panel Resin tab Step Procedure Select the Defined Area s option to print the resin black K panel for all black found only in an area or areas defined as shown below amp DTC550 Card Printer Printing Preferences Card Device Options Image agnetic Encoding Lamination Overlay Print Area cc ee Supplies CR 80 Card Size Front C Seth 0200 oon i joo Y inches C mm Defined Area M D Card Travels through P irection Card Travels through Printer Delete Print All Black with K Panel Full Card lt a E amp 0 0 WE Print YMC under K Print K Only DTC550 Direct to Card Printer Encoder Service Manual Rev 2 8 6 88 FOR RESTRICTED USE only Fargo Electronics Inc Selecting the Undefined Area s with the K Panel Resin tab Step Procedure Select the Undefined Area s option to print the resin black K panel for all black found only in the space outside the areas defin
237. e slightly toward a higher setting until the cards begin feeding if the Printer seems unable to feed cards at the selected setting e Move the slide slightly toward a lower setting if the Printer seems to double feed cards Note The card thickness slide is adjustable to accommodate card thickness variations that often occur even within standard card sizes DTC550 Direct to Card Printer Encoder Service Manual Rev 2 8 Inc FOR RESTRICTED USE only Fargo Electronics Inc Resolving the Card Feeding Errors continued Procedure Check for static build up between cards Note Occasionally a static charge will build up between the surfaces of two or more cards causing them to stick together Reduce or eliminate this static charge by separating the cards manually before placing them in the input Hopper Ensure that the cards are loaded properly in the Input Hopper Load the cards into the Printer by inserting them straight into the Hopper and setting them on the feed Roller Verify that the Hopper Lift A000124 is operational Reset Power to the Printer Open the Card Hopper Door and watch to verify that the Hopper Cycles on startup Insert cards neatly stacked Cards A Card Hopper side view 72 j Card Feed Roller DTC550 Direct to Card Printer Encoder Service Manual Rev 2 8 4 17 FOR RESTRICTED USE only Fargo Electronics Resolving the Card Jam on the Flipper Table Symptom Card
238. e the Image Color tab window shown below In most cases the default settings of these options will suffice amp DTC550 Card Printer Printing Preferences Lamirgei z eet Area K Panel Resin Printer Supplies Card Image Color Calibrate Magnetic Encoding Ribbon Type YMORGI Full Color 2 Resin Black Overlay Auto Ribbon Select Color Matching Algebraic o Resin Dither zl amp DTC550 Card Printer Printing Preferences Lamination Overla Banel Resin Printer Supplies Card Device Optio Image Color Calibrate Magnetic Encoding t Contrast R eesecosoccossosscoosocesocosossosoesosscscoscococsesocosoosososoosesessssoesoses Gamma 0 Yellow Balance 32 Magenta Balance 36 t I Cyan Balance 42 L DTC550 Direct to Card Printer Encoder Service Manual Rev 2 8 6 26 FOR RESTRICTED USE only Fargo Electronics Inc Using the Image Color tab continued Step Procedure Select the None Monitor or System Color Management option see the Device options tab shown below to only display the Dye Sub Intensity Resin Heat sliders and Overlay Heat Control the overall darkness and lightness of the dye sub printed image by adjusting the Dye Sub Intensity slide by clicking and dragging the slide s box e Move the slide to the left to cause less heat to be used in the printing process thus generating a lighter print OR Move the slide to the right to cause more heat to be used th
239. e the Mag Setting from None to YES If the encoding data was sent in error check the appropriate software user s manual for encoding instructions Resolving the No ENC Response Error Message Symptom There is no ENC response Procedure Check the Magnetic Offset Setting Press Menu on the LCD Select Setup Printer and Encoder Settings Select Magnetic TOF Verify that the current value matches the default value listed inside the Top Cover DTC550 Direct to Card Printer Encoder Service Manual Rev 2 8 4 21 FOR RESTRICTED USE only Fargo Electronics Resolving the Failed Magnetic Encoder Error Message Symptom The Magnetic Stripe was not encoded properly Procedure Check to ensure that the cards are loaded with the Magnetic Stripe facing down and towards the back of the Printer Verify the Driver Settings See the Using the Magnetic Encoding tab x Ensure that the Coercivity setting in the driver corresponds to the type of cards that are being used e Super High Coercivity 4000 Oersted e High Coercivity 2750 Oersted e Low Coercivity 300 Oersted Resolving the No Prox Encoder Error Message Inc Symptom The Printer is receiving encoding data but the Printer is not configured with this Encoder type Procedure Ensure the LCD Setting is correct e Press MENU on the LCD e Select Setup Printer and Encoder Settings e Change the Prox Setting from None to Yes Check the appropriate software
240. e will indicate IP address of the connected Printer Note If this does not match your Printer s IP address you can change it from this window Enter the correct IP address Select OK Select Apply Select Close o NOTA Specify the new IP address 9 Select Next Next Finish and Close 10 Select Apply 11 Select Close Continued on the next page DTC550 Direct to Card Printer Encoder Service Manual Rev 2 8 7 65 FOR RESTRICTED USE only Fargo Electronics Inc Reviewing Frequently asked Questions continued Question Answer How do configure my e By default the Printer is configured for dynamic IP Printer s IP settings address assignment That is it will try to get its IP address and other settings from your network If it is given valid network settings it will use them OR e You can choose to configure the Printer using a static IP address and network settings Note This can be entered using the Network web page of the Printer or the Fargo IP Tracer program How do choose a static You can use the web pages if you know the current IP IP address for my Ethernet address See the Accessing the DTC550 Home Page Printer procedure OR You can use Fargo IP Tracer which allows you to find Fargo compatible Printers and specify their addresses The DTC550 also allows you to save the current network settings as static settings via the LCD menu Menu Setup Printer Network S
241. ea See the lower left corner of this display File Edit View Favorites Tools Help Fargo DTC550 S N M0000030 Network Settings Microsoft Internet Explorer DER Q peck amp gt a A Search 5 Favorites g A ee E z 33 Address http 10 1 210 240 tcpipConf html Eco ins Default Gateway 10 1 210 4 DNS Server Address DNS Domain Suffix Clear Changes ote Changes to fields with gray background only take effect after reboot Internet DTC550 Direct to Card Printer Encoder Service Manual Rev 2 8 7 23 FOR RESTRICTED USE only Fargo Electronics Inc Using the Ribbon Information page The Ribbon page displays Ribbon information about the Ribbon currently installed in the Printer Step Procedure 1 Select the Status link from any web page of the Printer 2 Select the Ribbon page link 3 View currently installed Ribbon information pertaining to the following e Part Number e SecureMark Part Number e Percent Remaining e Ribbon Type a Fargo DTC550 S N M0000030 Ribbon Information Microsoft Internet Explorer File Edit View Favorites Tools Help ay Q sxx z x B A P Search 5 Favorites 2 B zN El X 3 Address http 10 1 210 240 ribboninfo html Eao Links gt A Home Network Status System Log Administration Help Ribbon TCP IP Printer Ribbon Information Fargo Ribbon Info Part Number
242. ectronics Inc Reviewing the Standard Resin Self Test Step Procedure standard resin black Ribbon Print this card with any resin Ribbon However it will work best with a DTC550 Direct to Card Printer Encoder Service Manual Rev 2 8 12 12 FOR RESTRICTED USE only Fargo Electronics Inc Using the Magnetic Test option only with Magnetic Encoding Module Use this option only if Magnetic Encoding Module is installed in your Printer Step Procedure Select this option to test the module Note This test will not print on a card but will simply feed encode and eject a blank card Be sure to have HI CO Magnetic Stripe cards installed in your Printer when running this test Setting up the Printer In most cases these settings should only be modified by qualified service personnel e f adjustment is necessary refer to trained Service personnel who have access to the DTC550 User Guide e f you would like to make small adjustments to Print TOF EOF offset or Image Darkness first try making these changes through the Printer driver s Image Position and Image Color controls prior to changing the internal Printer settings A See three cautions below e Caution 1 These settings are optimized at the factory and will rarely need to be changed e Caution 2 Do not alter these settings unless it is absolutely necessary e Caution 3 If you do need to change these settings it is important to note that
243. ed as shown below Note In the card grid black indicates the area in which the resin black K panel will be printed amp DTC550 Card Printer Printing Preferences DEN ooo Y inches eo mm Bgnetic Encoding Printer Supplies Card Device Options Image J Lamination Overlay Print Area CR 80 Card Size Front lal ie Tees BEEBEREI lt E ETETE ere e sles Defined Area N X te Direction Card Travels through Printer Delete Print All Black with K Panel Full Card Defined Areas Print YMC under K Print K Only DTC550 Direct to Card Printer Encoder Service Manual Rev 2 8 6 89 FOR RESTRICTED USE only Fargo Electronics Inc Defining the Area to activate the Card Grid Step Procedure Select on the appropriate Defined Area see below to activate the card grid in the upper half of the window Note It is through this card grid that up to five areas can be defined as shown below When the card grid is first activated a small black square will appear at its e default size of 2 x 2 6mm x 5mm e default location in the lower left hand corner 0 0 Note This square represents the first defined area amp DTC550 Card Printer Printing Preferences Card Device Options Image agnetic Encoding Lamination Overlay Print Area J K Panel Resin Printer Supplies CR 80 Card Size Front ARR RPS 0 000 x eoo Y inches mm Defined Area a Direction C
244. edure Open the Top Cover and lift the Printhead Arm to access the Flipper Table D850280 Remove the Ribbon from the Printer a Rotate the Flipper Table 180 degrees and remove the Brace Clip using a needle nose pliers Note This is located on the end towards the front of the Printer Rotate the Table clockwise 1 8 turn and push down on the Flipper Table on the same end to release the Retainer Clips from the Shaft Pull it free while angling it away to release it from the two pins on the large Gear 840221 which is located toward the back of the Printer Note It will be necessary to hold this Gear back while releasing the table Once the Table is free rotate the closest end of the Table upward and carefully lift it up from between the Flipper Roller and the card path Now place the Table on the card path to access the Sensor Continued on the next page DTC550 Direct to Card Printer Encoder Service Manual Rev 2 8 8 83 FOR RESTRICTED USE only Fargo Electronics Inc Replacing the Flipper Table D850280 continued Step Procedure 4 a Before the Table can be removed from the Printer the Card Sensor and yellow Ribbon Cable 840176 will need to be removed A Caution Be careful not to damage the Retainer from the opposite end that the screw was removed from b Disconnect the Sensor Cable using the Torx T10 Screwdriver to remove the Screw F000176 that secures the Card FTB Sensor As
245. eel The removal of a film or Ribbon from a card surface at a perpendicular angle to ensure proper transfer then separation from the card surface Peel Off A bar on the lamination section that holds the film at the correct position and provides proper peel angle Peripheral Any device that is attached externally to a PC These often share the same data cable or port as a Printer and can be the source of communication problems DTC550 Direct to Card Printer Encoder User Guide Rev 1 0 Continued on the next page 15 13 RESTRICTED USE ONLY Fargo Electronics Inc Glossary of Terms continued Term Definition Pinch Roller A free spinning non driven Roller that presses the card against the drive Roller on the opposite side to ensure an adequate normal force for proper traction Pixel Short for picture element The smallest element of a graphic Platen The hard rubber Roller that drives the media through the Printer providing support to the backside of the media during printing or laminating PET Abbreviation for polyester terephthalate often called polyester Sheets of PET are laminated with sheets of PVC to produce thermal acceptance composite cards Port A communication interface serial or parallel used for the transference of data PolyGuard A 1 mil or 6 mil thick polyester material that enhances card Overlaminate security and durability applied over the printed surface with a hot
246. eferences Card Device Options Image Color Calibrate Magnetic Encoding Lamination Overlay Print Area K Panel Resin Printer Supplies Lamination Position Horizontal o ael Direction Card Travels through Printer Lamination Type Film Lamination Film Lamination 0 6 PolyGuard Lamination Hs d 1 0 PolyGuard Lamination PolyGuard Alternating Patch Registered Film Lamination Lamination Side No Lamination Sa Transfer Dwell Time 22 seco DTC550 Direct to Card Printer Encoder Service Manual Rev 2 8 6 67 FOR RESTRICTED USE only Fargo Electronics Inc Adjusting the Transfer Dwell Time and Transfer Temperature Step Procedure Adjust the Transfer Dwell Time and the Transfer Temperature to control the Lamination Dwell Time or through put speed of a card in seconds inch and the Lamination Temperature Selecting Default button fee p 1 Select the Default button to return the Transfer Dwell Time and Transfer Temperature to their default settings Transfer Dwell Time 2 2 seconds per inch 1 Transfer Temperature 125 5 Celsius DTC550 Direct to Card Printer Encoder Service Manual Rev 2 8 6 68 FOR RESTRICTED USE only Fargo Electronics Inc Using the Overlay Print Area tab Use this option to control how the Overlay O Panel and or the print area will appear on a card Note This option is helpful if it is necessary to omit the overlay or printing around a car
247. efined User names and their type root or guest privileges list default net list user DTC550 Direct to Card Printer Encoder Service Manual Rev 2 8 7 8 FOR RESTRICTED USE only Fargo Electronics Inc Reviewing the Telnet Command Table continued Telnet Command Command Purpose Command Format Ipq Display information about list lpq print jobs and their settings printer Display information about list printer the Printer i e model number Firmware version and serial number printer sm Display information about list printer sm the Secure Mark settings of the Printer DTC550 Direct to Card Printer Encoder Service Manual Rev 2 8 7 9 FOR RESTRICTED USE only Fargo Electronics Inc Reviewing the Telnet Command Table continued Telnet Command Command Purpose Command Format set DTC550 Direct to Card Printer Encoder Service Manual Rev 2 8 sysinfo contact Set the contact string set sysinfo label lt STRING gt location Set the location string set sysinfo location lt STRING gt label Set the label string set sysinfo label lt STRING gt from Set all strings from set sysinfo from default current default or current settings syslog name Change the name ofa set syslog lt LOG_NAME gt name system log path lt NEW_NAME gt type Change the type of a set syslog lt LOG_NAME gt type system log path This job
248. el to increase the port throughput EPROM Electronically Programmable Read Only Memory A microchip based non volatile memory storage device that cannot be rewritten in the field Firmware for many Fargo Printers is stored on these chips and so a change of the chip is necessary for an upgrade Escape sequence A string or control character that indicates to the processor that what follows is a command and not data ESD ElectroStatic The discharge of static electricity high voltage low current that Discharge can damage electronic devices Ethernet A system of networking a series of computers for the sharing of data or peripherals Film A thin flexible transparent sheet used to carry dye impregnated material or resin to be transferred to the card Firmware The instruction set stored in chip memory inside the Printer that controls functional and operational data Some models require a chip change for updates some Firmware can be changed by reprogramming from the PC DTC550 Direct to Card Printer Encoder User Guide Rev 1 0 Continued on the next page RESTRICTED USE ONLY Fargo Electronics Inc Glossary of Terms continued Term Definition Flash Memory A microchip based non volatile memory device that holds its data when power is removed This allows for field reprogramming of the Printer commands such as Printer Firmware upgrades without the necessity of changing
249. emove the two 2 screws F000172 located near the hinges d Release the plastic tabs in the four corners of the Cover Lift the Cover off of the Printer Remove the two Pulleys D850190 from two 2 Drive Roller Shafts along with the Belt F000268 Replace the Belt F000268 Note Replace the Pulleys D850190 with new ones Reverse this procedure to re assemble Continued on the next page DTC550 Direct to Card Printer Encoder Service Manual Rev 2 8 8 117 FOR RESTRICTED USE only Fargo Electronics Inc Replacing the Belt F000268 continued See the procedure on the previous page Screw F000170 Main Pulley Belt ro D850190 F000268 I i Belt 5 Bearing i F000092 A og Wd Belt Washer PNE a etaining F000094 owt Ring Ribbon Sr 7 140062 Roller Bearing 760219 Pulley 760386 Card Transport Ribbon Idler ei elas Belt Retaining Gear 760288 Front Sideplate 220071 Ring Assy D855051 140061 Washer F000132 Film Drive Post Idler D840867 Screw 130302 DTC550 Direct to Card Printer Encoder Service Manual Rev 2 8 8 118 FOR RESTRICTED USE only Fargo Electronics Inc Replacing the Belt 220071 Refer to Drawing D855050 Tools Needed Torx T10 Screwdriver Parts Needed Belt 220071 2 D850190 Estimated Repair Time 2 to 10 minutes Steps Procedure A Caution Turn off the Printer and unplug the p
250. en verify that the Printer has not been configured to use a static address unless you have a known unused static IP address assigned to this Printer 3 If you are using a static IP address verify that there is no other device using the same address by removing your Fargo Printer and ping to the desired address If any device responds then you must find a different available IP address 4 If the Printer reports an IP address verify that it matches subnet of the network where it is connected If your Printer has DHPC disabled then the static IP address may have been previously set for a different subnet DTC550 Direct to Card Printer Encoder Service Manual Rev 2 8 7 58 FOR RESTRICTED USE only Fargo Electronics Inc Verifying that your PC can access the Printer using the ping command Step Procedure 1 Follow these instructions to issue a ping command to the Printer At a DOS prompt enter ping IP Address Example C gt ping 210 1 10 240 e lf the ping response is successful move on to the next troubleshooting procedure See Display A below e If the ping response is not successful continue to step 2 of this procedure See Display B below Display A Example of sending a ping to the Printer with a successful response BEE C gt ping 16 1 216 246 Pinging 16 1 216 246 with 32 bytes of data Reply from 16 1 216 246 bytes 32 time lt ims TTL 360 Reply from 16 1 216 246 bytes 32 time
251. ent system information and allows the User to change the system information which appears on the Home page See the Using the Home page for definitions Step Procedure 1 Select the Administration link 2 Log in as a root User using the old password if you are so prompted Note Any change of setting will only be accepted after you have successfully logged in 3 Select the link for the System web page Continued on the next page DTC550 Direct to Card Printer Encoder Service Manual Rev 2 8 7 38 FOR RESTRICTED USE only Fargo Electronics Inc Using the System Information page continued Step Procedure 4 To change an attribute type the new entry in one of these boxes e Label textbox e Location textbox e Contact textbox 5 Select the Submit button 6 Login as a root User if you are so prompted Any change of setting will only be accepted after you have successfully logged in E Fargo DTC550 S N M0000030 System Information Microsoft Internet Explorer DER Ld File Edit view Favorites Tools Help Q sax amp x E A s Search Sie Favorites amp A ga E X LJ 3 Address http 10 1 210 240 adminConf html v E co Links e AA Home Network Status System Log Administration Help System Passwords Reboot System Information GY Label Rob s MYT Location my cube Contact REF Clear Changes Internet DTC550 Direct to
252. eplacing the Base Plate D850287 Board LCD and Keypad Replacement Procedures Replacing the LCD Display Board Panel A000372 Replacing the Keypad D855147 8 11 8 14 8 15 8 15 8 18 Motor Replacement Procedures Replacing the Flipper Table Motor D855020 with Pinion Gear 76040611 8 20 8 20 8 20 Replacing the Ribbon Take up Motor Assembly D855164 and Take up Motor Mount Bracket D855037 8 22 Replacing the Stepper Motor Assembly D855087 Platen Roller Drive Train 8 24 Replacing the Stepper Motor Assembly D855087 Flipper Roller Magnetic Encoder Drive Train 8 27 Replacing the Hopper Motor Assembly D840980 Power Supply Replacement Procedures Replacing the Power Enclosure Assembly D855054 Printhead Replacement Procedures Replacing the Printhead Assembly D855055 Troubleshooting Suggestions relates to new Printhead installation 8 30 8 33 8 33 8 35 8 35 8 40 Print TOF and Print EOF Alignment relates to new Printhead installation Setting the Print TOF relates to new Printhead installation 8 40 8 41 Setting the Print EOF relates to new Printhead installation 8 43 Adjusting the Image Darkness Adjusting the Image Darkness Replacing the Printhead Arm Assembly D855053 Sensor Replacement Procedures Replacing the Flipper Home Sensor 140407 Replacing the PCB S3 Sensor 1 Assembly Top Lid Senso
253. er c Unhook the blue colored Printhead latch levers and raise the Printhead Arm Assembly See Figure 1 below d Gently disconnect the Printhead Harness Cable from the mid section of the Printhead Assembly See Figure 2 below e Loosen the blue thumbscrew above the Printhead until the Printhead assembly drops down slightly f Lift the Printhead assembly off of the mounting posts to remove A Caution Strictly handle the Printhead by the Bracket frame Improper handling can compromise the calibration of the Printhead A Caution When removing the Printhead Cable do not pull on the Cable wires A small flat head screwdriver can be used to carefully pry each end of the connector from the Printhead socket Printhead Figure 2 Continued on the next page DTC550 Direct to Card Printer Encoder Service Manual Rev 2 8 8 37 FOR RESTRICTED USE only Fargo Electronics Inc Replacing the Printhead Assembly D855055 continued Steps Procedure 5 To install the New Printhead Assembly follow these steps a Reverse steps 3 through 8 above to install the new Printhead Assembly Note The Printhead must be held in a raised position while you are tightening the blue thumb screw b When completed apply power to the Printer and allow the Printer to follow its normal power up cycle From the front panel display select the MENU button At the Select Function window press
254. er gt Properties 3 Ensure that the printing preferences are set correctly for the Ribbon installed in your Printer Then select the Print Test page button DTC550 Direct to Card Printer Encoder Service Manual Rev 2 8 7 67 FOR RESTRICTED USE only Fargo Electronics Inc Glossary of Terms Term Purpose MAC Media The unique numeric value address associated with a network device Access that gives the device a unique identity This address is assigned by the Control device manufacturer to ensure its uniqueness TCP The Network protocol that allows reliable network communications Transmission Control between devices Protocol IP Internet The Network protocol that identifies devices and messages by Protocol addresses so that communications can occur between devices on different local networks TCP IP Network communications using TCP and IP protocols ICMP The Basic message protocol for the internet Internet Control Message Protocol DHCP The protocol used by a network to automatically assign network Dynamic settings to connected devices so that they will work together Host Configuration Protocol DNS Domain Defines the Network protocol that allows devices to find IP addresses Name from a network name server System DNS Server This is the address of the server that provides the translation from a Address descriptive name to an IP address DNS Domain
255. er Check for obstruction If the ALIGNMENT problem persists call for technical assistance See Resolving the Card Jam on the Flipper Table HEAD LIFT The Printer was unable to Press RESUME to retry or ERROR start lowering the CANCEL to abort If the problem Printhead persists call for technical assistance See Resolving the Headlift Error Message HEAD LOADING An unrecoverable error Contact technical support if this occurred while printing error repeats Press CANCEL to abort this card HEAD LCD setting for head Reset the correct value according RESISTANCE resistance is out of to the steps in the range Troubleshooting Section If this problem persists call for technical assistance DTC550 Direct to Card Printer Encoder Service Manual Rev 2 8 4 6 FOR RESTRICTED USE only Fargo Electronics Inc Troubleshooting the LCD Messages continued HEAD SENSOR The Printhead If the problem persists call for ERROR temperature Sensor is technical assistance not functioning or is not connected properly HEAD TEMP The Printhead If the problem persists call for ERROR temperature Sensor is technical assistance not functioning or the Printhead is not cooling properly HEAD VOLTAGE A hardware fault has A default value will be used Call ERROR prevented setting the for technical assistance correct Printhead voltage HOPPER 1 EMPTY Card Hopper 1 has run The Printer will continue printing out of cards from
256. er a Bearing Encoder i f j 760343 aAA H Encode Edge Left Guide H l D850352 D860337 j j j 8 60 DTC550 Direct to Card Printer Encoder Service Manual Rev 2 8 FOR RESTRICTED USE only Fargo Electronics Inc Replacing the PCB Ribbon Sensor Assembly A000110 _ 7 PN 210292 a D i a A oa LE SENSOR Fargo Electronics GATT o Steps Procedure Refer to Drawing D855053 Tools Needed Torx T10 Screwdriver and small flathead screwdriver Parts Needed PCB Ribbon Sensor Assembly A000110 Estimated Repair Time 2 to 10 minutes Printer A Caution Turn off the Printer and unplug the power cord from the A Danger Wear proper eye protection to perform this procedure N o w Lift Top Lid of Printer and raise the Printhead Arm Remove the PCB Ribbon Sensor Cover D855030 by using a small screwdriver in between the Cover and the Printhead Arm D855025 Note the orientation of the Sensor and unplug the connector Use the Torx T10 Screwdriver to remove the two 2 screws F000169 that secure the PCB Ribbon Sensor A000110 to the Printhead Arm Bracket D855025 3 Replace the PCB Ribbon Sensor Assembly A000110 4 Reverse this procedure to re assemble DTC550 Direct to Card Printer Encoder Service Manual Rev 2 8 Continued on the next page 8 61 FOR RESTRICTED USE only Fargo Electronics Inc Replacing the PCB Ribbon Sensor
257. er Encoder Service Manual Rev 2 8 6 9 FOR RESTRICTED USE only Fargo Electronics Inc Using the Clean Printer Option sep owen Click on the Clean button at the bottom of the window Note The Printer will begin to feed the cleaning card through the card path amp DTC550 Card Printer Printing Preferences ERER Overlay Print Area K Panel Resin Printer Supplies Caa Device Options Image Color Calibrate Magnetic Encoding Card Size CR 80 z inches mm Print Width 2 114 Print Lenath 3 362 Card Hopper Selection First Available v Orientation Portrait C Landscape Copies 1 Diagnostics I Clean Pier Test Print About DTC550 Direct to Card Printer Encoder Service Manual Rev 2 8 6 10 FOR RESTRICTED USE only Fargo Electronics Inc Using the Clean Printer Option continued Sep oe Place the Cleaning card into the Single Feed Slot DTC550 Card Printer Clean Printer Utility Instructions Open the Printer s Top Cover and the Printhead Arm Assembly Remove the paper backing from both sides of the Cleaning Card Insert the Cleaning Card into the Card Hopper s Exception Feed Slot See the diagram below Press the Clean button below Adjust the Cleaning Card as needed as it feeds into the Printer Once the Cleaning Card has exited the Printer close the Printhead Arm Assembly and the Top Cover Enable Reminder V Fargo Cleaning Kit PN 085967 Fargo Cleaning Card PN
258. er Film overlaminates are available Overlaminate procedure in either a clear or generic secure holographic type design Note Custom holographic type overlaminates are also available with specific designs patterns logos and security features Please contact the authorized reseller for more information about custom Overlaminates DTC550 Direct to Card Printer Encoder Service Manual Rev 2 8 2 35 FOR RESTRICTED USE only Fargo Electronics Inc Reviewing the Visual Security Solutions VeriMarkTM Cards 2 D holographic foil application VeriMarkTM Cards are a low cost customized 2 D holographic foil application that is made in two steps e The first step is to emboss a base foil 1 9 cm L x 1 3 cm H onto the surface of a blank white card e The second step is debossing a custom made dye into the surface of the base foil leaving a customized image logo or text provided by the customer e Two separate color foils are used to contrast the impression End Users will be able to choose between 8 different card placements 4 landscape and 4 portrait where the VeriMarkTM can be located When its time to print through the driver the End User will select the location on their organizations card design around which no printing and overlay will be placed Custom HoloMarkTM Cards A Custom HoloMark TM Card is a three dimensional holographic image transferred to metal foil and embossed to blank cards The image is custom
259. er Table Note It may be necessary to slightly lift the static brush bracket to allow guide to pass through Replace the Card Side Guide D855070 Reverse this procedure to re assemble Continued on the next page DTC550 Direct to Card Printer Encoder Service Manual Rev 2 8 8 151 FOR RESTRICTED USE only Fargo Electronics Inc Replacing the Card Side Guide D855070 Card Side Screw Guide F000172 D855070 Screw F000178 Washer Rear Over eee Mount D855063 Align Sensor Cable Assy D855018 Over Mount D855062 Screw F000191 Plate Cardpusher D855065 Spring FO00395 Guide Jam Washer 140040 D855078 Retaining Ring 140072 Plate Card Path D855049 DTC550 Direct to Card Printer Encoder Service Manual Rev 2 8 8 152 FOR RESTRICTED USE only Fargo Electronics Inc Replacing the Guide Jam D855078 Refer to Drawing D855056 Tools Needed Torx T10 Screwdriver Parts Needed Guide Jam D855078 Estimated Repair Time 2 to 10 minutes Steps Procedure A Caution Turn off the Printer and unplug the power cord from the Printer A A Danger Wear proper eye protection to perform this procedure 2 a Lift up on the bottom edge of the Top Lid Tilt it back into the fully open position b Lift up Printhead arm 3 a Use the Torx T10 Screwdriver to remove the two 2 screws F000191 that
260. er specific and the program mirrors our holographic laminates program with a couple exceptions Visual Security Card Stock Part Numbers All Visual Security Cards will be offered on the following Fargo Card Stocks only e Part No 81754 Ultra Card e Part No 81762 Ultra Card III with hi coercivity magnetic stripe e Part No 81763 Ultra Card Ill Visual Security Fargo Certified Overlaminates Special Order in 50 quantity minimum e Part No 82255 PolyGuard 1 0 mil for HoloMarkTM and VeriMarkTM Cards Clear e Part No 82256 PolyGuard 1 0 mil for HoloMarkTM and VeriMarkTM Cards High Resolution Globe design hologram with Secure micro text DTC550 Direct to Card Printer Encoder Service Manual Rev 2 8 2 36 FOR RESTRICTED USE only Fargo Electronics Inc Visual Security Card Stock Tolerances Tolerance of base foil placement will equal 010 from the nearest edges of the card Tolerance of layered foil will equal 010 VeriMarkTM Application Specifications VeriMarkTM foils will cover a dimensional area of 1 9 cm length x 1 3 cm height The exclusive areas are as follows e VeriMarkTM Card customers will be able to choose 1 of 8 pre defined placements corners via Printer driver 4 positions Landscape and 4 Positions Portrait mode e VeriMarkTM foil placement will not interfere with card punch slots e Foil color base is silver debossed impression is gold foil e VeriMarkTM foil placement will be located
261. erial Number A1280224 13 2 Section 14 Reviewing Spare Parts Lists 14 1 Reviewing the Spare Parts List for DT C550 Series Card Printer 14 1 Reviewing the Spare Parts List for the DTC550 LAM 14 1 Section 15 Glossary of Terms 15 1 Section 16 Index 16 1 Section 17 Engineering Drawings 17 1 DTC550 Direct to Card Printer Encoder Service Manual Rev 2 8 xi FOR RESTRICTED USE only Fargo Electronics Inc Section 1 Introduction Safety Messages review carefully See FCC Rules below This device complies with Part 15 of the FCC rules Operation is subject to the following two conditions 1 This device may not cause harmful interference 2 This device must accept any interference received including interference that may cause undesired operation Note This equipment has been tested and found to comply with the limits for a Class A digital device pursuant to part 15 of the FCC Rules These limits are designed to provide reasonable protection against harmful interference when the equipment is operated in a commercial environment This equipment generates uses and can radiate radio frequency energy and if not installed and used in accordance with the instruction manual may cause harmful interference to radio communications Operation of this equipment in a residential area is likely to cause harmful interference in which case the user will be required to correct the interferen
262. erved or ask that they provide a specific IP address that you can use to configure the Ethernet interface OR Choose an IP address that you know will not be used by any other PC server or network device Use those settings to configure your Printer with static network settings Caution Do not do this unless you know that these settings will always be available Continued on the next page DTC550 Direct to Card Printer Encoder Service Manual Rev 2 8 7 64 FOR RESTRICTED USE only Fargo Electronics Inc Reviewing Frequently asked Questions continued Question Answer How do reconfigure my Follow this procedure PC Printer Driver to connect to a different Printer or different IP address 1 Run the Fargo Add Printer Wizard program by choosing from the Start menu Go to the Start gt Programs gt Fargo gt Fargo Add Printer Wizard Select Next on the first window On the second window specify the type of Printer you want and ask for a network connected Printer Select Next 4 Enter the IP address of your new Printer connection Select Next 5 Select Finish How can verify change Follow this procedure what IP address my installed Printer Driver is expecting to find my 2 Select Start gt Settings gt Printers and Faxes gt your Printer Printer Driver gt Properties 1 Open the Printer Driver properties window 3 From the Ports tab select Configure Port The Host nam
263. es the label that the User assigns to the May be Printer configured via Telnet or from Location Indicates the location string that the User the assigns to the Printer Administration web page Contact Indicates the contact person string that the User assigns to the Printer Set by Printer Firmware Displays the current Firmware version Firmware Version Boot Loader Firmware Version DTC550 only Displays the current boot loader Firmware version DTC550 Direct to Card Printer Encoder Service Manual Rev 2 8 7 17 FOR RESTRICTED USE only Fargo Electronics Inc Configuring the Network Settings The procedures needed to configure the network settings are presented in this section Accessing the Network Settings page The Network page displays the current network settings and allows the User to change the settings Step Procedure 1 Select the Network link from any web page of the Printer Z Fargo DTC550 S N M0000030 Network Settings Microsoft Internet Explorer BAR d File Edit Yiew Favorites Tools Help Q sxx amp x E A pe Search Sie Favorites E A z LJ 33 Address http 10 1 210 240 tcpipConf html Go inks Home Network Status System Log Administration Help Network Settings amp Interface 10Mbps Ethernet TP Address 10 1 210 240 Subnet Mask 255 255 255 0 Default Gateway 10 1 210 4 DNS Server Address 10 1 210 8 D
264. etensions may be out settings If this problem persists of range call for technical assistance Press RESUME to continue or CANCEL to abort SELF TEST FAULT Self test job could not be initiated SENSOR The Ribbon Sensor has CALIBRATED been properly calibrated START PRINTING The Printer was unable to Press RESUME to retry or begin the printing CANCEL to abort If the problem process persists call for technical assistance Reset the Printer and try again If this problem persists call for technical assistance DTC550 Direct to Card Printer Encoder Service Manual Rev 2 8 4 11 FOR RESTRICTED USE only Fargo Electronics Inc Troubleshooting the LCD Messages continued SYSTEM FAULT Unspecified system error If this problem persists call for detected by the Printer technical assistance Firmware TEST TYPE Self test job cannot be Install the correct print media and ERROR printed with the print try again media installed UNABLE TO FEED The Printer is unable to Check the following then press CARD feed a card from the Card RESUME to continue Hopper Verify the card thickness setting is set to the thickness of your cards Verify the Cleaning Cartridge is properly assembled and fully inserted into the Printer Clean the in feed rollers Verify your cards are within the Printers accepted card size range Be sure the cards are not sticking together See the Troubleshooting section of th
265. ettings Save Addresses select Note You can save static addresses However they are not used until you reconfigure the Printer to use those static addresses and reboot the Printer How do set the Printer to You can use the web pages if you know the current IP work with a static IP address 2 address e Select the Use the following IP address button on the Network web page OR e Use Fargo IP Tracer which allows you to find Fargo compatible Printers and specify their addresses The DTC550 also allows you to use the LCD menus to save the current IP addresses as static see above and then switch DHCP dynamic IP address selection to DISABLED Menu Setup Printer Network Settings DHCP select Continued on the next page DTC550 Direct to Card Printer Encoder Service Manual Rev 2 8 7 66 FOR RESTRICTED USE only Fargo Electronics Inc Reviewing Frequently asked Questions Question Answer What do the LEDs by the e On the DTC550 Printer The green LED indicates a Ethernet connection on valid Ethernet connection The amber LED indicates the back of the Printer network activity indicate How do print atest page Follow this procedure from Windows to verify the Ethernet configuration of 1 Open the Printer Driver properties window the Printer and Printer 2 Select Start gt Settings gt Printers and Faxes gt your Driver Printer Driver name i e DTC550 Card Print
266. evice pursuant to part 15 of the FCC Rules These limits are designed to provide reasonable protection against harmful interference when the equipment is operated in a commercial environment This equipment generates uses and can radiate radio frequency energy and if not installed and used in accordance with the instruction manual may cause harmful interference to radio communications Operation of this equipment in a residential area is likely to cause harmful interference in which case the user will be required to correct the interference at his own expense Reference Safety Messages in this document Environmental Protection China RoHS Environmental Protection Use Period is based on the product being used in an office environment DTC550 Direct to Card Printer Encoder Service Manual Rev 2 8 2 2 FOR RESTRICTED USE only Fargo Electronics Inc Technical Specifications Accepted CR 80 3 370 L x 2 125 W 85 6mmL x 54mmW Sets Card GR 79 Adhesive Back 3 303 L x 2 051 W 83 9mmL x 52 1mmW Accepted Card Print only 020 20 mil to 050 50 mil 508mm to Thickness 1 27mm single sided printing only for 50 mil cards Print Lamination 030 30 mil to 040 40 mil 762mm to 1 02mm Accepted Card PVC or polyester cards with polished PVC finish monochrome Types resin required for 100 polyester cards optical memory cards with PVC finish Accepted Card PVC or polyester cards with polished PVC finish monochro
267. ext page DTC550 Direct to Card Printer Encoder Service Manual Rev 2 8 8 7 FOR RESTRICTED USE only Fargo Electronics Inc Replacing the Main Cover Enclosure D855153 See the previous procedure DTC550 Top Lid Assembly D855155 Two 2 Top Screws Input Door D850291 DTC550 Main Enclosure 0855153 Two 2 Tabs DTC550 Direct to Card Printer Encoder Service Manual Rev 2 8 8 8 FOR RESTRICTED USE only Fargo Electronics Inc Replacing the DTC550 Top Lid Cover D855155 Refer to Drawing D855180 in Appendix A Tools Needed None Parts Needed DTC550 Top Lid Cover D855155 Estimated Repair Time 5 minutes Step Procedure A Danger Wear proper eye protection to perform this procedure 2 a Lift up on the bottom edge of the DTC550 Top Lid Cover b Tilt it back into the fully open position 3 a Carefully push back on both sides of the Top Cover until the plastic Clips are released b Reinstall the Top Lid Cover lining up the slot in the center of the Cover onto the metal hinge FO00067 Slide it down onto the plastic hinge Retainers and then snap it into place Continued on the next page DTC550 Direct to Card Printer Encoder Service Manual Rev 2 8 8 9 FOR RESTRICTED USE only Fargo Electronics Inc Replacing the DTC550 Top Lid Cover continued DTCs50 Top Lid Assembly 0855155 Two 2 Top Screws Input
268. eye protection to perform this procedure a Depress the Spring Load Lever D841175 to release tension on Hopper transport Belt Remove Belt from Pulley Gear D841202 on Post Travel Gear D841173 Remove the screw that retains the Post Travel Gear D841173 and remove the Assembly Use a small standard Screwdriver to remove the Retaining Ring 140061 that secures the Ribbon Idler Gear 760288 Remove the Ribbon Idler Gear 760288 Remove the O ring from the Pulley Gear Combo 760287 Use a small standard Screwdriver to remove the Retaining Ring 140061 that secures the Pulley Gear Combo 760287 Remove the Pulley Gear Combo 760287 Continued on the next page DTC550 Direct to Card Printer Encoder Service Manual Rev 2 8 8 139 FOR RESTRICTED USE only Fargo Electronics Inc Replacing the Pulley Gear Combo 760287 Hopper Transport Drive Train Step Procedure 4 Replace the Pulley Gear Combo 760287 5 Reverse this procedure to re assemble Spring Load Lever D841175 Spring Load Bushin D841177 Spring Load Post D841176 Screw Washer 130876 crew F000190 F000170 Post Travel Gear D841173 Post Travel Idler Ribbon Motor Assy by 174 patel Bracke D840980 Retaining Ring 140062 D841172 Pulley Gear D841202 oa ee i O Ring are we F000063 l po re ae A S AALP YA Screw 130302 i j y Washer F000132
269. f color in the order in which they are printed Yellow Y Magenta M Cyan C Black K Black K the second K is for backside black only printing The designation of colored Ribbon by the panels of color in the order in which they are printed Yellow Y Magenta M Cyan C Black K and Overlay O YMCKOK The designation of colored Ribbon by the panels of color in the order in which they are printed Yellow Y Magenta M Cyan C Black K Overlay O Black K used for backside black only printing DTC550 Direct to Card Printer Encoder User Guide Rev 1 0 15 20 RESTRICTED USE ONLY Section 16 Index A AC Alternating Current 15 1 Access Card 15 1 Adhesion 15 1 Algebraic 15 1 ANSI American National Standards Institute 15 1 AS400 15 1 ASCII American Standard Code for Information Interchange 15 1 AT 15 1 B Black 15 1 Barcodes 15 2 batch print 15 2 Battery Back up 15 2 Bi directional 15 2 BIOS Basic Input Output System 15 2 Bit 15 2 Bit map 15 2 Board 15 2 Boot up 15 2 Buffer 15 2 Cable 15 2 Cache 15 3 Calibrating 15 3 Card Feeding Errors 4 16 Card Feeding Errors 2 3 card Printer 8 3 CD Compact Disc 15 3 Centronics 15 3 Cleaning Roller 15 3 Cleaning the Printer s Interior 9 1 Coercivity 15 3 color matching 15 3 Communication Errors 4 15 Compressed air 15 3 Contrast 15 3 Control panel 15 3 CR 100 15 4
270. f the card e The numbers being entered for the settings are in 1 2 pixels e The number of pixels is equal to the measurement in inches times 600 or the measurement in mm times 23 6 For example 0 100 inches or 2 54mm equals 60 increments on the LCD DTC550 Direct to Card Printer Encoder Service Manual Rev 2 8 12 16 FOR RESTRICTED USE only Fargo Electronics Inc Setting the Print EOF continued Step Procedure Repeat Steps 1 to 6 above until the Test Image is correctly positioned Press DONE to save the value Press YES when asked to save the change Print a test card as described in Step 1 Alignment Arrows EOF Trailing Edge of Card a o TOF Leading Edge of Card DTC550 Direct to Card Printer Encoder Service Manual Rev 2 8 12 17 FOR RESTRICTED USE only Fargo Electronics Inc Adjusting the Ribbon Tension Procedure Choose MENU Print Test Image and Gray Align YMC K to print a test card Select MENU Setup Printer Print Settings and Ribbon Tension Record the Ribbon Tension value on the test card you just printed 4 Examine the test card Note When centered properly the Alignment Arrows should appear at at the edge of the card s Trailing edge If the test card does not look like the sample shown below go to step 5 to adjust the Ribbon Tension Decrease the Ribbon Tension value to move the end of the image toward the leading edge of the card if the alignment arrows are no
271. g 10 1 210 23 i e g 192 168 0 1 or domain name TCP Connection Port 4010 Clear Changes Log Destination Internet DTC550 Direct to Card Printer Encoder Service Manual Rev 2 8 7 36 FOR RESTRICTED USE only Fargo Electronics Inc Specifying TCP Event logging continued Step Procedure 6 Use a host program such as Telnet to receive these TCP logging messages Note Other programs such as HyperTerminal are also used to monitor TCP connections See below e Telnet Client You can use a Telnet client connected to the TCP port log1 4010 log2 4011 rather than the default Telnet port 23 e Telnet Session If there is a Printer at IP address 192 37 23 155 and you have configured log1 for TCP logging then you could initiate a Telnet session from a DOS window of a PC by entering Telnet 192 37 23 155 4010 e Log Messages All system log messages would then be displayed in that Telnet session window Note This is a one way connection for logging only Any input to the Printer on this connection is ignored DTC550 Direct to Card Printer Encoder Service Manual Rev 2 8 7 37 FOR RESTRICTED USE only Fargo Electronics Inc Using the Administration pages The purpose of the Administration pages is to allow the User to upgrade reboot modify passwords and enter User specified system information strings Using the System Information page The System Information page displays the curr
272. g at the inline connectors Unhook the two wire harnesses and cut appropriate tie wraps Note The black fan connector is located behind the Rear Bracket The white Sensor connector is located between the Main Board and the peripheral such as the USB and Ethernet ports bracket towards the bottom c Note the orientation of the slides before removing them A Caution The Printhead Bracket is under tension from the Head Pivot Spring D855072 The Printhead Bracket will tend to swing upward when the slides are removed e Remove the two 2 screws F000175 from the two 2 Printhead Arm Slides D855071 e Remove the slides through their respective guides on the Sideplate Note This is made easier when depressing the sides of the Printhead Bracket and rotating the slides to clear the slot in the Sideplate d While holding the Arm remove the four 4 hinge screws from inside of the Printer e Remove the Printhead Arm Assembly D855053 A Caution Be careful to lead the wiring Cables through without stretching them Continued on the next page DTC550 Direct to Card Printer Encoder Service Manual Rev 2 8 8 48 FOR RESTRICTED USE only Replacing the Printhead Arm Assembly D855053 continued Step Procedure Fargo Electronics Inc 4 Replace the Printhead Arm Assembly D855053 e Note the proper orientation of the slides 5 Reverse this procedure to re assemble Printhead D855053
273. g section of the User Guide Clear the jam according to the steps in the Troubleshooting section of the User Guide Press RESUME to continue Clear the jam according to the steps in the Troubleshooting section of the User Guide Clear the jam according to the steps in the Troubleshooting section of the User Guide Clear the jam according to the steps in the Troubleshooting section of the User Guide See Resolving the Card Jam on the Flipper Table See Removing the Card Jam in the Printers Magnetic Encoding Area Clear the jam according to the steps in the Troubleshooting section of the User Guide See Removing the Card Jam in the Printer s Smart Card Encoding Area FOR RESTRICTED USE only Fargo Electronics Inc Troubleshooting the LCD Messages continued CARD NOT The card being Press RESUME to load the next FOUND processed cannot be card or CANCEL found CARD RELEASE ERROR A card is jammed in the Clear the jam according to the Print Station of the steps in the Troubleshooting Printer section of the User Guide Press RESUME to continue or CANCEL to abort See Card Feeding Errors CH STARTUP A problem was detected If this problem persists call for ERROR during Printer start up technical assistance CHECK CARDS No cards found in the Add cards to the Card Input input Hopper Hopper or check for an error Press RESUME to continue See the Resolving the Card Hopper Empty Error Message C
274. g the installation Plug and Play Step 1 Connect the USB print cable to both the PC and Printer Step 2 Turn ON the Printer at this time if it is not already ON DTC550 Direct to Card Printer Encoder Service Manual Rev 2 8 3 40 FOR RESTRICTED USE only Fargo Electronics Inc Installing the DTC550 Printer Driver continued Step Procedure Select the Ribbon Type from the dropdown menu See Display A under this procedural step Display A Ribbon Type dropdown menu Select Installed Ribbon Type Select a Ribbon Type from the Drop Down EZEK Full Color Resin Black Overlay az OR Select the Button DTC550 Direct to Card Printer Encoder Service Manual Rev 2 8 3 41 FOR RESTRICTED USE only Fargo Electronics Inc Installing the DTC550 Printer Driver continued Step Procedure Click the Finish button to complete the Installware Wizard You have completed this procedure Ec DTC550 Direct to Card Printer Encoder Service Manual Rev 2 8 3 42 FOR RESTRICTED USE only Fargo Electronics Inc Printing a Test Print Image Ribbon Requirement This procedure requires the YMCKO or YMCKOK Ribbon Step Procedure From your computer s startup menu select Settings gt Printers and Faxes Windows XP or gt Printers Windows 2000 Double click on the DTC550 Direct to Card Printer under the Printers window Select Printing Preferences under the Printer drop down menu This will
275. grade the DTC550 Main Printer Firmware by using the DTC550 Upgrade web page Step Procedure 1 Run the Fargo Diagnostic Utility by selecting from the start menu the following Start gt Programs gt Fargo gt Fargo Diagnostic Utility 2 Select the Fargo Printer to upgrade from the drop down box 3 Go to the Firmware Updates tab 4 If you need to download the update file from the Internet then select the Download Firmware button 5 Choose the update file with the Select Firmware button 6 Put your Printer into the upgrade mode Refer to the appropriate service manual for your specific Fargo card printer 7 Select the Send Firmware button DTC550 Direct to Card Printer Encoder Service Manual Rev 2 8 7 48 FOR RESTRICTED USE only Fargo Electronics Inc Upgrading the Main Firmware with the Fargo Diagnostics Utility continued See the procedure on the previous page Fargo Diagnostics Utility FARGO Select a printer to continue DTC550 Card Printer Card Samples Magnetic Encoding a Pint Spools Famers Updated Step 1 Download Firmware Step 2 Select Firmware File File Name None Selected Firmware Version None Selected Step 3 Ensure that the printer is in Upgrade mode For information on how to place the printer in upgrade mode click on the Help Button below Step 4 Help About Exit DTC550 Direct to Card Printer Encoder Service Manual Rev 2
276. haft 850166 D850271 D855089 Card Feed Input Cross Member 1x1 D850415 840239 Compression Spring F000394 Spring Plate Assembly D855058 DTC550 Direct to Card Printer Encoder Service Manual Rev 2 8 8 143 FOR RESTRICTED USE only Fargo Electronics Inc PCB related Replacement Procedures Replacing the PCB Power Assembly A000380 Refer to Drawing D855054 Tools Needed Torx T10 Screwdriver ee Parts Needed PCB Power Assembly A000380 en 324 Estimated Repair Time 2 to 10 minutes on Steps Procedure 1 A Caution Turn off the Printer and unplug the power cord from the Printer A Danger Wear proper eye protection to perform this procedure 2 a Lift up on the bottom edge of the Top Lid Tilt it back into the fully open position b Use the Torx head Screwdriver to remove the two 2 screws F000172 located near the hinges c Release the plastic tabs in the four corners of the Cover Lift the Cover off of the Printer 3 a Remove the Baseplate Reference to Baseplate removal gt b Use the Torx T10 Screwdriver to remove the two 2 screws F000191 that connect the Power Mount Cover D855044 to the PCB Power Mount D855042 Unplug the jack J2 from the PCB Power Assembly A000380 Use the Torx T10 Screwdriver to remove the four 4 screws F000169 that connect the PCB Power Assembly A000380 to the PCB Power Mount D855042 e Remove the PCB Power Assembly A000380
277. hat secure the base plate 4 Remove the two 2 Torx 10 screws that secure the Printer Chassis to the base plate located at the front of the Printer 5 Raise the Printhead arm to locate the third screw in between the Flipper Table and card path It may be necessary to move wiring cables aside to locate the screw 6 Slide the chassis to the right to free it from the base plate Lift the chassis and place next to the base plate DTC550 Direct to Card Printer Encoder Service Manual Rev 2 8 8 14 FOR RESTRICTED USE only Fargo Electronics Inc Board LCD and Keypad Replacement Procedures Replacing the LCD Display Board Panel A000372 Refer to Drawing No D855180 in Appendix A Tools Needed Torx Head Screwdriver Parts Needed LCD Display Panel Estimated Repair Time 15 minutes Step Procedure A Caution Turn OFF the Printer and unplug the power cord from the Printer A Danger Wear proper eye protection to perform this procedure 2 Lift up on the bottom edge of the DTC550 Top Lid Cover Tilt it back into the fully open position 3 Use the Torx head Screwdriver to remove the two 2 screws F000172 located near the hinges 4 Release the plastic tabs in the four corners of the Cover 5 Lift the Cover off of the Printer A Caution Be careful not to pull on the connectors to the Main Board 6 Disconnect the Cable connectors Continued on the next page DTC550 Direct to
278. he Printer A Danger Wear proper eye protection to perform this procedure 2 a Lift up on the bottom edge of the Top Lid Tilt it back into the fully open position b Use the Torx head Screwdriver to remove the two 2 screws F000172 located near the hinges c Release the plastic tabs in the four corners of the Cover Lift the Cover off of the Printer 3 a Remove the Baseplate from Printer See Replacing the Base Plate D850287 b Turn the Printer upside down to access the Magnetic Unit a Note the orientation of the Sensor Board Remove the two 2 Nuts 130985 that secure the Sensor Board Assembly 140407 to the Magnetics Bracket D850336 b Disconnect the Cable connector c Remove the Sensor Board Assembly 140407 4 Replace the Sensor Board Assembly 140407 5 Reverse this procedure to re assemble Continued on the next page DTC550 Direct to Card Printer Encoder Service Manual Rev 2 8 8 59 Fargo Electronics Inc FOR RESTRICTED USE only Replacing the Sensor Board Assembly 140407 continued See the procedure on the previous page Card Idler Spring Screw F000168 810480 9 Nut 130985 Sensor Board q Assy 140407 an Screw F000177 Magnetics Bracket D850336 Encode Edge Right Guide D850351 Encoding Roller D850335 Screw F000190 Spacer Clutch 760386 My a ce bi l Retaining im j Ring 140062 Drive Roll
279. he Cable connectors 7 a Set the Cover upside down on a secure non scratch surface such as a chair with a back A Caution Be careful when removing the display because excessive force on the display Board can damage it Note There will be some resistance when pulling the LCD display from the Printer This is due to the adhesive that holds the Keypad onto the Cover b Unplug the Keypad and all other connectors from the Display Panel Disengage the two locking tabs from the Display Unit and apply a firm even pressure from behind the Unit on both sides until the adhesive releases c From the bottom side of the Cover push the Keypad away from the top of the Printer Continued on the next page DTC550 Direct to Card Printer Encoder Service Manual Rev 2 8 8 18 FOR RESTRICTED USE only Fargo Electronics Inc Replacing the Keypad D855147 Step Procedure A Caution Be careful to evenly secure the bottom edges of the Keypad to the bottom of the recess provided Be careful to keep the Keypad within the recess since it is secured to the Cover and cannot be removed without distorting it e When installing the display be careful to seat the Unit all the way back into the Retainers before attempting to lock it into place Note It should easily snap into place e Excessive force on the Display Board can damage it Note Once the Display Unit is secure turn the Printer over and attach the Keypad
280. he Lamination Side Step Procedure Select the No Lamination option if you do not want to use the Printer s built in laminator Select Laminate Front Side Laminate Back Side or Laminate Both Sides to specify the side s of the card to laminate amp DTC550 Card Printer Printing Preferences e Options Image Color Calibrate Magnetic Encoding Overlay Print Area K Panel Resin Printer Supplies Horizontal tc al ce Direction Card Travels through Printer DTC550 Direct to Card Printer Encoder Service Manual Rev 2 8 6 65 FOR RESTRICTED USE only Fargo Electronics Inc Selecting the Lamination Type Select one of the Lamination Type options according to which type of lamination media is currently installed Two types of overlaminates are supported by the driver Film Lamination and PolyGuard lamination Custom versions of each type are also available Step Procedure Select the Film Lamination option if the Thermal Transfer Film Overlaminate type is installed in the Lamination Module e The Film Lamination may be applied with or without the application of an additional overlay from a paneled full color Print Ribbon The Overlay O Panel provides additional Ultra Violet UV light protection and additional abrasion resistance not found when using film laminations alone however it requires use of a Print Ribbon with an Overlay O Panel If using Film lamination the additional pr
281. he designated areas with the Yellow Y Magenta M and Cyan C Ribbon panels directly beneath the resin black K panel Note Select this option if printing resin black text or barcodes onto a colored background to provide a more gradual transition between the two OR Select the Print K Only option a to print all black in the designated areas only with the resin black K panel or b to print resin black onto a white background to maximize the sharpness of printed text and barcodes Print All Black with K Panel Full Card Print YMC under K C Print K Only DTC550 Direct to Card Printer Encoder Service Manual Rev 2 8 6 95 FOR RESTRICTED USE only Fargo Electronics Inc Selecting the Print YMC under the K and Print K Only options continued See the previous procedure in this section amp DTC550 Card Printer Printing Preferences Card Device Options Image 0P Lamination Overlay PrintArea J K Panel Resin CR 80 Card Size Front Back agnetic Encoding Printer Supplies EEE He os77 HF i377 ly 039 H Y inches e mm Defined Area a Direction Card Travels through Printer Delete Print All Black with K Panel l Full Card V Defined Areals Undefined Areas Print YMC under K Print K Only DTC550 Direct to Card Printer Encoder Service Manual Rev 2 8 6 96 FOR RESTRICTED USE only Fargo Electronics Inc Using the Printer Supplies tab Use the options on this t
282. he error condition is corrected i If no cards are present under a sensor then the rollers are moved forward DTC550 Direct to Card Printer Encoder Service Manual Rev 2 8 FOR RESTRICTED USE only Fargo Electronics Inc Reviewing the Lamination Module Sequence of Operations The LAM sequence of operations begins after printing has occurred with the Card Printer The card is fed onto the Lamination Module Flipper Table The card is fed to the Card Position Sensor The Lamination Ribbon Motor begins cycling until the Upper Lamination Sensor detects the mark The Card Feed Motor activates to center the card on the Platen Roller The Lamination Roller Lift Motor cycles until the Lamination Roller Lift Sensor detects state change The Card Feed Motor and the Lamination Ribbon Motor activate for the length of the card The Lamination Roller Lift Motor cycles until Lamination Roller Lift Sensor detects state change The card is fed back to the Flipper Table The Flipper Table Clutch engages 10 The Flipper Table Motor activates until the Card is inverted based on the Flipper offset setting The Flipper Table Clutch disengages The card is fed off the Flipper Table The Flipper Table Clutch engages DTC550 Direct to Card Printer Encoder Service Manual Rev 2 8 FOR RESTRICTED USE only Fargo Electronics Inc Reviewing the Lamination Module Sequence of Operations continued The Flipper Table Motor activates until the
283. he two 2 screws near the Lamination Module Top Cover D855156 hinge c Remove the one screw on the inner left side underneath the print head mount hinge and the other screw at the inner right side d Lift off the Lamination Module Top Cover D855156 and the Lamination Rear Cover D855162 from the Lamination Module Baseplate D855144 3 The Lamination Top Cover D855156 is removed by sliding the Top Cover backwards This will release the plastic hinges from the frame of the cover Continued on the next page DTC550 Direct to Card Printer Encoder Service Manual Rev 2 8 8 162 FOR RESTRICTED USE only Fargo Electronics Inc Replacing the Lamination Module Top Cover and Lamination Rear Cover D855156 and D855162 continued Default Settings Label screw FO00170 Top Cover 0855156 Lam Arm Assembly Top Cover Label D870153 Lon0255 Screw FO00192 Rear Cover Assembly 0855162 screw FO00178 LAM Output Cover D870124 wo PCB Main Laminator Assembly N A000250 Standoff Hex LAM Control ez a ais Panel Label oe Screw anor 00028 pre ie Nut 130985 Bottom Sensor Bracket 91025011 oT gt LAM Baseplate Assembly 0855144 a o ZS Front Cover Assembly 0855161 LAM Chassis Assembly 0870154 DTC550 Direct to Card Printer Encoder Service Manual Rev 2 8 8 163 FOR RESTRICTED USE only Fargo Electronics Inc Replacing the Lamination Modu
284. hese guidelines e Place the unit in a location with adequate air circulation to prevent internal heat build up e Use the Printer s dimensions as a guideline for the minimum clearances to the unit Note Allow for adequate clearance in front and on top of the unit to accommodate the unit with its Covers open A Caution Do not install unit near heat sources such as radiators or air ducts or in a place subject to direct sunlight excessive dust mechanical vibration or shock About Moisture Condensation If the unit is brought directly from a cold to a warm location or is placed in a very damp room moisture may condense inside the unit Should this occur print quality may not be optimum Leave the unit turned OFF in a warm dry room for several hours before using This will allow the moisture to evaporate DTC550 Direct to Card Printer Encoder Service Manual Rev 2 8 3 1 FOR RESTRICTED USE only Fargo Electronics Inc Introduction The following guide will walk you through the installation of the Fargo DTC550 Direct to Card Printer Encoder Printer Driver Diagnostic Utility Print Ribbon and Cards Time Requirement e Time Requirement software This software installation process will require approximately 2 to 5 minutes depending on the speed of your PC e Time Requirement Printer The time required to set up a standard DTC550 Printer would be approximately 5 to 10 minutes System Requirements The System Requirements
285. ibbon Idler Drive Belt F000390 Gear 760288 Retaining Ring 140061 PCB 3 Tie Holder Sensor 2 Assy Cable F000347 Ribbon Drive A000126 Gear 760289 DTC550 Direct to Card Printer Encoder Service Manual Rev 2 8 8 129 FOR RESTRICTED USE only Fargo Electronics Inc Replacing the O Ring Belt F000385 Tools Needed Torx T10 Screwdriver Parts Needed O Ring Belt F000385 Estimated Repair Time 2 to 10 minutes Refer to Drawing D855052 Steps Procedure Caution Turn off the Printer and unplug the power cord from the rinter v A Caution To prevent equipment or media damage observe all established Electrostatic Discharge ESD procedures while handling Cables in or near the Circuit Board and Printhead Assemblies A Danger Wear proper eye protection to perform this procedure a Lift up on the bottom edge of the Top Lid Tilt it back into the fully open position o Use the Torx head Screwdriver to remove the two 2 screws F000172 located near the hinges oO Release the plastic tabs in the four corners of the Cover Lift the Cover off of the Printer w Remove the Main Board See Replacing the Main Board A000116 01 Single sided A000116 02 Dual sided gt Caution Be careful of the Ribbon Clutch xxx loosen the Main Board Bracket by removing the three 3 screws along the inside of the Sideplate D855040 Set the Bracket aside gt Caution
286. ics Inc Adjusting the Image Darkness Procedure 1 Choose MENU Print Test Image and Gray Align YMC K to print a test card Select MENU Setup Printer Print Settings and Image Darkness Record the Image Darkness value on the test card last printed Examine the test card Step Adjust the Image Darkness value if needed Enter a negative value to lighten the printed image OR Input a positive value to darken the printed image A Caution Be sure to make adjustments in small increments of 4 to avoid over adjusting this setting The Ribbon can jam or break if the setting is too high Press DONE to save the value Press YES when asked to save the change Print a test card as described in Step 1 Ea Repeat Steps 1 to 7 until the image darkness is correct DTC550 Direct to Card Printer Encoder Service Manual Rev 2 8 8 45 FOR RESTRICTED USE only Fargo Electronics Inc Adjusting the Image Darkness Step Procedure Click on the Start button point to Settings and select Printers See Figure 4 below Right click on your DTC550 Printer and select Printing Preferences Click the Calibrate tab 4 Use the Vertical adjustments to remove any white borders on the edges of the card See Figure 5 below amp DTC550 Card Printer Printing Preferences Lamination Overlay Print Area K Panel Resin Printer Supplies Card Device Options Image Color Calibrate Magnetic Encoding Image Position Vertical o po
287. ics Inc Print TOF and Print EOF Alignment Procedures The Print TOF and Print EOF adjustment procedures must be performed as a single alignment process The goal of these procedures is to align the printed image to precisely line up with the edges of the card as shown below Notice that when aligned properly the test print s Alignment Arrows will fall just inside the edges of the card This information pertains to the two procedures on the next page e Alignment Test Image The alignment test image is designed for setting these parameters Be sure to run this test after each adjustment Run the Alignment Test Image by selecting the following options MENU Print Test Image and Gray Align YMC K e Value and Settings Changes Change the settings in the procedures below by choosing the following options MENU Setup Printer Print Settings and the parameter to be changed Change the value by pressing the appropriate scroll button and press SELECT to save the value TOF EOF Leading Edge Trailing Edge of Card of Card DTC550 Direct to Card Printer Encoder Service Manual Rev 2 8 12 7 FOR RESTRICTED USE only Fargo Electronics Inc Using the LCD Menu Step Procedure To enter the Printer s LCD menu press the center button labeled MENU Note The Select Function screen will appear e Use the scroll buttons to scroll up or down the list of menu options Note Brackets will appear on either side of the active menu option
288. ination Output Hopper The portion of the Printer that accepts the completed cards Overlay A resin like substance that is transferred by the Printhead to the card surface over a printed dye image to prevent image fading increase abrasion durability and prevent dye migration Continued on the next page DTC550 Direct to Card Printer Encoder User Guide Rev 1 0 15 12 RESTRICTED USE ONLY Fargo Electronics Inc Glossary of Terms continued Term Definition Oversized Cards Oversized cards are used for more efficient visual identification and are available in many non standard sizes The most popular sizes are CR 90 3 63 x 2 37 92mm x 60mm and CR 100 3 88 x 2 63 98 5mm x 67mm Overlaminate Protective clear or holographic material to increase security and durability applied over the printed surface with a hot Roller Parallel A method of data transfer in which serial data is divided into sections and sent simultaneously down parallel wires to speed transfer rate Parallel Port A communication socket on a device that allows for parallel data transfer PC Personal Computer PCB Printed Circuit Board A stand alone programmable electronic device that can store retrieve and process data consisting of a CPU mouse keyboard and monitor A solid multi layered plate on which electronic elements are attached either through the board or on the surface P
289. ing must be the track s specific Start Sentinel SS and the last character must be the specific End Sentinel ES Note The characters or data in between the SS and ES can include all of the valid characters specific to each track Maximum Character Capacity The number of these characters however is limited by each track s maximum character capacity Field Separator When segmenting track data the appropriate Field Separator FS must be used Note See the table below which displays the SS ES FS and the valid characters defined for each track DTC550 Direct to Card Printer Encoder Service Manual Rev 2 8 6 61 FOR RESTRICTED USE only Fargo Electronics Inc Reviewing the ASCII Code and Character Table DTC550 Direct to Card Printer Encoder Service Manual Rev 2 8 6 62 FOR RESTRICTED USE only Fargo Electronics Inc Using the Lamination tab only with Card Lamination Module Use this option to control specific Printer functions The Lamination Tab appears only if the Printer is equipped with the Card Lamination Module These options allow you to control the Printer s lamination process amp DTC550 Card Printer Printing Preferences me Options Image Color Calibrate Magnetic Encoding Overlay Print Area K Panel Resin Printer Supplies Lamination Position Horizontal e Direction Card Travels through Printer Lamination Side Lamination Type No Lamination v Film Lamination v Transfer Dwell
290. ing for the Default Gateway can also be configured which allows communication across the subnets Host Computer A PC running Windows 2000 XP Server 2003 connected to the network is required Host Printer Driver The host PC must have installed the correct Printer Driver with Ethernet support Note This Driver must be configured for printing to the IP address of the Printer DTC550 Direct to Card Printer Encoder Service Manual Rev 2 8 7 2 FOR RESTRICTED USE only Fargo Electronics Inc Functional Specification Ethernet Option The Fargo Ethernet option includes these features Feature Description Simultaneous Printing Provides the ability to simultaneously print from multiple PCs to the network printer Printer Feedback Provides status information from the network Printer to the PC Web Pages Provides easy Printer configuration with any web browser Log Messages Provides logging of usage and error events via e mail UDP or TCP IP Password Security Provides security with passwords and configurable User permission levels Telnet Provides a Telnet command line interpreter for Printer configuration SNMP Provides an SNMP agent that supports MIB II Upgrades Provides support for Firmware upgrades over the network Troubleshooting Provides a Ping client for network troubleshooting IP Tracer Provides a utility IP Tracer used
291. ing procedures Step Procedure 1 Follow the Verifying the Printer Connection procedure 2 Follow the Verifying the Printer IP address procedure 3 Follow the Verifying that your PC can access the Printer using the ping command procedure 4 Verify that you are choosing the correct Printer Driver Note The Driver must match the model of the Printer 5 Verify that the port configuration of the PC Printer Driver is set to communicate to the Printer over the correct IP address See Frequently asked Questions 6 Follow the Printing a test page procedure DTC550 Direct to Card Printer Encoder Service Manual Rev 2 8 7 57 FOR RESTRICTED USE only Fargo Electronics Inc Verifying the Printer Connection Step Procedure 1 Ensure that your Printer has a valid network connection 2 Verify that the DTC550 has the green LED on solidly and the amber LED is flashing with network activity 3 If the LEDs do not indicate connection verify the network connection with another device 4 If the connection is OK then something may be wrong with the Ethernet option installation See the Ethernet Setup and Printer Driver Installation procedure Verifying the Printer IP address Step Procedure 1 Check the LCD for a valid IP address 0 0 0 0 in not valid If the IP address is valid go to step 4 If the IP address is not valid go to step 2 2 If your network is using DHCP th
292. ing the number of dots in a given area increases the darkness even though the individual dots stay the same size DTC550 Direct to Card Printer Encoder User Guide Rev 1 0 Continued on the next page RESTRICTED USE ONLY Fargo Electronics Inc Glossary of Terms continued Term Definition Hard Drive A high capacity storage device in a PC consisting of non removable magnetically encodable platters Hardware Physical components of a system such as the Printer the PC the power supply HDP High Definition The High Definition Printing process prints full color images Printing onto clear HDP transfer film InTM The HDP film is then fused to the card through heat and pressure via a heated Roller The Printhead is capable of 256 shades with a sharper print and better color match Head Abbreviation for Printhead Heat sink A device used to dissipate heat into the ambient Heat Seal A resinous film transferred by the Printhead onto the back of an HDP intermediate transfer film to facilitate adhesion HiCo High The Coercivity value of magnetic media between 2500 4000 Coercivity Oe ISO 7811 6 Fargo s High Coercivity encodes at 2750 Oe HTML HyperText Markup Language A standard protocol used to format text files for use ina browser or on the Internet HTTP HyperText Transfer Protocol A standard protocol by which computers can transfer data compatible through multiple p
293. inges c Release the plastic tabs in the four corners of the Cover Lift the Cover off of the Printer a Disconnect power connector from Main Board J1 Unlock the two wiring harnesses to the right of the power enclosure to allow the Cables to be moved b Move the wiring out of the way Use the Torx T10 Screwdriver to remove the two 2 screws F000192 that connect the Power Enclosure Assembly D855054 to the PCB Bracket D855035 c Remove the Power Enclosure Assembly D855054 by sliding it towards the right to the second wiring harness d Disconnect SW24 and SW25 connectors from the Unit noting their correct positions Continued on the next page DTC550 Direct to Card Printer Encoder Service Manual Rev 2 8 8 33 FOR RESTRICTED USE only Fargo Electronics Inc Replacing the Power Enclosure Assembly D855054 Steps Procedure 4 Replace the Power Enclosure Assembly D855054 Note The SW25 goes to the upper connector and SW24 to the bottom A Caution Use care when installing the screws to attach the power enclosure so that the screws do not strip the holes in the Sideplate 5 Reverse this procedure to re assemble PCB S3 Sensor 1 A000125 Screw F000171 Screw F000192 PCB Bracket D855035 Power Enclosure Assembly D855054 DTC550 Direct to Card Printer Encoder Service Manual Rev 2 8 8 34 FOR RESTRICTED USE only Fargo Electronics Inc Printhe
294. ings and Print TOF Record the Print TOF value on the test card you just printed 4 Examine the test card Note When centered properly the Alignment Arrows should appear ae at the edge of the card s leading edge If your test card does not look like the sample shown below go to Step 5 to adjust the Print TOF Decrease the Print TOF value to move the printed image more toward the leading edge of the card OR Increase the Print TOF value to move the printed image more toward the trailing edge of the card e The numbers being entered for the settings are in 1 2 pixels e The number of pixels is equal to the measurement in inches times 600 or the measurement in mm times 23 6 For example 0 100 inches or 2 54mm equals 60 increments on the LCD Continued on the next page DTC550 Direct to Card Printer Encoder Service Manual Rev 2 8 8 41 FOR RESTRICTED USE only Fargo Electronics Inc Setting the Print TOF relates to new Printhead installation aun pote o Press DONE to save the value and print another test card Press YES when asked to save the change Repeat Steps 1 to 6 until the test image is correctly positioned as shown above Alignment Arrows TOF EOF Leading Edge Trailing Edge of Card of Card DTC550 Direct to Card Printer Encoder Service Manual Rev 2 8 8 42 FOR RESTRICTED USE only Fargo Electronics Inc Setting the Print EOF relates to new Printhead installation This procedure po
295. inting V Split 1 Set of Ribbon Panels Print Back Side First Print Back Side Only Rotate Front 180 Degrees Rotate Back 180 Degrees DTC550 Direct to Card Printer Encoder Service Manual Rev 2 8 6 16 FOR RESTRICTED USE only Fargo Electronics Inc Adjusting for the Color matching Use the Color Matching option to meet the requirements for the print job Step Procedure Select None a if interested in print speed rather than print color b if color correcting the image for printing has already been done or c if using third party Color Matching software OR Select Algebraic to allow the Printer Driver to make very simple fast color balance adjustments Note This option gives a natural looking image without slowing down the processing speed of the Printer Driver It also allows further customization of the printed color of the cards through the Image Color tab OR Select Monitor to allow the Printer Driver to make color corrections similar to the Algebraic option but through an RGB color matching algorithm Note This option shifts colors more radically so the colors in the image will more closely match how they appear on screen OR Select System Color Management to allow the Printer Driver to use an external color profile installed with the printer driver to map color output The external color profile maps output to a set of color targets that are RGB compliant Printed colors will be closest to
296. ipe Maximum Adjustment Range The maximum adjustment range is 99 As arule 20 equals about 030 8mm Note Keep this in mind when adjusting this option to avoid over adjusting A Caution Ifthe negative value is set too high the Printer may start encoding before the card s Magnetic Stripe reaches the encoding head DTC550 Direct to Card Printer Encoder Service Manual Rev 2 8 6 43 FOR RESTRICTED USE only Fargo Electronics Inc Using the Mag Top of Form Option continued DTC550 Card Printer Calibration Utility Setting Default Curent InegeDairess dd Se a Pinterdeifom O ooo ooo Pitono o b __ MagTopofFom ff Ribbon Tendon a 0 SSCS C a Pintfipange T Encodefiparge a Rentesagut ido bo Restore i Defaults Card Output Card Input Side of Printer Magnetic Track Data Side of Printer Leading Edge Trailing Edge of Card of Card Za Direction card travels through printer Front of Printer DTC550 Direct to Card Printer Encoder Service Manual Rev 2 8 6 44 FOR RESTRICTED USE only Fargo Electronics Inc Using the Ribbon Tension Option Step Procedure Use the Ribbon Tension option to increase the amount of tension drag on the Ribbon during printing Enter a negative value to decrease the amount of tension that is placed on the Ribbon during printing OR Enter a positive value to increases the amount of tension that is placed on the Ribbon during printing DTC550
297. k on the Next button to continue with the installation Next gt Cancel DTC550 Direct to Card Printer Encoder Service Manual Rev 2 8 3 34 FOR RESTRICTED USE only Fargo Electronics Inc Installing the DTC550 Printer Driver continued Step Procedure Read the License Agreement Select accept the terms of the license agreement Click Next to continue with the installation Please review the license agreement below Fargo Electronics Incorporated License Agreement License 1 Fargo Electronics Incorporated Fargo gives you the right to use one copy of this Fargo software Software with a single Fargo printer on a single computer terminal connected to a single computer or on a single computer network This license also authorizes you to create and use an extra copy of the software on a home or laptop computer as long as the extra copy is never loaded in memory or virtual memory loaded at I accept the license agreement J reject the license agreement DTC550 Direct to Card Printer Encoder Service Manual Rev 2 8 3 35 FOR RESTRICTED USE only Fargo Electronics Inc Installing the DTC550 Printer Driver continued Step Procedure If installing a USB Printer select the Local Connection USB radio button See Display A below OR If installing an Ethernet Printer select the Network Connection Ethernet radio button Enter the IP address of the Printer See Display
298. l possible LCD messages The tables in this section display the LCD messages If the LCD message is communicating an error or requires an action these tables will also offer a solution to what should be done The purpose of this section is to provide the User with specific procedures relating to the LCD SmartGuard Messages Communication Errors Card Feeding Errors Encoding Errors Printing Process Errors and Diagnosing the Image Problems for the DTC550 series Card Printer DTC550 Direct to Card Printer Encoder Service Manual Rev 2 8 4 1 FOR RESTRICTED USE only Fargo Electronics Inc Troubleshooting LCD Messages CALIB HOPPER The input Hopper cards Go to MENU gt SETUP SENSOR out Sensor needs to be PRINTER gt SENSOR calibrated CALIBRATION gt CAL HOPPER SENSOR and press SELECT CALIBRATE RIBBON The print Ribbon is out of Select CANCEL and then perform calibration the Ribbon calibration procedure according to the steps in the Troubleshooting section of the User Guide CARD ALIGN ERROR A card is jammed in the Clear the jam according to the Print Station of the steps in the Troubleshooting Printer section of the User Guide Press RESUME to continue CARD ERROR A card has been Clear the problem according to removed or a card is the steps in the Troubleshooting jammed or a Ribbon section of the Users Guide Press align error has occurred RESUME to continue See Card in the Print Station of the Feeding Errors
299. laten Roller D855047 b Adjust the tension for the Pulley system See Replacing the Front Drive Train Belt F000092 and or Belt F000094 Reverse this procedure to re assemble Continued on the next page DTC550 Direct to Card Printer Encoder Service Manual Rev 2 8 8 105 FOR RESTRICTED USE only Fargo Electronics Inc Replacing the Intermediate Roller 840318 Refer to Drawing D855050 Tools Needed Torx T10 Screw driver and long thin flat headed screwdriver Parts Needed Intermediate Roller 840318 Estimated Repair Time 2 to 10 minutes Steps Procedure A Caution Turn off the Printer and unplug the power cord from the Printer A Caution To prevent equipment or media damage observe all established Electrostatic Discharge ESD procedures while handling Cables in or near the Circuit Board and Printhead Assemblies A A Danger Wear proper eye protection to perform this procedure 2 a Lift up on the bottom edge of the Top Lid b Tilt it back into the fully open position c Use the Torx head Screwdriver to remove the two 2 screws F000172 located near the hinges d Release the plastic tabs in the four corners of the Cover Lift the Cover off of the Printer 3 a Remove the Main Board See Replacing the Main Board A000116 01 Single sided A000116 02 Dual sided A A Danger Wear proper eye protection to perform this procedure b Remove the Rear E C
300. latforms IC Integrated Circuit An electronic device that contains many individual circuits interconnected and placed within a discrete package ID Identification An abbreviation for identification DTC550 Direct to Card Printer Encoder User Guide Rev 1 0 Continued on the next page RESTRICTED USE ONLY Fargo Electronics Inc Glossary of Terms continued Term Definition IEEE 1284 Institute of Electrical and Electronics Engineers 1284 A standard method of signaling for a bi directional parallel interface on personal computers To ensure proper Printer communications and image output Fargo recommends a parallel interface cable that complies with this specification Image A collection of pictures or graphical elements that compose the visual features on a card Also refers to the digital representation Input Any data or material being transferred to the Printer Input Hopper The area of the Printer that stores the blank cards ready to print Intermediate Transfer Media INTM ISO A thin flexible material coated with a resin material into which the dye is transferred from the Ribbon by the Printhead The film is then transferred to the card surface by the hot lamination Roller For the Greek iso meaning same Used to represent data from the International Organization for Standardization JIS II Japanese Industrial Standard The standard for en
301. lay and or print only in the space outside the standard location of a signature panel Note In the card grid black indicates the area in which the overlay and or printing will be applied Overlay Print Area Defined Area s v Full Card Defined Areals Undefined Areals Omit Smart Chip Area Omit Mag Stripe Area Omit Signature Area DTC550 Direct to Card Printer Encoder Service Manual Rev 2 8 6 70 FOR RESTRICTED USE only Fargo Electronics Inc Using the Overlay Print Area radio buttons Use these Overlay Print Area options to control both the print and overlay together or control each individually Step Procedure Select For Print and Overlay for the defined area to apply to both the printing and overlay process OR Select For Overlay Only for the defined area to apply only to the overlay process Note In this mode printing will still be allowed over the entire card and only the overlay will be affected OR Select For Print Only No Overlay for the defined area to apply only to the print process Note In this mode the overlay is completely disabled so it will not be applied A Caution An overlay or an overlaminate must protect Dye Sublimation printing or it will quickly begin to wear or fade Overlay Print Area Full Card For Print and Overlay For Overlay Only C For Print Only No Overlay DTC550 Direct to Card Printer Encoder Service Manual Rev 2 8 6 71 FOR RESTRICTED
302. le Front Cover D855161 Refer to Drawing D855145 Tools Needed Phillips head Screwdriver Torx T10 Screwdriver Parts Needed Lamination Module Front Cover D855161 Estimated Repair Time 10 minutes Step Procedure A Caution Turn off the Printer and unplug the power cord from the Printer A Caution To prevent equipment or media damage observe all established Electrostatic Discharge ESD procedures while handling Cables in or near the Circuit Board and Printhead Assemblies A Danger Wear proper eye protection to perform this procedure Continued on the next page DTC550 Direct to Card Printer Encoder Service Manual Rev 2 8 8 164 FOR RESTRICTED USE only Fargo Electronics Inc Replacing the Lamination Module Front Cover D855161 continued Step Procedure 2 Remove the two 2 screws to the Lamination Module Front Cover D855161 and lift it UP and off Disconnect the Lamination Module Front Cover after disconnecting the LCD Board Connections Note The one screw under the printhead arm uses a short torx or a short flat head screwdriver Default Settings Label screw FO00170 Top Cover 0855156 Lam Arm Assembly Top Cover Label D870153 Lon0255 Screw FOO0192 Rear Cover Assembly 0855162 screw FO00178 LAM Output Cover D870124 hia ae PCB Main Laminator Assembly at 2 A000250 Standoff Hex LAM Control FO00286 P
303. le due to its sharp saturated color and resin black barcodes are required to ensure readability when scanned by an infrared barcode reader Note The Printer Driver will automatically print all TrueType black text and TrueType barcodes only with the resin black K panel of the Print Ribbon by default e f printing black text or barcodes that are not TrueType fonts or black graphics select one of the three options listed under Print All Black with K Panel See below Note The Printer Driver will print areas of the image where it finds black coloring with the Print Ribbon s resin black K panel as specified by each of the following options amp DTC550 Card Printer Printing Preferences gnetic Encoding Card Device Options Image fo SSS Lamination Overlay Print Area K Panel Resin Printer Supplies CR 80 Card Size Front Back ADE RSE PEECEEI oe joo H Y inches E mm Defined Area M Direction Card Travels through Printer Delete Print All Black with K Panel Full Card Print YMC under K Print K Only DTC550 Direct to Card Printer Encoder Service Manual Rev 2 8 6 86 FOR RESTRICTED USE only Fargo Electronics Inc Selecting the Full Card with the K Panel Resin tab Step Procedure Select the Full Card option to print the resin black K panel for all black found within all areas of the image as shown below amp DTC550 Card Printer Printing Preferences Card Device Options Imag
304. lete printer which includes the Print Server Rebooting the Printer DTC550 only The Reboot page allows the DTC550 User to reboot or reset the Printer and or enter the upgrade mode Step Procedure 1 Select the Administration link 2 Log in as a root User using the old password if you are so prompted Note Any change of setting will only be accepted after you have successfully logged in 3 Select the Reboot link 4 Select the Reboot button 5 Click Yes when prompted 6 Wait for the Printer to reboot and display the home page See the Reviewing the DTC550 Home Page display DTC550 Direct to Card Printer Encoder Service Manual Rev 2 8 7 41 FOR RESTRICTED USE only Fargo Electronics Inc E Fargo DTC550 SAN M0000030 Reboot Microsoft Internet Explorer File Edit View Favorites Tools Help Q sxx X Q x a A A Search Sie Favorites amp 2 A 2 X LJ 3 Address B http 10 1 210 240 reboot html x Eco ins Gy Home Network Status System Log Administration Help System Passwords Reboot Reboot Q NOTE The following actions will immediately shut down all services and reboot the DTC550 Reboot Reboot system U d Reboot to Bootloader DTC550 Direct to Card Printer Encoder Service Manual Rev 2 8 7 42 FOR RESTRICTED USE only Fargo Electronics Inc Upgrading the Main Firmware The Upgrade page allows the User to upload new Firmware to
305. lf test card does appear to have the same darkness issues continue to step 2 Adjusting the image darkness 2 Adjust the Dye Sub Intensity setting within the Image Color tab of the Printer Driver See the Using the Image Color tab a Open the Printer control panel from the computer If using Windows 2000 XP right click on the DTC550 Series Card Printer and select Printing Preferences b Click on the Image Color tab e If the image is too light adjust the Dye Sub Intensity to a more positive value e fthe Image is too dark adjust the Dye Sub Intensity to a more negative value OR Correct the Image Darkness in the LCD See the Using the Image Darkness Option procedure under Using the Printer Calibration Utility a Select Menu from the LCD b Select Setup Printer and then select Image Darkness e fthe image is too light adjust the current value to a more positive number e _If the Image is too dark adjust the current value to a more negative number DTC550 Direct to Card Printer Encoder Service Manual Rev 2 8 4 42 FOR RESTRICTED USE only Resolving the incorrect Image Darkness problems continued See previous procedure in this section Mike Berman Student 3957105 Code 2439 554 Mike Berman Student 3957105 library Code 2439 554 h DTC550 Direct to Card Printer Encoder Service Manual Rev 2 8 Fargo Electronics Inc 4 43 FOR RESTRICTED USE only Fargo Electronics Inc
306. lift Sensor is activated All Stop DTC550 Direct to Card Printer Encoder Service Manual Rev 2 8 FOR RESTRICTED USE only Fargo Electronics Inc Reviewing DTC550 Sequence of Operations continued The Card Feed Motor feeds the Card back to the Print TOF Sensor 2 Repeat steps 14 to 20 for the appropriate Number of Color Overlay Panels ree The Card Feed Motor transports the Card back to the Flipper Table 22 The Flipper Stepper rotates in order to invert the Card 2 The Card Feed Motor activates and moves the card to the Print TOF Sensor 5 All Stop 2 Repeat steps 14 to 20 for the appropriate Number of Color Overlay Panels if printing a Dual sided card If not then card is transported to the laminator if applicable or ejects the card DTC550 Direct to Card Printer Encoder Service Manual Rev 2 8 FOR RESTRICTED USE only Fargo Electronics Inc Reviewing DTC550 Boot up Sequence poe All of the sensors are checked to see if a card is present under a sensor If a card is detected the card is ejected and backwards to see if a card is present If a card is detected by this process it is ejected The flipper is leveled to allow for a card feed If the Exception Feed is turned off the Hopper is lowered to allow for loading cards If no errors are detected the LCD screen displays READY If errors are detected then an error message is displayed and the LCD displays NOT READY until t
307. lip with a thin flat head screwdriver while holding the Bushing in place Note A magnetized screw driver helps keep the retainer from falling Remove the Ribbon Intermediate Roller 840318 the front E Clip and the Bushing from the front as an Assembly Transfer the Bushing and E Clip to the new Roller after it is removed Continued on the next page DTC550 Direct to Card Printer Encoder Service Manual Rev 2 8 8 106 FOR RESTRICTED USE only Fargo Electronics Inc Replacing the Intermediate Roller 840318 continued Step Procedure 4 a Holding the Rear Bushing in place replace the Intermediate Roller 840318 Assembly b Replace the Rear E Clip with a Retainer Clip Tool If access is not possible with tools at hand then removal of Gears may be necessary Reverse this procedure to re assemble Card Path Roller D855046 Pinch Roller D840830 Static Brush D855088 Platen Roller D855047 Cleaning Driven Roller D850308 Ribbon Intermediate Roller Headlift Cam 840318 760252 Card Stack Idler Cam Sensor D850272 Flipper Table Assy Shaft 850166 D850271 D855089 Card Feed Input Cross Member 1x1 D850415 840239 Compression Spring F000394 Spring Plate Assembly D855058 DTC550 Direct to Card Printer Encoder Service Manual Rev 2 8 8 107 FOR RESTRICTED USE only Fargo Electronics Inc Replacing the Cleaning Driven
308. lips retaining rings that hold the Magnetic Head in place b Remove the Rear Retaining Ring 140046 while holding the square plate A Caution If any of these parts fall into the Printer they can lead to damage which includes the Printhead Try to keep a count on these parts and if any are replaced keep the old ones aside until the repair is completed C D840849 in place Note A magnetized flathead screwdriver can be used to remove the Retainer so that it will not fall into the Printer Take care in releasing the clip so that it will stay with the screw diver blade Remove the square plate D840849 and the square rubber Magnetic Head Support D840848 Remove the front Retaining Ring 140046 while holding the Spring 150071 back e Remove the Spring Note There is a small washer under this Spring Note the amount of slack for the Magnetic Head Cable Remove the tie wrap by rotating the Cable and cutting the tie wrap from underneath away from the Cable e Release the Cable from the white Retainer Clip attached to the Sideplate e Disconnect the Cables to the Magnetic Head D000291 Remove the Magnetic Head Note Be careful not to scratch it while holding the small washer in place e Setthe washer aside If the Magnetic Head does not come with the Magnetic Head Mount D855079 then it will be reused Note The white dot on the Magnetic Head goes to the slotted side of the Mount Remove the Magnetic
309. lo fetfwofwfaswilwi ersyo rTlos o gt gt PIU Hl E I I OIOI IA IVA A JVA A a A aA a l a e t u aa a laO Ajs ee e s DAlw ls e a a a aa woyywoy yWlyr Ins Yaa a a a a a IM E 3 on a a lt lt oe a a a ET mM ZSIlnIn AIs ia gt gt gt gt gt gt gt J J J J J J J J A a lalalalala a gt 4 j j H H t H tab fos foo fos fo i ea E Jl j j l l l l l l li l li l l l l l l l l l l li l l l l l l lnn lnlnl nln l lnl n i l lel ele lel el e n o E e a e e a a M T a l a a a a a e a a l l l a a a a a e a a a a aE eaaa aaa ka a a a a a a e a a a alala la la la a la l la la fim i Pm Pe Pe ee ee a a la la ee ee a te ee a ee et oO ee Ope aAa ud co a Oo Ee t N s DBD jan Gmel eN MIN DsIC T DIDINI lo lina ler 0 l lalelal lrtlml lalnl miolinlolalalol MIOlAINJs lO le S le S lanana lolala olaola lS a a N N ON o iun o w rwo Mm T ITM DOl Dsl o lso mMsiTs o Goje N N N IN MDI st LOLOLOLOILOLOlLOlSOlLOl ODIOlol o xX NIM MIAIOIlLOIlLOIloOIleEINIANIN IT MIA IAN e eN aI SILOLOILOLOIOILOIS IS IMIMIMIMI A aN NI MINI Nl Slo lololo lol lo o uHIiol l S I5 s l olololololola ala lololol l lnln nnninNninNnirninNn nnn ninNn njn NM NI SIGISDISDIAILSISGIaso Z iIimMmlIMnl l l l l l lN Ool jolas jo j Ss amp l l n 0 00 0000 0 wnn naaal SG lG x CN PE ob e Ee ad om Poo co ao ea e oo a o amp pea e
310. lt DIPLO ILOILO PLOIMNIMIMIMNIMIMINMINIMIMININIOILOIDOICOI loOo Oosaol lo ts Flug E Ho lols 515 SIS IOILOILOILOILAIAIADI SIS ILOILO IOJOal Sts IuolPoO PO PuolPuanlNAsoyl NINN No Noni NI NIHNINISIAlLAalGAIAaIlIalalo a Ue n Oo m M m t 4 4 4 4 N N wD O O Na O m LN a O lee lee lee lee a e se s eai sS laa foe oO oO oO O O O D oO Lu I K Ww IJ a Ea x OS CGN E PE e ie e om eo ce a e CO G G ee ea a ee er ee ee ea ee IlG ee ee G Ss lG ea eS gt ul u u u u u n i O QA a gt lt te ie DO N N O O GIST ONN wN O N N S A N N S eS aG N m NIN N fst IN i Ek gt gE a Niml stl n o lrlaslaslo N olmlala o NN mo st in o m a al B S SET wu fen g Mm t LN y l Zle lnulalslalolos loloa EIES IS S l Ls L S PISIA I NI INI NINI N NI NI IA I Salal lala lm alal al a a aAa a a aa l lal E me N x a qe ln 1 oO gt Q O Lu gt a Oo g o g 4 E a a2 O q aa Q Fe 22 MAN TOMA V P r4 tO YASER N YAZ 6 IO Na LC vT ER SI Ma PY y n ANOS x Ex o oO ee Big S A g Ly Wh SEIN AAAS DEVA Pp EO
311. lt Retaining Gear 760288 Front Sideplate 220071 Ring Assy D855051 140061 Washer F000132 Film Drive Post Idler D840867 Screw 130302 DTC550 Direct to Card Printer Encoder Service Manual Rev 2 8 8 133 FOR RESTRICTED USE only Fargo Electronics Inc Replacing the Pulley Gear D841202 Hopper Transport Refer to Drawing D855057 Tools Needed Torx T10 Screwdriver Parts Needed Pulley Gear D841202 Estimated Repair Time 2 to 10 minutes Steps Procedure A Caution Turn off the Printer and unplug the power cord from the Printer A Danger Wear proper eye protection to perform this procedure 2 a Lift up on the bottom edge of the Top Lid Tilt it back into the fully open position b Use the Torx head Screwdriver to remove the two 2 screws F000172 located near the hinges c Release the plastic tabs in the four corners of the Cover Lift the Cover off of the Printer DTC550 Direct to Card Printer Encoder Service Manual Rev 2 8 8 134 FOR RESTRICTED USE only Fargo Electronics Inc Replacing the Pulley Gear D841202 Hopper Transport continued Step Procedure AN Danger Pay particular attention to this procedure Wear proper eye protection to perform this procedure a Depress the Spring Load Lever D841175 to release tension on Hopper transport Belt Remove Belt from Pulley Gear D841202 b Use asmall standard Screwdriver to remo
312. lt ims TTL 36 Reply from 16 1 216 246 bytes 32 time lt ims TTL 36 Reply from 16 1 216 246 bytes 32 time lt ims TTL 36 Ping statistics for 16 1 216 246 Packets Sent 4 Received 4 Lost loss Approximate round trip times in milli seconds Minimum ms Maximum ms Average ms G gt Display B Example of ping timeout to an invalid IP address C gt ping 16 1 2186 241 16 1 216 241 with 32 bytes of data timed out t timed out st timed out st timed out Ping statistics for 16 1 216 241 Packets Sent 4 Received Lost 4 188 loss C N DTC550 Direct to Card Printer Encoder Service Manual Rev 2 8 7 59 FOR RESTRICTED USE only Fargo Electronics Inc Verifying that your PC can access the Printer using the ping command continued Step Procedure 2 Verify that the PC and the Printer are connected to the same network 3 You may be on different subnets of your network and some of the network settings for the Printer are not correct See your network administrator about this Note The subnet mask must be the same as other devices on the network and that the unique IP address is part of the network specified by the subnet mask Printing a test page Step Procedure 1 Try printing a test page from the Printer Driver properties window See Frequently asked Questions 2 If you cannot print a test page then consider the following e There may
313. lways remove the power cord prior to performing repair procedures unless otherwise specified e To prevent personal injury Ensure only qualified personnel perform these procedures Caution A This device is sensitive to electrostatic discharge Due to the components on the Main Board as well as other electronic devices such as the Printhead damage can occur if exposed to static electricity Information that raises potential electrostatic safety issues is indicated by a warning symbol as shown to the below e To prevent equipment or media damage refer to the following safety messages before performing an operation preceded by this symbol e To prevent equipment or media damage observe all established Electrostatic Discharge ESD procedures while handling Cables in or near the Circuit Board and Printhead Assemblies e To prevent equipment or media damage always wear an appropriate personal grounding device e g a high quality wrist strap grounded to avoid potential damage Always touch a grounded component such as the metal Sideplates or heat sink on the Main Board before performing such repairs to insure you do not induce an electrostatic discharge e To prevent equipment or media damage always remove the DTC500 Ribbon and Cards from the Printer before making any repairs unless otherwise specified e To prevent equipment or media damage take jewelry off of fingers and hands as well as thoroughly clean ha
314. ly a valid access card can enable the Printer to print cards SmartShield This option allows the Printer to print custom security images on the card that reflect under a black or UV light source Smart Card Smart cards have an embedded computer circuit that contains either a memory chip or a microprocessor chip There are several types of Smart Cards Memory Contact Contactless Hybrid Twin Combi Dual Interface Proximity and Vicinity Software Instructions saved in computer memory that directs the computer to perform certain tasks and functions Spooler A computer application that allows the spooling of print jobs DTC550 Direct to Card Printer Encoder User Guide Rev 1 0 Continued on the next page 15 17 RESTRICTED USE ONLY Fargo Electronics Inc Glossary of Terms continued Term Definition Spooling Rather than moving a print job directly to the Printer the job is written to the disk so that the user can access the application faster while Windows takes care of printing in the background SS Start Sentinel The character denoting the end of a magnetic data string Stacker The device that moves the finished cards onto the output column ordering them First In First Out Stepper Motor A Motor whose shaft turns in discrete steps rather than continuously String A sequence of characters that form a line of data Surface mount A method of mounting circuit elements onto the surface of a ci
315. magnetic encoding area of the Printer Procedure g Clear the jammed card a Open the Top Cover and the Printhead Arm b Use the arrows on the LCD panel to move the card forward or backward to free the card Inspect the Card Feed Roller Motor for proper operation a Leave the power ON and open the Top Lid and Printhead Arm b Press the FWD button to advance the card or the REV button to reverse the card Use these buttons to move the card through the Printer Ensure that the cards are feeding into the Encoding Module properly a Reset power on the Printer to clear any error messages b Select the Menu from the LCD c Select the Print Test Image from the menu See the Printing a Test Image Select the Magnetic Test from the menu Note A card is fed from the Input Hopper onto the Flipper table and rotated into the Encoding Module If the card appears to jam against the components of the encoding assembly adjust the Encoder angle of the Flipper Offset See Resolving the Card Jam on the Flipper Table Adjust the Flipper Offset a Select Menu on the LCD display Select Setup Printer Select Flipper Settings Select Encoder Flip Angle 209 5 Change the setting in small increments Note A negative adjustment will lower the side of the Flipper Table closest to the Exit Hopper f Press Done When it asks if you want to save press Yes Pe D 2a DTC550 Direct to Card Printer Encoder Service Man
316. me Compositions resin required for 100 polyester cards Agency Listing Safety UL IEC 60950 1 2001 CSA C22 2 No 60950 1 03 EMC CE FCC CRC c1374 EN 55022 Class A FCC Class A EN 55024 1998 EN 61000 3 2 and EN 61000 3 3 Available only Full color with fluorescing resin black and overlay panel with Print YMCFKO 400 prints Security Package Full color with fluorescing two resin black panels and overlay panel YMCFKOk 350 prints Barcodes PVC or polyester cards with polished PVC finish monochrome resin required for 100 polyester cards Input Hopper DTC550 Dual stack Hopper 200 cards 30 mil auto or manual Card Capacity feed Output Hopper 100 cards 30 mil Card Capacity Card Cleaning Removable Card Cleaning Cartridge with replaceable cleaning roller DTC550 Direct to Card Printer Encoder Service Manual Rev 2 8 2 3 FOR RESTRICTED USE only Fargo Electronics Inc Technical Specifications continued Colors Up to 16 7 million colors 256 shades per pixel Dimensions DTC550 10 75 H x 18 5 W x 11 D 273mmH x 470mmW x 2 79mmD DTC550 Lam 10 75 H x 30 5 W x 11 D 273mmH x 775mmW x 279mmD Lam Module 10 25 H x 30 W x 11 D 260mmH x 762mmW x 279mmD Display User friendly SmartScreen LCD Control Panel LED display on Card Lamination Module Encoding ISO Magnetic Stripe Encoding dual high and low coercivity Options Tracks 1 2 and 3 Contact Smart Card Docking Station Conta
317. minimum requirements as shown here Windows 2000 with Service Pack 4 Windows XP with Service Pack 2 Windows Server 2003 x86 300 MHz computer with 64 MB of RAM or higher 200 MB free hard disk space or higher USB 1 1 Confirm the correct installation of the Printer Driver Close the software program and check the Printer Driver Reboot the computer Ensure the Printer Driver is installed correctly Note Especially if an obsolete Driver was recently removed Ensure the correct setup options within the Printer Driver are selected Confirm that the Driver is current by checking at www fargo com DTC550 Direct to Card Printer Encoder Service Manual Rev 2 8 4 14 FOR RESTRICTED USE only Fargo Electronics Inc Resolving the Communication Errors continued Step _ Procedure 3 Determine the problem with printing from the application Print a self test from the Printer by selecting MENU Print Test Image and selecting an appropriate image for your Ribbon Type Print the Windows test page that is located in the Card tab of the Printer Driver Use WordPad a Windows 2000 XP word processing program in the Accessories Program Group a Go to the File menu and select Page Setup b Click on the Printer button and select the DTC550 Card Printer c Click OK and reset all four margins to zero Note The WordPad will automatically replace the values with its minimum margins d Open the program and type
318. n the other side e Caution No 2 Take care to torque the sheet metal screws to the proper amount to avoid stripping them e Caution No 3 Reassemble wiring harness with the tie wraps including the black and white connectors so that they are properly secured 5 Reverse this procedure to re assemble Continued on the next page DTC550 Direct to Card Printer Encoder Service Manual Rev 2 8 8 21 FOR RESTRICTED USE only Fargo Electronics Inc Replacing the Ribbon Take up Motor Assembly D855164 and Take up Motor Mount Bracket D855037 Refer to Drawing D855051 Tools Needed Torx T10 Screwdriver Parts Needed Motor Assembly D855164 Estimated Repair Time 2 to 10 minutes Procedure AN Danger Wear proper eye protection to perform this procedure A Caution Turn off the Printer and unplug the power cord from the Printer a A Caution The Motor can be damaged if the incorrect screws are used Lift up on the bottom edge of the Top Lid Tilt it back into the fully open position Use the Torx head Screwdriver to remove the two 2 screws F000172 located near the hinges Release the plastic tabs in the four corners of the Cover Lift the Cover off of the Printer Disconnect the Cable connector and the Belt from Motor Assembly Allow the Belt to hang off of the Encoder wheel Pulley Remove the two 2 screws that hold the motor in place These are located above the USB board Be ve
319. nc Using the Image Position Controls Use the Image Position controls to adjust the position of the overall print area to be precisely centered on a card Step Procedure Click on the Vertical and Horizontal adjustment arrows to adjust the Image Position values e When adjusting these values keep in mind that cards always remain in the same position while moving through the Printer regardless of image orientation To illustrate this the card illustration shown in the Image Position box will flip and rotate according to the Portrait Landscape or Rotate 180 Degrees selection The outline around the illustration will always remain in the same Landscape orientation UL y DTC550 Direct to Card Printer Encoder Service Manual Rev 2 8 6 34 FOR RESTRICTED USE only Fargo Electronics Inc Review the Image Position diagram which displays how the printed image will move in relation to the fixed card position as positive and negative image placement values are entered Procedure Use the Vertical adjustment to move the image e Toward the rear of the Printer if a positive number is entered e Toward the front of the Printer if a negative number is entered OR Use the Horizontal adjustment to move the image e Toward the card output side of the Printer if a positive number is entered e Toward the card input side of the Printer if a negative number is entered Note No 1 The maximum value for the Vertical and Horizont
320. ncoder Service Manual Rev 2 8 8 76 FOR RESTRICTED USE only Fargo Electronics Inc Magnetic Head and Encoder Replacement Procedures Replacing the Magnetic Encoder Head D000291 Refer to Drawing D855085 Tools Needed Phillips head Screwdriver and Torx T10 Screwdriver Wire Clippers for tie wraps Retainer Clip Tool Rotor Clip No A 020 a small flathead Screw Driver Parts Needed Magnetic Encoder Head D000291 Estimated Repair Time 2 to 10 minutes Steps Procedure A Caution Turn off the Printer and unplug the power cord from the Printer A Caution To prevent equipment or media damage observe all established Electrostatic Discharge ESD procedures while handling Cables in or near the Circuit Board and Printhead Assemblies A Danger Wear proper eye protection to perform this procedure 2 a Lift up on the bottom edge of the Top Lid Tilt it back into the fully open position b Use the Torx head Screwdriver to remove the two 2 screws FO001 72 located near the hinges c Release the plastic tabs in the four corners of the Cover Lift the Cover off of the Printer Continued on the next page DTC550 Direct to Card Printer Encoder Service Manual Rev 2 8 8 77 FOR RESTRICTED USE only Fargo Electronics Inc Replacing the Magnetic Encoder Head D000291 continued Steps Procedure 3 a Turn the Printer upside down and remove the Access Panel Locate the two c
321. nd D855162 3 Remove the Exterior Retaining Ring 140062 on the end of the Ribbon supply hub 4 Remove the one 1 Spring 150077 and lift out the one 1 Ribbon ID Sensor Assembly 820593 from the LAM Front Sideplate D870095 5 Disconnect the Cable connector 6 Reverse assemble to reinstall new part DTC550 Direct to Card Printer Encoder Service Manual Rev 2 8 8 175 FOR RESTRICTED USE only Fargo Electronics Inc Replacing the Lamination Module Lower Lamination Sensor D870241 Refer to Drawing D870154 Tools Needed Phillips head Screwdriver Torx T10 Screwdriver Parts Needed Lamination Module Lower Lamination Sensor D870241 Estimated Repair Time 15 minutes Step Procedure A Caution Turn off the Printer and unplug the power cord from the Printer A Caution To prevent equipment or media damage observe all established Electrostatic Discharge ESD procedures while handling Cables in or near the Circuit Board and Printhead Assemblies A A Danger Wear proper eye protection to perform this procedure 2 Remove the Lamination Module Top Cover and Lamination Module Rear Cover D855156 and D855162 See Replacing the Lamination Module Top Cover and Lamination Module Rear Cover D855156 and D855162 3 Remove the E clip from the bushing on the front side of the Ribbon Guide Roller 810264 4 Remove the four 4 screws that secure the Lamination Module Main Board A00
322. nd routing statistics DTC550 Direct to Card Printer Encoder Service Manual Rev 2 8 7 5 FOR RESTRICTED USE only Fargo Electronics Inc Telnet Command Line Interface Initiating a Telnet Session This procedure shows how to initiate a Telnet session from a PC in order to access the Telnet services provided by the Printer Description Initiating a Telnet session Follow these instructions to issue Telnet commands 1 Identify the IP address of your Printer Note See Accessing the IP Address 2 Initiate a Telnet session from a DOS window on your PC At the DOS prompt enter telnet IP Address e Example C gt telnet 192 168 11 12 e All Telnet responses from the Printer will then be displayed in the Telnet session on the PC e All commands entered will be sent to the Telnet client in the Printer 3 Enter help or to get an on window list of supported Telnet commands C gt telnet 16 1 216 246 Network Print Server 1 1 5 login root Password Welcome root 16 1 2186 246 root gt user DTC550 Direct to Card Printer Encoder Service Manual Rev 2 8 7 6 FOR RESTRICTED USE only Fargo Electronics Inc Reviewing the Telnet Command Table The following table describes available Telnet commands Note You can enter partial full word commands the Printer will respond with additional help For example you can enter list and the Printer will res
323. nds to remove oil and debris before working on the Printer Items such as rings can inadvertently damage the Printhead when changing ribbon DTC550 Direct to Card Printer Encoder Service Manual Rev 2 8 8 2 FOR RESTRICTED USE only Fargo Electronics Inc Parts Replacement Section The purpose of this section is to provide the User with specific replacement procedures for the Control Panel Assembly Printhead Assembly Print Station Components Card Input Hopper Components and Power Assembly Components for the Card Printer Here are standard precautions with a standard final procedural step for each replacement procedure in this section Step Procedure 1 A Caution Turn OFF the Printer and unplug the power cord from the Printer A Danger Wear proper eye protection to perform the procedures in this section 2 Be sure to reverse the disassembly steps to reassemble the Card Printer Print Station Top Cover Printhead Securing __ J Card Cleaning Cartridge Latches 7 LCD Display Pi Y I Scroll Buttons LED Light Card Output pA Hopper pa Softkey Buttons Card Input Hopper Card Supply Window Exception Card Slot DTC550 Direct to Card Printer Encoder Service Manual Rev 2 8 8 3 Fargo Electronics Inc Reviewing the DTC550 Board Cable Connections Reference Description Power Supply USB RFID Printhead Control Printhead Power LCD Display Lam Inte
324. ned at Hopper No 1 remove the No 1 Input Hopper D850253 by removing the three 3 screws on the upper inside of the Hopper Manipulate the Card Feed Input Roller D850415 to the rear of the Printer and then the front end up and over the Sideplate to remove Replace the Card Feed Input Roller D850415 in the reverse order it was removed Note that the flat end is towards the front of the Printer Note The Retainer Clips and the D850190 Pulleys must be replaced with new ones whenever they are removed Be sure to replace the Pulley locator Retainer Clip at the proper position as noted above Reverse this procedure to re assemble Continued on the next page DTC550 Direct to Card Printer Encoder Service Manual Rev 2 8 8 100 FOR RESTRICTED USE only Fargo Electronics Inc Replacing the Card Feed Input D850415 continued See the procedure on the previous page Card Path Roller D855046 Pinch Roller D840830 Static Brush D855088 Platen Roller D855047 Cleaning Driven Roller D850308 Intermediate Roller Headlift Cam 840318 760252 Card Stack Idler Cam Sensor D850272 Flipper Table Assy Shaft 850166 D85027 1 D855089 Card Feed Input Cross Member 1x1 D850415 840239 Compression Spring F000394 Spring Plate Assembly D855058 DTC550 Direct to Card Printer Encoder Service Manual Rev 2 8 8 101 FOR RESTRICTED USE only Fargo
325. ng Ring 140061 PCB 3 Tie Holder Sensor 2 Assy Cable F000347 Ribbon Drive A000126 Gear 760289 DTC550 Direct to Card Printer Encoder Service Manual Rev 2 8 8 54 FOR RESTRICTED USE only Fargo Electronics Inc Replacing the Card Feed Sensor Flipper Table D840625 waa a aces Parts Needed Card FTB Sensor Assembly Steps Procedure Refer to Drawing D855089 Tools Needed Torx T10 Screwdriver D840625 Estimated Repair Time 2 to 10 minutes A Caution Turn off the Printer and unplug the power cord from the Printer A Danger Wear proper eye protection to perform this procedure 2 a C A Caution Be careful not to damage the Retainer from the opposite end that the screw is removed from Lift up on the bottom edge of the Top Lid Tilt it back into the fully open position Use the Torx head Screwdriver to remove the two 2 screws F000172 located near the hinges Release the plastic tabs in the four corners of the Cover Lift the Cover off of the Printer Replace the Flipper Table Sensor by removing the Flipper Table See Replacing the Flipper Table D850280 Do not remove the yellow Ribbon Cable 840176 which must remain during this procedure While the Flipper Table is on the card path disconnect the Sensor Cable Use the Torx T10 Screwdriver to remove the Screw F000176 that secures the Card FTB Sensor Assembly D840625 to the Flipper Table D850280 Rem
326. ng the Home Page Categories and Fields table Configuring the Network Settings Accessing the Network Settings page 7 17 7 18 7 18 Reviewing the Interface Reviewing the Current Settings Switching to the automatic IP address mode Changing to the static IP address mode Using the Clear Changes button Using the Ribbon Information page 7 19 7 19 7 20 7 21 7 23 7 24 Using the TCP IP page Using the DTC550 TCP IP Status Web Page Using the Printer page Using the System Log page Changing the Log Name Selecting the Log Type 7 25 7 26 7 27 7 29 7 30 7 31 7 33 Selecting the Log Destination Setting up Email Event logging 7 34 Specifying UDP Event logging Specifying TCP Event logging 7 35 7 36 Using the Administration pages Using the System Information page 7 38 7 38 Changing the Root Password 7 40 Using the Reboot pages Rebooting the Printer DTC550 only Upgrading the Main Firmware Using the Help page Additional Procedures Reviewing LED and Dipswitch Tables Reviewing the DTC550 LED and Dipswitch Table 7 41 7 41 7 43 7 47 7 48 7 48 7 48 Reviewing the DTC550 LED Table Upgrading the Main Firmware with the Fargo Diagnostics Utility Restoring the Factory Settings for Ethernet Resetting the DTC550 settings Reviewing the DTC550 Network Settings Reviewing the DHC
327. ngled in between the Flipper Table and the Gear A long thin screwdriver shaft is good for this A Caution Ensure that the yellow Ribbon Cable 840176 is routed correctly between the tabs on the large Flipper Table Drive Gear and locked into the white wire Retainer Clip as shown on the next page A Caution Once installed ensure the slack of the yellow Ribbon Cable 840176 is below the Table and that the Cable has no twists bends or kinks Check that the yellow Ribbon Cable is routed through the white wire Retainer Clip on the Sideplate as well Continued on the next page DTC550 Direct to Card Printer Encoder Service Manual Rev 2 8 8 86 FOR RESTRICTED USE only Fargo Electronics Inc Replacing the Flipper Table D850280 continued See the previous page Step 6a in this procedure DTC550 Direct to Card Printer Encoder Service Manual Rev 2 8 8 87 FOR RESTRICTED USE only Fargo Electronics Inc Replacing the Flipper Table D850280 continued Step Procedure 7 a Install the Brace Clip once the Table is installed Note Rotate the Flipper Table so the bottom side of the Table is facing upward as shown below b Replace Brace Clip with a needle nose pliers making sure the Retainer Clips from the Table fit inside of it as shown below Note The tip of one end of the pliers should fit inside of the Brace Clip to ease installation c Carefully twist the pliers to release it from the Retainer Not
328. nics Reviewing the Telnet Command Table continued Telnet Command Command Purpose Command Format Inc save load Save all current settings as the stored settings in the permanent memory Take the settings from the stored memory and make them the current settings save load Ipstat Display information about the Printer status This includes the status and device response See the Printer web page description lpstat cancel Cancel a specific print job from the print queue cancel 10 quit Stop the current Telnet session quit Ethernet Web Pages Standard Procedures Reviewing Web page security You can use the web pages from your Fargo Ethernet connected Printer to view several attributes about the Printer Users must have administrative rights and they must enter the correct password to alter settings of the Printer See the Reviewing the Web Page Server section DTC550 Direct to Card Printer Encoder Service Manual Rev 2 8 FOR RESTRICTED USE only Fargo Electronics Inc Logging In When a User attempts to change any setting they are asked for a User name and password Note The Guest Users can only view settings Step Procedure 1 Enter the correct User name e The default administrative User name is root e The default non administrative User name is guest e Non administrative Users can only view settings 2 Enter the correct
329. ning this Test lal Selecting the Color Bars Self Test button Procedure Use this card to confirm that image colors are properly reproduced Image consists of sixteen graduated steps of RGB and YMCK Note This print will provide maximum image size giving complete card coverage on a CR 80 sized card lal DTC550 Direct to Card Printer Encoder Service Manual Rev 2 8 10 2 FOR RESTRICTED USE only Fargo Electronics Inc Selecting the Alignment Self Test button Procedure i Use this card to determine Image Placement and confirm that the Printer is working properly Note The image consists of sixteen 16 gray scale boxes and alignment arrows The gray boxes are composed from a composite of YMC color panels Selecting the Device Settings Self Test button Procedure 1 Use this card to keep a record of the settings held in the LCD of the printer DTC550 Direct to Card Printer Encoder Service Manual Rev 2 8 10 3 FOR RESTRICTED USE only Fargo Electronics Inc Section 11 Packing the DTC550 Card Printer Packing the Printer The purpose of this section is to provide the User with a specific packing procedure for the DTC550 Card Printer Follow this instruction to pack the Card Printer for transport Procedure a Clean the inside of the Printer with deionized air b Wipe it down with a lint free cloth Pack the Printer in the original carton and packing materials Be sure to enclose a
330. ns 2 37 HoloMarkTM and Custom HoloMarkTM Application Specifications 2 37 Fluorescing Panel Application Specifications 2 38 Inserting Fluorescent Text 2 38 Insert Fluorescent Image 2 39 Printing Dynamic Text 2 39 Section 3 Setup and Installation Procedures 3 1 Printer Setup and Placement 3 1 Choosing a Good Location 3 1 About Moisture Condensation 3 1 Introduction 3 2 DTC550 Direct to Card Printer Encoder Service Manual Rev 2 8 FOR RESTRICTED USE only Fargo Electronics Inc Time Requirement 3 2 System Requirements 3 2 Inspection 3 3 Unpacking the Printer 3 3 Loading Supplies 3 4 Loading the Print Ribbon 3 4 Inserting the Card Cleaning Cartridge 3 10 Loading the Overlaminate 3 14 Connecting power to the DTC550 Printer 3 20 Loading the Blank Cards 3 28 Software Setup and Installation Procedures 3 33 Installing the DTC550 Printer Driver 3 33 Printing a Test Print Image 3 43 Printer Transport 3 45 Moving the Printer to another location 3 45 Section 4 General Troubleshooting 4 Reviewing the LCD display and LED light 4 1 Troubleshooting LCD Messages 4 2 Communications Errors 4 14 Resolving the Communication Errors 4 14 Card Feeding Errors 4 16 Resolving the Card Feeding Errors 4 16 Resolving the Card Jam on the Flipper Table 4 18 Resolving the Card Hopper Jam Er
331. nt jobs that have been sent to Jobs the Printer Note The current job that is being received by the interface is displayed as the active job Cancel a specific print job by selecting the appropriate Cancel button which appears when a print job is queued DTC550 Direct to Card Printer Encoder Service Manual Rev 2 8 7 27 FOR RESTRICTED USE only Fargo Electronics Inc Reviewing the Printer page continued See the previous page for descriptions of the fields F Fargo DTC550 S N M0000030 Printer Status Microsoft Internet Ex E B File Edit View Favorites Tools Help Q Back x a A P Search 5 Favorites A8 R X g p Address http 10 1 210 240 printerStatus html co ins Home Network Status System Log Administration Help Ribbon TCP IP Printer Printer Q Device Settings Status idle Device online Print Jobs Active Queued NOTE This page refreshes every minute Done Internet 5 DTC550 Direct to Card Printer Encoder Service Manual Rev 2 8 7 28 FOR RESTRICTED USE only Fargo Electronics Inc Using the System Log page The System Log page displays the current system log settings and allows the User to change the settings Note These settings configure how system logging occurs There are two logs a Fargo DTC550 S N M0000030 System Log Microsoft Internet Explorer File Edit View Favorites Tools Help
332. nt ribbon cards and overlaminates e For complete overlaminate information please refer to the Online User s Guide which installs from the Software Installation CD DTC550 Direct to Card Printer Encoder Service Manual Rev 2 8 5 16 FOR RESTRICTED USE only Fargo Electronics Inc Performing the procedure for the DTC550 Card Lamination Module Attachment Kit continued Step Procedure Once all print supplies are installed apply power to the Lamination Module and run a test print to make sure installation was successful You must have PolyGuard overlaminate and a full color Print Ribbon installed to print this test image To test go to the Printer s LCD display and select MENU PRINT TEST IMAGE and make sure that Lamination is set to ON Then select any image from the test images The test image will begin printing after a few seconds and will both print and laminate the card You have completed the procedure DTC550 Direct to Card Printer Encoder Service Manual Rev 2 8 5 17 FOR RESTRICTED USE only Fargo Electronics Inc Section 6 Printer Adjustments This section provides procedures for all DTC550 Printer Driver tabs Using the Card tab Use this option to control specific Printer functions amp DTC550 Card Printer Printing Preferences papi Overlay Print Area K Panel Resin Printer Supplies if ri ei e Card Device Options Image Color Calibrate Magnetic Encoding
333. nted card quality and durability you must use only Fargo Certified Supplies For this reason your Fargo warranty is void where not prohibited by law if you use non Fargo Certified Supplies To order additional materials please contact your authorized reseller Adjusting the Card Flattener The Card Lamination Module provides an adjustable Card Flattener that allows you to fine tune the flatness of laminated cards This flattener works by reverse bending cards as they eject from the laminator while they are still warm In most cases card warpage is only a concern when laminating on a single side of card stock which has a PVC based core rather than a polyester based core Cards with a PVC based core are not as heat resistant and are not recommended for use when laminating By default the Card Flattener is configured at the factory to accommodate UltraCard III type card stock Note If you are experiencing an unacceptable amount of card warpage please refer to the following to adjust the Card Flattener DTC550 Direct to Card Printer Encoder Service Manual Rev 2 8 5 1 FOR RESTRICTED USE only Fargo Electronics Inc Adjusting the Card Flattener continued sop i S Open the Card Lamination Module Remove the overlaminate material if installed If laminated cards are bowing upward turn the Card Flattener Adjustment Knob clockwise Note This pushes the flattener Roller down to increase the reverse bending pressure For best resul
334. nter Encoder Service Manual Rev 2 8 2 17 FOR RESTRICTED USE only Fargo Electronics Inc Printer Components LCD and Softkey Control Pad continued Ready Printer Once the Printer has finished its system check and with the Print Open Screens Station closed the Printer will display READY to indicate that the Printer is ready for operation Note The Printer will stay in this mode until it receives a print job or it is turned OFF With the Top Cover open only the screen will read Top Cover Open and you can select Menu or cycle between the Input Hoppers With both the Top Cover and Printhead Arm open the screen will say Ribbon Access Open and you can then use the softkey buttons labeled FWD Menu and REV to move the Rollers or access the menu Press either the FWD or REV buttons to move the Printer s card path Rollers in the indicated direction In any of these screens the Printer will always display the Menu option above the center softkey button Press this button to access the Printer s menu options Note The Menu option is available only in the Ready Printer Open screens Print Status During operation the LCD will indicate the current Print Status by Screen showing you the area of the Printer that is active It does this by displaying the following icons on the second line e FEEDING indicates the Feeder Station is feeding a blank card into the Printer ENCODING indicates the Encode Station is encoding a c
335. ntered into software Output on card application DTC550 Direct to Card Printer Encoder Service Manual Rev 2 8 2 38 FOR RESTRICTED USE only Fargo Electronics Inc Insert Fluorescent Image Step Procedure 1 Save a 1 bit bmp file that is 300x300 dpi somewhere that is easily accessible 2 In order to import the file onto your card you will need to paste the path of the image onto your card preceded by l e For example IC test bmp would insert the image named test bmp onto the card e The location of the image will be dictated by the e The image will not be scaled For example if it is a 300x300 dpi image it will print 1 x1 Please note that the fluorescent text or image can only be printed on the one side of the card Text string entered into software Output on card application o reo Printing Dynamic Text Step Procedure If the application supports dynamic text and images then dynamic text can also be printed with the Fluorescing Panel Follow the application directions to map a text field to a data source T must be included in the beginning of the expression or in the beginning of the data DTC550 Direct to Card Printer Encoder Service Manual Rev 2 8 2 39 FOR RESTRICTED USE only Fargo Electronics Inc Section 3 Setup and Installation Procedures Printer Setup and Placement Please review the information below Choosing a Good Location Follow t
336. nternet select the Download Firmware button 5 Choose the update file with the Select Firmware button 6 Put your Printer into the upgrade mode See the instructions for your specific Fargo Printer 7 Select the Send Firmware button How do upgrade the Since the Print Server is integrated into the main print Print Server Firmware for Firmware on the DTC550 there is not a separate my DTC550 Printer Firmware upgrade for the Print Server Note Therefore the upgrades are done with the main Printer Firmware What is the default User The default passwords are blank i e an empty string name and password for the Printer e The default Users are as follows root as the administrative User and guest as a non administrative User e The DTC550 supports two 2 Users Continued on the next page DTC550 Direct to Card Printer Encoder Service Manual Rev 2 8 7 63 FOR RESTRICTED USE only Fargo Electronics Inc Reviewing Frequently asked Questions continued Question Answer What if lose the password for my Printer or it is not accepted The DTC550 has a menu selection that allows the User names and passwords to revert to default Menu Setup Printer Network Settings Reset Passwords What do do if the IP address of my Printer is being changed by my network Follow this procedure 1 Contact your network administrator Ask that your current IP address be res
337. ntinued Display A Card tab DTC550 printer driver amp DTC550 Card Printer Printing Preferences Lamination Overlay PrintArea K Panel Resin Printer Supplies Card Device Options Image Color Calibrate Magnetic Encoding Card Size cR 80 z inches C mm Print Width 2 114 Print Lenath 3 362 m Card Hopper Selection First Available Orientation Portrait C Landscape m Copies i Diagnostics Clean Printer Test Print About DTC550 Direct to Card Printer Encoder Service Manual Rev 2 8 9 9 FOR RESTRICTED USE only Fargo Electronics Inc Cleaning the Platen and Card Feed Rollers continued Display B Clean Printer Utility DTC550 Card Printer Clean Printer Utility Instructions Open the Printer s Top Cover and the Printhead Arm Assembly Remove the paper backing from both sides of the Cleaning Card Insert the Cleaning Card into the Card Hopper s Exception Feed Slot See the diagram below Press the Clean button below Adjust the Cleaning Card as needed as it feeds into the Printer Once the Cleaning Card has exited the Printer close the Printhead Arm Assembly and the Top Cover Enable Reminder M Fargo Cleaning Kit PN 086003 Fargo Cleaning Card PN 085974 Note The Cleaning routine will begin after all current print jobs have completed DTC550 Direct to Card Printer Encoder Service Manual Rev 2 8 9 10 FOR RESTRICTED USE
338. nual Rev 2 8 3 14 FOR RESTRICTED USE only Fargo Electronics Inc Loading the Overlaminate continued Step Procedure a Pull up on the blue latch hooks to release the Lamination Arm b Pull the Lamination Arm back to its fully open position Remove the overlaminate from its packaging Load the overlaminate into the Lamination Module DTC550 Direct to Card Printer Encoder Service Manual Rev 2 8 3 15 FOR RESTRICTED USE only Fargo Electronics Inc Loading the Overlaminate continued Step Procedure a Place the supply end of the overlaminate roll in between the two black Lamination Drive Hubs b Use the end of the supply roll with the black core plug to push in the spring loaded hub located on the front side of the Printer Note Make certain the overlaminate material is fed from beneath the roll as shown below DTC550 Direct to Card Printer Encoder Service Manual Rev 2 8 3 16 FOR RESTRICTED USE only Fargo Electronics Inc Loading the Overlaminate continued Step Procedure Load the take up end of the roll just as you loaded the supply end Note When loaded properly the overlaminate material should feed from underneath each roll DTC550 Direct to Card Printer Encoder Service Manual Rev 2 8 FOR RESTRICTED USE only Fargo Electronics Inc Loading the Overlaminate continued Step Procedure Close the Lamination Arm by pressing down on the center of the Lamination arm
339. ny necessary paperwork test cards etc Clean the Printhead with a Printhead pen DTC550 Direct to Card Printer Encoder Service Manual Rev 2 8 11 1 FOR RESTRICTED USE only Fargo Electronics Inc Section 12 LCD On Line Menu Navigation Entering the LCD Menu and selecting the Option The purpose of this section is to provide the User with specific procedures for LCD On Line Menu Navigation Test Image Printing and Printer Setup for the DTC550 Card Printer The MENU option is above the center softkey button as shown below This allows access to several test setup and reporting functions The Selecting from the Menu Option Structure Tree shows the available menu options A description of each option and its function is included on the pages following the on line menu Procedure 1 Press the MENU button to bring up the Select Function screen as shown here Use the scroll buttons to move up or down through the menu options as shown below Note The brackets appear on either side of the active Menu option Press the button below Select to choose an option Choose from these four 4 categories Print Test Image Setup Printer System Info and System Upgrade SELECT FUNCTION Frint Test Image Setup Printer SELECT DTC550 Direct to Card Printer Encoder Service Manual Rev 2 8 12 1 FOR RESTRICTED USE only Fargo Electronics Inc Using the Softkey and Scroll buttons Step Procedure The Printer has three
340. o Card Printer Encoder Service Manual Rev 2 8 4 45 FOR RESTRICTED USE only Fargo Electronics Inc Resolving the Ribbon wrinkle problems continued Step Procedure Adjust the Ribbon Tension See the Using the Ribbon Tension Option procedure under Using the Printer Calibration Utility a Select Menu from the LCD b Select Setup Printer then Print Settings and then Ribbon Tension c Adjust the current value to a more positive number Check the Printhead for debris and burrs Mike Berman Student 3957105 library Code 2439 554 DTC550 Direct to Card Printer Encoder Service Manual Rev 2 8 4 46 FOR RESTRICTED USE only Fargo Electronics Inc Resolving the excessive Resin Printing problems Symptom Black resin text and barcodes appear smeared or too thick as shown below Procedure Reduce the Resin Heat setting within the Image Color tab of the Printer Driver See the Using the Image Color tab a Open the Printer Control Panel from the computer b If using Windows 2000 XP right click on the DTC550 Series Card Printer and select Printing Preferences Click on the Image Color tab Adjust the Resin Heat to a more negative value in increments of 5 OR e Adjust the Resin Heat in the LCD See Using the Printer Calibration f Select Menu from the LCD g Select Setup Printer then Print Settings and then Resin Heat h Adjust the current value to a more negative number in increments of 2
341. o produce Sublimation smooth continuous tone images that look photographic Note This process uses a dye based Ribbon roll that is partitioned by a number of consecutive color panels e Process Colors The panels are grouped in a repeating Series of three process colors yellow magenta and cyan YMC along the entire length of the Print Ribbon Panels The Printer always prints the yellow panel first followed by the magenta panel and the cyan panel Printhead As the Print Ribbon passes beneath the Printhead hundreds of thermal elements within the Printhead heat the dyes on the Ribbon Note When these dyes are heated they vaporize and diffuse into the surface of the card A separate pass is made for each of the three color panels on the Ribbon Color Shades By combining the colors of each panel and by varying the heat used to transfer these colors it is possible to print up to 16 7 million different shades of color Note This blends one color smoothly into the next producing photo quality images with absolutely no dot pattern Dye Diffusion Thermal Transfer It is the process of heating a dye suspended in a cellulous substrate until the dye can flow diffusing into the dye receptive surface of the card or InTM This produces the image in the surface of the card DTC550 Direct to Card Printer Encoder Service Manual Rev 2 8 2 9 FOR RESTRICTED USE only Fargo Electronics Inc Functional Specifications continue
342. o the torque on these screws is necessary to avoid stripping the holes on the Sideplate If the screws will not tighten they may have to be replaced with a screw and locknut combination c Reinstall Printer to the Baseplate Reverse this procedure to re assemble Continued on the next page DTC550 Direct to Card Printer Encoder Service Manual Rev 2 8 8 25 FOR RESTRICTED USE only Fargo Electronics Inc Replacing the Stepper Motor Assembly D855087 Platen Roller Drive Train See the procedure on the previous page Ribbon Spring Clean Cart Load Shaft Guide D850346 D850275 Screw l 130302 Washer F000132 Spring Tis 150077 rn J Motor Asy i Se D855164 zi Spacer sf 150199 G at yj j pee r Se Stepper Motor Assy D855087 T for Platen Roller Driver Train Sideplate D855040 a Post Latch D850203 PCD LED Asy Cable Twist A Bottom A000109 Lock a Sensor F000349 g Bracket D855064 83021411 Standoff Fan PR Ribbon F000227 Mount Bracket rd D850307 Headlift 760294 04 Platform Stepper Motor Assy D855087 D855001 for Encoder Drive Train DTC550 Direct to Card Printer Encoder Service Manual Rev 2 8 8 26 FOR RESTRICTED USE only Fargo Electronics Inc Replacing the Stepper Motor Assembly D855087 Flipper Roller Magnetic Encoder Drive Train Refer to Drawing D855051 and D855050 Tools Needed Torx T10
343. o view all of the following information about the print Ribbon installed in the Printer When using Dye Sublimation print Ribbons it is possible to view only the Type Part Number fields and Prints Left Select the Menu gt System Info gt Report Supplies e Type This displays the name or type of print Ribbon installed e Prints Left This displays the approximate number of prints remaining on your Ribbon This information is helpful for determining about how many cards you can produce before the next Ribbon change Note Prints Left is displayed as a percentage remaining for monochrome resin only Ribbons Part Number This displays the specific part number for your Ribbon which can be helpful when re ordering DTC550 Direct to Card Printer Encoder Service Manual Rev 2 8 12 27 FOR RESTRICTED USE only Fargo Electronics Inc Showing the Card Count Step Procedure Choose SHOW CARD COUNT to view counts for Card Count CC and Pass Count PC OR Select the Menu gt System Info gt Show Card Count e Card Count is the total number of cards the Printer has produced e Pass Count is the total number of print passes made by the Printhead Note A pass is measured each time a single Ribbon panel is printed or passes beneath the Printhead Selecting the System Upgrade Firmware Upgrade This option is used to upgrade the Printer Firmware Procedure Perform the upgrade by selecting Menu and then SYSTEM
344. ocedure Decrease the Print TOF value to move the printed image more toward the leading edge of the card OR Increase the Print TOF value to move the printed image more toward the trailing edge of the card e The numbers being entered for the settings are in 1 2 pixels e The number of pixels is equal to the measurement in inches times 600 or the measurement in mm times 23 6 For example 0 100 inches or 2 54mm equals 60 increments on the LCD Press DONE to save the value and print another test card Press YES when asked to save the change 7 Repeat Steps 1 to 6 until the test image is correctly positioned as shown above Alignment Arrows TOF EOF Leading Edge Trailing Edge of Card of Card DTC550 Direct to Card Printer Encoder Service Manual Rev 2 8 12 15 FOR RESTRICTED USE only Fargo Electronics Inc Setting the Print EOF This procedure positions the printed image correctly on the trailing edge of the card Procedure Choose MENU Print Test Image and Gray Align YMC K to print a test card Select MENU Setup Printer Print Settings and Print EOF Record the Print EOF value on the test card you just printed c Examine the test card d Ifthe test card does not look like the sample shown below go to Print EOF Decrease the Print EOF value to move the printed image more toward the leading edge of the card OR Increase the Print EOF value to move the printed image more toward the trailing edge o
345. ocedure on the previous page Default Settings Label screw FO00170 Top Cover 0855156 Lam Arm Assembly Top Cover Label BTN a2 LOO0255 Screw FO00192 Rear Cover Assembly 0855162 screw FO00178 LAM Output Cover D870124 Pe ar PCE Main Laminator Assembly N ei 4000250 Standoff Hex pf Screw FOOD oo Nut 130985 Bottom Sensor Bracket 81025011 Soot x LAM Baseplate Assembly 0855144 a es LAM Control Panel Label LOO0229 Front Cover Assembly 0855161 LAM Chassis Assembly D870154 DTC550 Direct to Card Printer Encoder Service Manual Rev 2 8 8 185 FOR RESTRICTED USE only Fargo Electronics Inc Section 9 Cleaning Cleaning Kit Instructions DTC550 Printer Introduction The special cleaning supplies contained in this Cleaning Kit include recommended cleaning procedures for the DTC550 printer Supplies Included e Two 2 Printhead Cleaning Pens pre moistened with 99 99 isopropyl alcohol for cleaning the Printhead e Ten 10 Cleaning Cards with an adhesive backing for cleaning the Printer s Platen and Card Feed Rollers e Ten 10 Cleaning Pads pre moistened with 99 9 isopropyl alcohol for cleaning the Printer s interior and exterior e Ten 10 Cleaning Roller replacement loops for replacement of the Cleaning Cartridge tape Print Station Top Cover Printhead Securing Card Cleaning Cartridge Latches LCD Display Scroll B
346. ocedures DTC550 Direct to Card Printer Encoder User Guide Rev 1 0 Continued on the next page 15 19 RESTRICTED USE ONLY Fargo Electronics Inc Glossary of Terms continued Term Definition UPS Un interruptible Power Supply USB Universal Serial Bus An AC power supply typically powered by batteries which provides temporary power to the PC or Printer during an interruption of the supply voltage A 1 5M sec 12Mbit sec serial communication interface that can support 127 separate devices consisting of 4 wires power ground data in and data out Virtual Memory A technique used by Windows when chip memory is exhausted in which data is written to the hard to hold data temporarily and support Window s operations Wrinkle The appearance in the card image of wavy or arched lines either colored or clear caused by improper film or Ribbon tension YMC The designation of colored Ribbon by the panels of color in the order in which they are printed Yellow Y Magenta M and Cyan C YMCK The designation of colored Ribbon by the panels of color in the order in which they are printed Yellow Y Magenta M Cyan C and Black K YMCKH The designation of colored Ribbon by the panels of color in the order in which they are printed Yellow Y Magenta M Cyan C Black K and Heat Seal H YMCKK YMCKO The designation of colored Ribbon by the panels o
347. oder Service Manual Rev 2 8 3 31 FOR RESTRICTED USE only Fargo Electronics Inc Loading the Blank Cards continued Display C Inserting the Card Weight You have completed the setup procedure for the DTC550 Direct to Card Printer Encoder Continue to the next section for instructions on installing the Printer Driver DTC550 Direct to Card Printer Encoder Service Manual Rev 2 8 3 32 FOR RESTRICTED USE only Fargo Electronics Inc Software Setup and Installation Procedures Installing the DTC550 Printer Driver Step Procedure Close down all programs and insert the Software Installation CD into your computer s CD drive After a few seconds the CD s installer program will automatically open Follow the CD s on screen Procedures to complete installation Note If the CD does not automatically open use My Computer or Windows Explorer to view the contents of the CD Then double click on the Setup exe file listed on the CD See below SOFTWARE INSTALLATION CD DTC550 DIRECT TO CARD PRINTER ENCODERS FARGO The World s Most Secure Card Identity Systems Compatible with Windows 2000 XP 2003 This CD will open automatically To open it manually run Setup exe DTC550 Direct to Card Printer Encoder Service Manual Rev 2 8 3 33 FOR RESTRICTED USE only Fargo Electronics Inc Installing the DTC550 Printer Driver continued Step Procedure Clic
348. odule Ribbon ID Sensor 820593 8 175 Replacing the Lamination Module Lower Lamination Sensor D870241 8 176 Replacing the Lamination Module Hopper Sensor Assembly D870228 8 177 Replacing the PCB LED Switch Assembly A000242 Laminator 8 179 Replacing the Lamination Module Platen Motor D870218 8 181 Replacing the Lamination Module Flipper Table Motor D870217 8 183 Replacing the Lamination Module Main Board A000250 8 184 Section 9 Cleaning 9 1 Cleaning Kit Instructions DTC550 Printer 9 1 Introduction 9 1 Supplies Included 9 1 Cleaning the Printhead D855055 9 2 Replacing the Card Cleaning Roller 9 3 Cleaning the Platen and Card Feed Rollers 9 7 Cleaning the Platen 9 12 Cleaning the Printer s Exterior 9 13 Cleaning the Printer s Interior 9 13 Section 10 Diagnostic Tool Utility 10 1 Selecting the Self Tests tab 10 1 Selecting the Barcode Test Card button 10 2 Selecting the YMCK Test Card Self Test button 10 2 Selecting the Magnetic Self Test button 10 2 Selecting the Color Bars Self Test button 10 2 Selecting the Alignment Self Test button 10 3 Selecting the Device Settings Self Test button 10 3 Section 11 Packing the DTC550 Card Printer 11 1 Packing the Printer 11 1 Section 12 LCD On Line Menu Navigation 12 1 Entering the LCD Menu and selecting the Option 12 1 Using the Softkey and Scroll buttons 12 2 Accessing the Menu Option Structure Tree 12 3 Selecting from the Menu Option Structure Tree displayed below 12 3 Print TOF and
349. of the FCC rules for a Class A digital device Note These requirements are designed to provide reasonable protection against harmful interference in a commercial environment The Card Printer has been tested and complies with EN55022 Class A and EN 61000 3 2 EN 61000 3 3 and EN55024 Note Based on the above testing the Printer manufacturer certifies that the Card Printer complies with all current EMC directives of the European Community and has placed the CE mark on the Card Printer The Card Printer is listed under UL IEC 60950 1 2001 INFORMATION TECHNOLOGY EQUIPMENT Note This product is intended to be supplied by a Listed Power Unit marked Class 2 or I T E and rated for 24 V dc 3 3 to 5A File Number E145118 DTC550 Direct to Card Printer Encoder Service Manual Rev 2 8 2 1 FOR RESTRICTED USE only Fargo Electronics Inc Agency Listings EMC Standards CE FCC CRC c1374 EN 55022 Class A FCC Class A EN 55024 1998 EN 61000 3 2 and EN 61000 3 3 Safety UL IEC 60950 1 2001 CSA C22 2 No 60950 1 03 Standards FCC Rules This device complies with Part 15 of the FCC rules Operation is subject to the following two conditions 1 This device may not cause harmful interference 2 This device must accept any interference received including interference that may cause undesired operation Note This equipment has been tested and found to comply with the limits for a Class A digital d
350. on To prevent equipment or media damage observe all established Electrostatic Discharge ESD procedures while handling Cables in or near the Circuit Board and Printhead Assemblies A Danger Wear proper eye protection to perform this procedure 2 Remove the Lamination Module Top Cover and Lamination Module Rear Cover D855156 and D855162 See Replacing the Lamination Module Top Cover and Lamination Module Rear Cover D855156 and D855162 3 Remove the four 4 screws from that secure the Lamination Module Main board to the Printer 4 Remove the three screws on the rear side of the Lamination Module that secure the Lamination assembly to the Baseplate 5 Remove the one 1 screw from the Output Hopper that secures the Lamination Assembly to the Baseplate 6 Remove the one 1 screw from the below the platen Roller that secures the Lamination assembly to the Baseplate Continued on the next page DTC550 Direct to Card Printer Encoder Service Manual Rev 2 8 8 181 FOR RESTRICTED USE only Fargo Electronics Inc Replacing the Lamination Module Platen Motor D870218 continued Step Procedure 7 Lift the Lamination Assembly D870154 from the Baseplate 8 Remove the four 4 screws that secure the Lamination Module Platen Motor to the Sideplate 9 Disconnect the cable connector 10 Reverse assemble to reinstall new part DTC550 Direct to Card Printer Encoder Service
351. onochrome printing this controls the brightness In color printing Dithering can supply a larger color gamut than non Dithering In the driver Dither modes can be selected to provide better image quality depending on the type of image to be printed Dongle A peripheral that attaches to a port to act as a key for an installed application The PC is able to run that application only when the dongle is installed Typically it works as a pass through device and is connected in serial to the parallel cable Dot The smallest unit of an image that the Printer is able to produce The smaller the dot see dot pitch the sharper the image Dot pitch A measurement of image sharpness denoting the width of the dots that makes up a pixel The smaller the pitch the sharper the image Download The transfer of a data file from one device to the other over a network or cable typically from the Internet to a PC DPI Dot Per Inch A measurement of the Printer resolution indicating how many dots a Printer can produce in a linear inch DRAM Dynamic Random Access Memory A microchip based volatile memory storage device The Printer uses this to Buffer a print job transferred from the PC until the Printer controller is able to process the packet Driver Software utility installed in Windows that interfaces an application to rasterize image data and include command codes so the Printer can process the file
352. ont of the card is printed with the YMCKO panels and the back is printed with the second K panel YMCFKO Ribbon type usage The front of the card is printed with the Ribbon s YMCF and O panels and the back is printed with the K panel YMCFKOK Ribbon type usage The front of the card is printed with the YMCFKO panels and the back is printed with the second K panel Note 1 This option is automatically enabled when the YMCKOK or YMCFKOK Ribbon type is selected Note 2 The Print Both Sides option is automatically enabled when this option is selected amp DTC550 Card Printer Printing Preferences Mant Area K Panel Resin Printer Supplies Lani Se Card Image Color Calibrate Magnetic Encoding Ribbon Type YMCEOR Full Color Resin Black Overlay w Auto Ribbon Select Color Matching gebraic z Resin Dither Optimized for Graphics x V Print Both Sides l Disable Printing V Split 1 Set of Ribbon Panels Tri essecsssesssesessssssssssrsssssssnessssssssssssssesssssenes V Print Back Side First DTC550 Direct to Card Printer Encoder Service Manual Rev 2 8 6 20 FOR RESTRICTED USE only Fargo Electronics Inc Using the Print Back Side First option Step Procedure Select this option if you need to print the first page of a two page document on the backside of the card The second page of the document will be printed on the front side of the card amp DTC550 Card Printer Printing Prefe
353. ontinued Term Definition Resolution The number of individual pixels in a graphic taken over a given length used to indicate the sharpness of the picture and the level of detail The number of elements in the Printhead determines Fargo Printer resolution RFI Radio Electromagnetic waves radiated by poorly shielded cables or Frequency electronic devices that interfere with the operation or data Interference transfer of another device RFID Radio This is a way of transmitting information via radio frequency Frequency Data is sent from an RFID transceiver to an RFID tag that is Identification embedded in a Resin Ribbon RGB The three primary colors of the luminance or additive model Red Green Blue Combinations of these three colors can produce practically all the colors of the spectrum that humans can detect Computer monitors operate on an RGB model Ribbon The dye impregnated film that is used for color printing Ribbon cable Parallel wires held flat in a row by plastic insulation RMA number Return A number acquired from Fargo Support which authorizes the Merchandise return of merchandise for repair or credit Authorization number Roller Elements of the Printer used for the transport of media consisting of a rotating steel shaft for Ribbon or a rotating steel shaft with a rubber cylinder installed at the shaft midpoint for moving cards RS 232 An interface standard established in 1969
354. otection of the Print Ribbon s overlay panel is recommended If the Film Lamination option is selected the film lamination is applied to the printed card then the card is ejected Note This is the fastest way to apply the film lamination yet it provides the lowest film durability DTC550 Card Printer Printing Preferences Card Device Options Image Color Calibrate Magnetic Encoding Lamination Overlay Print Area K Panel Resin Printer Supplies Lamination Position Horizontal o af Direction Card Travels through Printer Lamination Side Lamination Type No Lamination v Film Lamination v No Lamination Laminate Front Side Laminate Back Side os per inch Laminate Both Sides DTC550 Direct to Card Printer Encoder Service Manual Rev 2 8 6 66 FOR RESTRICTED USE only Fargo Electronics Inc Selecting the Lamination Type Step Procedure Select the 0 6 PolyGuard Lamination option or 1 0 PolyGuard Lamination option for either patch thickness Note These both offer equivalent protection but require different heat settings and lamination speeds e Select the appropriate option according to the thickness of the PolyGuard material you are using OR Select the PolyGuard Alternating Patch option only if using PolyGuard material that has alternating patch configurations on the same roll e g full patch on the front of the card and half patch on the back amp DTC550 Card Printer Printing Pr
355. ou use non Fargo Certified Supplies Step Procedure Lift the Cover to the Print Station in order to load the Print Ribbon as shown below DTC550 Direct to Card Printer Encoder Service Manual Rev 2 8 3 4 FOR RESTRICTED USE only Fargo Electronics Inc Loading the Print Ribbon continued step Procedure 2 a Pull back on the Blue Latch Hooks to release the Printhead Arm Assembly as shown below b Pull the Printhead Arm Assembly back to its fully open position DTC550 Direct to Card Printer Encoder Service Manual Rev 2 8 3 5 FOR RESTRICTED USE only Fargo Electronics Inc Loading the Print Ribbon continued Procedure Load the Print Ribbon supply spool a Place the supply end of the Print Ribbon in between the two Hubs Note The Print Ribbon comes wound on a gray spool with a green ring around one side Match the green ring on the Ribbon Spool to the Green Hub inside the Printer Note When properly installed the green ring will be fit securely in place DTC550 Direct to Card Printer Encoder Service Manual Rev 2 8 3 6 FOR RESTRICTED USE only Fargo Electronics Inc Loading the Print Ribbon continued Step Procedure Load the Print Ribbon take up spool as follows a Insert the take up end of the Ribbon by depressing the Spring Hub and lowering it into place Note Make certain the Ribbon is fed from beneath the roll as shown below in Displays A and B b
356. ove the Card FTB Sensor Assembly D840625 Replace the Sensor and reconnect it to the jack for the Ribbon connector 840176 Reverse procedure to reassemble Continued on the next page DTC550 Direct to Card Printer Encoder Service Manual Rev 2 8 8 55 FOR RESTRICTED USE only Fargo Electronics Inc Replacing the Card FTB Sensor Assembly D840625 continued See the procedure on the previous page Cable Assy 840176 Flipper Roller D855061 Flipper Table D850280 Flipper Flag Label D850347 Screw F000176 Card Idler Spring 810480 Spring Card Shim amp D850460 DTC550 Direct to Card Printer Encoder Service Manual Rev 2 8 8 56 FOR RESTRICTED USE only Fargo Electronics Inc Replacing the Card Feed Sensor near Cleaning Roller A000125 Refer to Drawing No D85025 Tools Needed Torx T10 Screwdriver Parts Needed Card Feed Sensor A000125 Estimated Repair Time 15 minutes Step Procedure A Caution Turn OFF the Printer and unplug the power cord from the Printer A Danger Wear proper eye protection to perform this procedure 2 Lift up on the bottom edge of the Top Lid D850289 Tilt it back into the fully open position 3 Use the Torx head Screwdriver to remove the two 2 screws F000172 located near the hinges 4 Release the plastic tabs in the four 4 corners of the Cover 5 Lift the Cover off of the Printer 6 Locate the Sen
357. ower cord from the Printer AN Danger Wear proper eye protection to perform this procedure N w Lift up on the bottom edge of the Top Lid o Tilt it back into the fully open position c Use the Torx head Screwdriver to remove the two 2 screws F000172 located near the hinges d Release the plastic tabs in the four corners of the Cover Lift the Cover off of the Printer 3 Remove the two Pulleys D850190 from the input feed and cleaning Roller Shafts along with the Belt 220071 4 Replace the Belt 220071 Note Replace the Pulleys D850190 with new ones 5 Reverse this procedure to re assemble Continued on the next page DTC550 Direct to Card Printer Encoder Service Manual Rev 2 8 8 119 FOR RESTRICTED USE only Fargo Electronics Inc Replacing the Belt 220071 continued See the procedure on the previous page Screw F000170 Main Pulley Belt ro D850190 F000268 I i Belt 5 Bearing i F000092 A og Wd Belt Washer PNE a etaining F000094 owt Ring Ribbon Sr 7 140062 Roller Bearing 760219 Pulley 760386 Card Transport Ribbon Idler ei elas Belt Retaining Gear 760288 Front Sideplate 220071 Ring Assy D855051 140061 Washer F000132 Film Drive Post Idler D840867 Screw 130302 DTC550 Direct to Card Printer Encoder Service Manual Rev 2 8 8 120 FOR RESTRICTED USE only Fargo Electronics Inc Re
358. p Procedure Once the adjustment is complete be sure that the card is not binding between the Card Guide Rail and the Internal Card Guide Note Depending upon how much you adjusted the Card Guide Rail you may also need to adjust the Internal Card Guide When both are adjusted properly there should be a slight space of about 010 25mm between the card edge and the Internal Card Guide as indicated here a If necessary adjust the Internal Card Guide as described in the remainder of this section 016 25mm space Internal Card Guide DTC550 Direct to Card Printer Encoder Service Manual Rev 2 8 5 6 FOR RESTRICTED USE only Fargo Electronics Inc Adjusting the Internal Card Guide The Internal Card Guide is what holds the card in position as it feeds through the Card Lamination Module Step Procedure Feed a blank card into the module by inserting it through the Output Hopper and reverse feeding it by pressing the Lamination Module s Resume button Manually position the card so its edge is flush with the Card Guide Rail See Display A below 2 Slightly loosen the two screws which fasten the Internal Card Guide to the Printer s main chassis See Display B below Move the Internal Card Guide so there is a slight space of about 010 25mm between the card edge and the Internal Card Guide as indicated below When adjusting the Internal Card Guide be sure it always remains parallel to the Card Guide Rail an
359. pen position b Use the Torx head Screwdriver to remove the two 2 screws F0001 72 located near the hinges c Release the plastic tabs in the four corners of the Cover Lift the Cover off of the Printer Continued on the next page DTC550 Direct to Card Printer Encoder Service Manual Rev 2 8 8 30 FOR RESTRICTED USE only Fargo Electronics Inc Replacing the Hopper Motor Assembly D840980 continued Step Procedure 3 A A Danger Wear proper eye protection to perform this procedure a A Caution for Hopper Belt Tension Spring b Move the Hopper out of the way by manually raising and sliding over Remove the Hopper Transport Belt by relieving tension from the opposite side Then follow this order e Remove the Clip 140062 and the Pulley Gear D841202 e Remove the Post D841173 with the Pulley Gear D841202 e Remove the Pulley Gear 760288 and Pulley Gear 760287 with Belt F000063 in order to gain access to the Motor screws Use the Torx T10 Screwdriver to remove the two 2 screws that connect the Motor D840980 to the Hopper Bracket recheck D841172 Make sure to reuse these screws or damage to the Motor could result Disconnect the Cable connector Remove the Hopper Motor D840980 Continued on the next page DTC550 Direct to Card Printer Encoder Service Manual Rev 2 8 8 31 FOR RESTRICTED USE only Fargo Electronics Inc Replacing the Hopper Motor
360. pen the Printer s Top Cover and Print Station A Caution Do not remove blank cards Print Ribbon or the Card Cleaning Cartridge from the Printer for this procedure Get a Cleaning Card from the Printer Cleaning Kit and remove its adhesive backing paper Make sure the Card Hopper Door is closed From the Control Panel select Menu gt Clean Printer gt Clean Insert the Cleaning Card into the Exception Card Slot until the card is fed into the Printer as shown below You can use the Printer Driver or the LCD to begin this automated routine See the next step DTC550 Direct to Card Printer Encoder Service Manual Rev 2 8 9 7 FOR RESTRICTED USE only Fargo Electronics Inc Cleaning the Platen and Card Feed Rollers continued Step Procedure Open the Printer Control Panel from the Computer 7 If using Windows 98SE Me right click on the DTC550 Card Printer icon and select Properties If using Windows 2000 XP right click on the DTC550 Card Printer and select Printing Preferences Select the Card tab in the DTC550 printer driver as shown in Display A below Click on the Clean Printer button as shown in Display A below Click on the Clean button as shown in Display B below If the Rollers require more cleaning continue to the next step DTC550 Direct to Card Printer Encoder Service Manual Rev 2 8 9 8 FOR RESTRICTED USE only Fargo Electronics Inc Cleaning the Platen and Card Feed Rollers co
361. peration e The top three lines of the LCD display will always be used to communicate print status error messages and menu options e The bottom line of the LCD display will always be used to communicate the current function of the Printer s softkey buttons This section describes how the LCD display and Softkey Control Pad work together Softkey The Printer has three softkey buttons that appear below the LCD Buttons display Note Their current function is indicated by the words appearing above them This function will change according to the Printer s current mode of operation Press the corresponding softkey button for the correct selection Note If no word appears above a particular button this indicates it has no function in that particular mode of operation Use the scroll buttons to scroll through help text to navigate through the Printer s menus and to adjust certain Printer settings Note The Printer has scroll buttons on its control pad located just to the right of the LCD display If scrolling through a list this symbol will change to if you have reached the bottom of the list or if you have reached the top LCD display The Printer s LCD display will change according to the Printer s current mode of operation System When the Printer is first powered ON the Printer s system check Check screens will briefly appear to Screens Initialize the system Display the READY screen DTC550 Direct to Card Pri
362. placing the O Ring Drive Belt F000390 This relates to the Hopper Lift Headlift and Ribbon Take up Drive Trains Refer to Drawing D855052 Tools Needed Flat head Screwdriver and Torx T10 Screwdriver Parts Needed O Ring Drive Belt F000390 Estimated Repair Time 2 to 10 minutes Steps Procedure A Caution Turn off the Printer and unplug the power cord from the Printer A Danger Wear proper eye protection to perform this procedure 2 a Lift up on the bottom edge of the Top Lid Tilt it back into the fully open position b Use the Torx head Screwdriver to remove the two 2 screws F000172 located near the hinges c Release the plastic tabs in the four corners of the Cover Lift the Cover off of the Printer 3 a Use a small flat head Screwdriver to remove the Retaining Ring 140061 that secures the Ribbon Idler Gear 760288 and remove the Gear to access the O Ring Drive Belt FO000390 A magnetized screwdriver helps to keep the retaining ring from falling down b Replace the O Ring Drive Belt F000390 c Replace Retaining Ring 140061 and Ribbon Idler Gear 760288 4 Reverse this procedure to re assemble Continued on the next page DTC550 Direct to Card Printer Encoder Service Manual Rev 2 8 8 121 FOR RESTRICTED USE only Fargo Electronics Inc Replacing the O Ring Drive Belt F000390 See the procedure on the previous page O Ring Pulley Screw F000177 D9
363. pond with all subcommands to the list command Telnet Command Command Purpose Command Format Display help for Telnet commands help Reset the Ethernet interface reset for the DTC550 reset printer encoder Send a ping command to ping lt IPADDR gt ping another IP address as a test of the Ethernet interface DTC550 Direct to Card Printer Encoder Service Manual Rev 2 8 7 7 FOR RESTRICTED USE only Reviewing the Telnet Command Table continued Telnet Command Command Purpose Fargo Electronics Inc Command Format list all Display all information about this Printer list all diff Display all differences between current and stored network settings list diff uptime Display how long since the interface was last reset list uptime sysinfo Display information about the Printer i e model label contact location Firmware version and date and serial number list sysinfo ribbon Display information about the installed Ribbon in the Printer list ribbon net Display information about the current network settings of the Ethernet interface list net stored net Display information about the stored network settings of the Ethernet interface list stored net default net user Display information about the default network settings of the Ethernet interface Display information about the d
364. proportionally with the temperature Thin Film A 0 25 mil thick resin material that enhances card security and durability applied over the printed surface with a hot Roller Available as clear or with embedded holographic type security images Through hole A method of mounting circuit elements with the leads passing through holes in the circuit board and soldered on the opposite side Timeout An interruption of a print job that occurs when a function is not completed in the time allotted by the operating system TOF Top of Form The leading edge of the card as it travels through the Printer Track The area on a mag stripe designated to contain the magnetic data string Troubleshooting The process of investigating and determining the cause of a problem TrueType TT A font format that produces each character using a mathematical equation rather than a graphical representation resulting in a much sharper cleaner image UltraCard The Fargo brand of card stock recommended for use in Fargo Printers with the necessary glossy surface and composed of PVC UltraCard III The Fargo brand of card stock recommended for use in Fargo Printers that laminate with the necessary glossy surface and composed of PVC and PET to prevent heat distortion Update The process of installing a new revision of software or Firmware to implement new changes to the Printer s command codes and pr
365. r A000125 Replacing the PCB S3 Sensor 2 Assembly Headlift Sensor A000126 Replacing the Card Feed Sensor Flipper Table D840625 Replacing the Card Feed Sensor near Cleaning Roller A000125 Replacing the Sensor Board Assembly Magnetic Unit 140407 DTC550 Direct to Card Printer Encoder Service Manual Rev 2 8 8 45 8 46 8 47 8 50 8 50 8 51 8 53 8 55 8 57 8 59 viii FOR RESTRICTED USE only Fargo Electronics Inc Replacing the PCB Ribbon Sensor Assembly A000110 8 61 Replacing the TOF Sensor D855018 8 63 Replacing the Flipper Table Sensor Cable Assembly 840176 8 66 Replacing the ON OFF Switch 12011 8 69 Replacing the Rear Over Mount D855063 Card guide 8 71 Replacing the Over Mount D855062 8 74 Magnetic Head and Encoder Replacement Procedures 8 77 Replacing the Magnetic Encoder Head D000291 8 77 Replacing the Magnetic Head Support D840848 8 81 Flipper Table Replacement Procedures 8 83 Replacing the Flipper Table D850280 8 83 Replacing the Card Idler Springs on the Flipper Table 810480 8 90 Replacing the Torsion Spring on the Printhead Arm D850528 8 92 Pusher Adapter Bracket and Standoff Replacement Procedures 8 94 Replacing the Plate Card Pusher D855065 8 94 Roller Replacement Procedures 8 97 Replacing the Card Path Exi
366. r Note The location of a defined area is based on the card orientation as it exits the Printer Measure the defined area location based on the printed card Note If selecting the Rotate Front 180 Degrees option the image will appear upside down as it exits the Printer Position the defined area according to the measurement of the onscreen card design Note This design will appear right side up Use the Defined Area arrows to navigate back and forth from area to area Note The active area will always be highlighted with a dotted outline Define another area by clicking on the Defined Area UP arrow Another 2 x 2 5mm x 5mm area will appear in the lower left hand corner Note This is the location in which all newly defined areas will first appear Up to 5 areas can be defined However additional areas cannot be added until the most recently created area has been moved or sized Note For this reason size and position each area as it is created Define areas for both the front and back sides as needed if printing onto both sides of the card Delete an area by using the Defined Area arrows to select the area and click on the Delete button Note If all areas are deleted the Overlay Print Area options will automatically be deselected DTC550 Direct to Card Printer Encoder Service Manual Rev 2 8 6 76 FOR RESTRICTED USE only Fargo Electronics Inc Using Security Options Visual Security Solutions
367. r 2 in this same fashion DTC550 Direct to Card Printer Encoder Service Manual Rev 2 8 6 4 FOR RESTRICTED USE only Fargo Electronics Inc Using the Card Hopper Selection option continued See the previous procedure in this section amp DTC550 Card Printer Printing Preferences Se Overlay Print Area K Panel Resin Printer Supplies Card Device Options Image Color Calibrate Magnetic Encoding Card Size CR 80 z inches C mm Print Width 2 114 Print Length 3 362 Card Hopper Selection First Available v First Available Hopper 1 Hopper 2 Orientation Portrait Landscape Copies E Diagnostics Clean Printer Test Print About DTC550 Direct to Card Printer Encoder Service Manual Rev 2 8 6 5 FOR RESTRICTED USE only Fargo Electronics Inc Using the Card Hopper Selection option continued See the previous procedure in this section Card Hopper1 Card noppar 2 DTC550 Direct to Card Printer Encoder Service Manual Rev 2 8 6 6 FOR RESTRICTED USE only Fargo Electronics Inc Adjusting the Orientation Option Select either the Portrait or Landscape radio buttons for Orientation Note An icon illustrating a printed card helps represent the difference between the two Step Procedure Select Portrait to cause the card to print in a vertical orientation OR Select Landscape to cause the card to print in a horizontal orientation as shown below Orienta
368. r Caution Turn off the Printer and unplug the power cord from the Printer A Danger Wear proper eye protection to perform this procedure o w Lift up on the bottom edge of the Top Lid Tilt it back into the fully open position c Use the Torx head Screwdriver to remove the two 2 screws F000172 located near the hinges d Release the plastic tabs in the four corners of the Cover Lift the Cover off of the Printer Raise the Printhead Arm to access the Flipper Table D850280 Remove the Spring Card Shim D850460 the two 2 Card Idler Springs 810480 that attach the Card Idler Roller D880153 to the Flipper Table D850280 c Remove the Card Idler Roller 0880153 Replace the Card Idler Roller 0880153 Note The two 2 Card Idler Springs 810480 should be replaced at this time Reverse this procedure to re assemble DTC550 Direct to Card Printer Encoder Service Manual Rev 2 8 Continued on the next page Fargo Electronics Inc 8 110 FOR RESTRICTED USE only Fargo Electronics Inc Replacing the Flipper Table Card Idler Roller D880153 continued See the procedure on the previous page Cable Assy 840176 Flipper Roller D855061 Flipper Table D850280 Flipper Flag Label D850347 Screw F000176 Card Idler Spring 810480 Spring Card Shim amp D850460 DTC550 Direct to Card Printer Encoder Service Manual Rev 2 8 8 111 FOR REST
369. r Encoder Service Manual Rev 2 8 6 92 FOR RESTRICTED USE only Fargo Electronics Inc Defining the positioning of the area on the Card Step Procedure Once the area is sized properly measure the location where this area is to be positioned on the card a Measure from the lower left corner of the card up and over to the lower left corner of where the defined area is to begin b Enter these values into the X and Y boxes as shown below c Note that the card grid lines are spaced at 2 5mm intervals identification Card Karen Atkins Access Level 2 ID 1234478 172355 DTC550 Direct to Card Printer Encoder Service Manual Rev 2 8 6 93 FOR RESTRICTED USE only Fargo Electronics Inc Defining the positioning of the area on the Card continued See the previous procedure in this section amp DTC550 Card Printer Printing Preferences Agnetic Encoding Printer Supplies Card Device Options Image Lamination Overlay Print Area CR 80 Card Size Front C Direction Card Travels through Printer Delete Print All Black with K Panel I Full Card V Defined Areafs F Undefined Areals Print YMC under K C Print K Only DTC550 Direct to Card Printer Encoder Service Manual Rev 2 8 6 94 FOR RESTRICTED USE only Fargo Electronics Inc Selecting the Print YMC under the K and Print K Only options Step Procedure Select the Print YMC Under K option to print all black in t
370. r Hopper Lift 760288 Refer to Drawing D855050 Tools Needed Torx T10 Screwdriver Parts Needed Ribbon Idler Gear 760288 Estimated Repair Time 2 to 10 minutes Steps Procedure A Caution Turn off the Printer and unplug the power cord from the Printer A Danger Wear proper eye protection to perform this procedure 2 a Lift up on the bottom edge of the Top Lid Tilt it back into the fully open position b Use the Torx head Screwdriver to remove the two 2 screws F000172 located near the hinges c Release the plastic tabs in the four corners of the Cover Lift the Cover off of the Printer 3 a Use a small standard Screwdriver to remove the Retaining Ring 140061 that secures the Ribbon Idler Gear 760288 b Slide the Ribbon Idler Gear 760288 from the Shaft 4 Replace the Ribbon Idler Gear 760288 5 Reverse this procedure to re assemble Continued on the next page DTC550 Direct to Card Printer Encoder Service Manual Rev 2 8 8 132 FOR RESTRICTED USE only Fargo Electronics Inc Replacing the Ribbon Idler Gear 760288 continued See the procedure on the previous page Screw F000170 Main Pulley Belt ro D850190 F000268 I i Belt 5 Bearing i F000092 A og Wd Belt Washer PNE a etaining F000094 owt Ring Ribbon Sr 7 140062 Roller Bearing 760219 Pulley 760386 Card Transport Ribbon Idler ei elas Be
371. r a procedure You can go directly to Specifications General Troubleshooting Printer Adjustments Printer Packing Board Level Diagnostics and LCD On Line Menu Navigation to find troubleshooting procedures The section titles are always labeled according to their function for consistent usage You can use the cross referencing links to quickly locate for example an error message or a procedure FOR RESTRICTED USE only Fargo Electronics Inc DTC550 Direct to Card Printer Encoder Overview Reviewing the DTC550 Block Diagram N N N DTC550 Direct to Card Printer Encoder Service Manual Rev 2 8 FOR RESTRICTED USE only Fargo Electronics Inc Reviewing the DTC550 Block Diagram continued o Lift Card Card ae Roller Detection Hopper Transport 0 Flipper Cleaning Cartridge Table Card Encoding Flipper Encoding Flipper Table Roller Feed TOF Flipper Stepper 2 Flipper Flipper Table Home Ribbon Supply 3 Print TOF Encoding Module Ribbon Take up Ribbon Sensor Ribbon Encoder Print Headilift Cover Interlock Release Lever RFID Hopper Lift Hopper Transport Card Feed N _ A Encoding Feed Roller Headlift Card Feed Roller Card Feed Stepper o Platen Roller N Printhead Printhead Cooling Fan o Card Input Hopper i bal a ial DTC550 Direct to Card Printer Encoder Service Manual Rev 2 8 1 5 FOR RESTRICTED USE only Fargo Electronics Inc Reviewing DTC55
372. rcuit board attached at solder pads rather than through holes in the board Surge Protector An electronic device placed in serial to the Printer s power supply that prevents damage to the Printer from electronic surges and electrical current that is outside of the normal parameters Switch Box An electromechanical device to which a user can connect several peripheral devices to the Parallel Port simultaneously yet using the selector switch to designate the active port TAC Thermal Acceptance Composite cards Card stock produced by laminating sheets of PVC with sheets of PET for better thermal distortion resistance Ultra III cards Temp file A temporary file generated automatically by Windows to store the information for an active document Windows should delete these files when the application is closed Test Print A file stored in or generated through windows that is sent to the Printer to test basic functionality Thermistor An electronic resistor on the Printhead with a resistance value that varies in proportion to the heat to which it is exposed Continued on the next page DTC550 Direct to Card Printer Encoder User Guide Rev 1 0 15 18 RESTRICTED USE ONLY Fargo Electronics Inc Glossary of Terms continued Overlaminate Term Definition Thermocouple A device for measuring temperature using a junction of two wires of dissimilar metals that produce a voltage when heated that varies
373. rd A000250 Jack No J14 Tilt Printer back and remove the Access Panel from the Baseplate to facilitate access to remove and reinstall the Cable Remove Cable by passing it through from the Main Board side to the front noting how the Cable is routed for when the replacement cable is to be installed Continued on the next page DTC550 Direct to Card Printer Encoder Service Manual Rev 2 8 8 170 FOR RESTRICTED USE only Fargo Electronics Inc Replacing the LAM Control Board Cable D870169 Button controls cont Steps Procedure 4 a Replace the LAM Control Board Cable D870169 by routing it in the same manner as the original was installed b Make sure the metal ferrite is in between the Cable Clips on the front Sideplate 5 Reverse this procedure to re assemble Continued on the next page Front LAM Cover D855157 LAM Control Board Cable a J Washer 130285 PCB LED Switch Assy A000242 Screw F000176 DTC550 Direct to Card Printer Encoder Service Manual Rev 2 8 8 171 FOR RESTRICTED USE only Fargo Electronics Inc Replacing the Card Position Sensor Assembly D870186 Refer to Drawing D870154 Tools Needed Phillips head Screwdriver Torx T10 Screwdriver Parts Needed Card Position Sensor Assembly D870186 Estimated Repair Time 10 minutes Step Procedure A Caution Turn off the Printer and unplug the power cord from
374. rdPad a Windows 95 98 ME NT 2000 XP word processing program in the Accessories Program Group as shown on the next page Open the program and type in 1 JULIEANDERSON 1234567890 Select File gt Page Setup and click on the Printer button Ensure that the DTC550 Series Card Printer is selected and click on OK Change all the margin settings to zero 0 and click on OK Go to File on Menu Bar and select Print Note The Printer should then feed a card into the Encoder and magnetically encode it A Caution Ensure that the Coercivity of the cards matches the setting in the driver 5 Compare the settings for the card reader to the settings in the driver A Caution Ensure that the Magnetic Stripe on the card is free of scratches or voids DTC550 Direct to Card Printer Encoder Service Manual Rev 2 8 4 26 FOR RESTRICTED USE only Fargo Electronics Inc See the previous procedure in this section E Document WordPad Sle File Edit View Insert Format Help Oe SRA BBO B Arial x 10 Westem m m Page Setup Paper Size E Source Side Paper Deck vi Orientation Margins inches Portrait Left 1 25 Right O Landscape Top Bottom 1 DTC550 Direct to Card Printer Encoder Service Manual Rev 2 8 4 27 FOR RESTRICTED USE only Fargo Electronics Inc Resolving the Magnetic Stripe Data being printed on a Card problem Procedure Confirm that
375. rect to Card Printer Encoder Service Manual Rev 2 8 1 6 FOR RESTRICTED USE only Fargo Electronics Inc Reviewing DTC550 Sequence of Operations continued The Encoder Flipper Feed Motor activates until the card is in position for encoding a set number of steps from the flipped position The Encoding Feed Motor feeds the Card back to the Flipper Table while the Magnetic Encoding Head transfers data onto the Magnetic Stripe Repeat Steps 9 to 10 for each Encoding and Verification pass The Card is centered on the Flipper Table based on input from the Flipper Table Card Sensor The Flipper Stepper rotates the Flipper Table a specific number of steps based on the Flipper Offset setting to home the Flipper Table The Card Feed Motor feeds the Card to the Print TOF Sensor The Ribbon Drives turn ON and move until the correct panel is found by the Print Ribbon Sensor Assembly All Stop Note The Print Ribbon Encoder is active during this step The Headlift Motor engages and moves the Printhead down until the Headlift Sensor is activated All Stop The Fan turns ON as required and blows cool air over the Printhead Note The Eine Thermistor determinates the Printhead Temperature Ribbon Drive and Card feed Motors activate and the Printhead burns image data until the image data is depleted All Stop Note The Ribbon Encoder is active during this step The Headlift Motor engages moving the Printhead up until the Headi
376. rences Lamination Overlay Print Area K Panel Resin Printer Supplies Card Device Options Image Color Calibrate Magnetic Encoding S0 Full Color 2 Resin Black Overlay w Auto Ribbon Select Color Matching Algebraic tt i l Resin Dither zl Print Both Sides l Disable Printing Ribbon Type M Split 1 Set of Ribbon Panels DTC550 Direct to Card Printer Encoder Service Manual Rev 2 8 6 21 FOR RESTRICTED USE only Fargo Electronics Inc Using the Print on Back Side Only option Use this option to print only onto the backside of cards Step Procedure Select this option to print only onto the backside of cards that must have their Magnetic Stripe or Smart Card chip encoded Note Load the cards in the usual fashion When this option is selected the Print Both Sides option is automatically disabled When attempting to print a two page document if Print Back Side Only is selected the first page of the document will print on the backside of the card The second page of the document will then be printed on the back of a second card amp DTC550 Card Printer Printing Preferences mt dea K Panel Resin Printer Supplies Image Color Calibrate Magnetic Encoding SOs Full Color 2 Resin Black Overlay w Auto Ribbon Select Color Matching Algebraic xl Resin Dither z Print Both Sides F Disable Printing Rotate Back 180 Degrees DTC550 Direct to Card Printer Encoder Se
377. rface Printhead Fan D855023 to J19 Clear Ribbon Sensor D855023 to J19 LCD Keypad Magnetic Sensor Magnetic Write to Magnetic Head Magnetic Read to Magnetic Head Contact Station E card Ethernet DTC550 Direct to Card Printer Encoder Service Manual Rev 2 8 Part Number Cable used D855006 D855015 D855016 D855021 D855021 D855012 D855014 D855017 D855022 D855013 D855004 D855135 D855135 D855005 D855136 D855075 Location J1 JP18 JP14 JP2 JP8 JP4 JP13 To main harness To main harness JP5 J4 J1 J3 JP10 JP7 JP3 8 4 FOR RESTRICTED USE only Fargo Electronics Inc Reviewing the DTC550 Board Cable Connections Reference continued Cable Sensors Group B Part Number Location Ret D855008 monomer rmee C A eee tener ees rase ee Cable Sensors Group C Part Number Location wet D855009 Headlift Sensor a JP19 1 4 Card Pick Sensor Ls JP19 5 8 Card Print Alignment JP19 9 12 Sensor Ribbon Encoder Sensor a JP19 13 16 Flipper Table Sensor Le JP19 17 20 a ee Sensor e owen pe o C riers wss e S ews PCB S3 Sensor 2 Assembly DTC550 Direct to Card Printer Encoder Service Manual Rev 2 8 8 5 FOR RESTRICTED USE only Fargo Electronics Inc Reviewing the DTC550 Board Cable Connections Reference continued Stepper Motors JP6 Part Number Location D855010 Stepper Motor Print JP6 1
378. rify that the Print TOF and Print EOF are set correctly If the break occurs at the front portion of the Ribbon Color Panel increase the Print TOF by 5 If the break occurs at the back portion of the Color Panel reduce the Print EOF by 5 Print a self test to verify operation See the Printing a Test Print Image DTC550 Direct to Card Printer Encoder Service Manual Rev 2 8 Inc 4 31 FOR RESTRICTED USE only Fargo Electronics Inc Resolving the Wrong Print Ribbon Error Message Symptom The Print Ribbon installed in the Printer does not match the Ribbon type selected in the Printer Driver Step Procedure Verify that the Ribbon is installed properly by ensuring that e The Ribbon is loaded with the supply side closest to the Card Input Hopper The Ribbon is rolling from the bottom of the spool to the bottom of the take up spool The green flange of the Ribbon Core is aligned next to the green hub in the Printer Verify if the Driver has been set correctly a Open the Printer control panel from the computer b If using Windows 2000 XP right click on the DTC550 Series Card Printer and select Printing Preferences Click on the Device Options tab in the Printer Driver Verify that the Ribbon Type setting that is listed matches the Ribbon that is installed in the Printer Note It may be possible to have Driver settings that are different from those found in the Printer control panel within the applic
379. rint a test card Select MENU Setup Printer Print Settings and Image Darkness Record the Image Darkness value on the test card last printed Examine the test card Step Adjust the Image Darkness value if needed Enter a negative value to lighten the printed image OR Input a positive value to darken the printed image A Caution Be sure to make adjustments in small increments of 4 to avoid over adjusting this setting The Ribbon can jam or break if the setting is too high Press DONE to save the value Press YES when asked to save the change Print a test card as described in Step 1 Repeat Steps 1 to 7 until the image darkness is correct DTC550 Direct to Card Printer Encoder Service Manual Rev 2 8 12 21 FOR RESTRICTED USE only Fargo Electronics Inc Changing the Encoder Settings Use this option to choose the settings that coincide with the Printer s current encoding configuration Use the scroll buttons to select the option you want to change fae Pees EA Select MENU Setup Printer and Encoder Settings Change the desired option as needed e Mag Press the CHANGE button to select None or Yes according to whether or not a Magnetic Stripe Encoder is installed Contact Press the CHANGE button to select None or Yes according to whether or not a Smart Card Encoder is installed Prox Press the CHANGE button to select None or Yes according to whether or not a Prox Card Encoder is installed Pre
380. rinter and unplug the power cord from the Printer A Danger Wear proper eye protection to perform this procedure a Lift up on the bottom edge of the Top Lid Tilt it back into the fully open position b Use the Torx head Screwdriver to remove the two 2 screws F000172 located near the hinges c Release the plastic tabs in the four corners of the Cover Lift the Cover off of the Printer a Depress one end of the Torsion Spring D850528 and move it off to the side to release pressure from the Blue Latch Hook D850189 b Use a Retaining Ring tool to remove the Retaining Ring 140048 and Driver Roller Bearing 760343 that connects the Printhead Arm Bracket D855025 to the Latch Shaft 850168 c Slide the Latch Shaft 850168 free from the Printhead Arm Bracket D855025 through the slot provided e Note the position and orientation of the Blue Latch Hook D850189 and the Torsion Spring D850528 on the Latch Shaft 850168 d Slide the blue Latch Hook D850189 and the Torsion Spring D850528 off of the Latch Shaft 850168 Replace the Torsion Spring D850528 and Blue Latch Hook D8501839 in the same manner they were removed Reverse this procedure to re assemble to replace Retainer Ring with a new one Continued on the next page DTC550 Direct to Card Printer Encoder Service Manual Rev 2 8 8 92 FOR RESTRICTED USE only Fargo Electronics Inc Replacing the Torsion Spring on the
381. rity to Even Parity OR Select Odd Parity to change the Character Parity to Odd Parity LAC Generation Character Parity C NoLRC C No Parity Even Parity C Even Parity C Odd Parity f Odd Parity Default Shift Data Left DTC550 Direct to Card Printer Encoder Service Manual Rev 2 8 6 57 FOR RESTRICTED USE only Fargo Electronics Inc Reviewing the Shift Data Left Use the Shift Data Left option which applies to all tracks when selected Step Procedure Select this option to shift the recorded magnetic data to the left hand side of the card s Magnetic Stripe Note This is useful in situations that require cards to be readable with insert type readers LAC Generation Character Parity NoLRC 7 Ho Panty Shift Data Left Even Parity Even Parity Odd Parity Odd Parity Default DTC550 Direct to Card Printer Encoder Service Manual Rev 2 8 6 58 FOR RESTRICTED USE only Fargo Electronics Inc Reviewing the ISO Track Locations The magnetic Encoding Module encodes onto tracks in accordance with an ISO 7811 2 Magnetic Stripe For track locations review the display below 0 223 0 353 0 493 mac foro e 0 130 0 140 TRACK2 0 110 ee TRACK3 0 110 DTC550 Direct to Card Printer Encoder Service Manual Rev 2 8 6 59 FOR RESTRICTED USE only Fargo Electronics Inc Reviewing the Sample String e Sending Data to Track 1 1 JULIEANDERSON 1234567890 e Sending Da
382. rocedure 2 Remove the Lamination Module Top Cover and Lamination Module Rear Cover D855156 and D855162 See Replacing the Lamination Module Top Cover and Lamination Module Rear Cover D855156 and D855162 11 Locate the Flipper Position Sensor D870188 on the inside wall of the Front Sideplate D870095 Rotate the Card Flipper Table D870285 out of the way of the Flipper Position Sensor D870188 12 Use the Torx T10 Screwdriver to remove the two 2 Screws F000168 that connect the Flipper Position Sensor D870188 to the upper Front Sideplate 13 Lift out the Flipper Position Sensor D870188 14 Disconnect the Cable connector 15 Reverse assemble to reinstall new part DTC550 Direct to Card Printer Encoder Service Manual Rev 2 8 8 173 FOR RESTRICTED USE only Fargo Electronics Inc Replacing the Lamination Module Encoder Sensor D870189 Refer to Drawing D870154 Tools Needed Phillips head Screwdriver Torx T10 Screwdriver Parts Needed Lamination Module Encoder Sensor D870189 Estimated Repair Time 20 minutes Procedure A Caution Turn off the Printer and unplug the power cord from the Printer A Caution To prevent equipment or media damage observe all established Electrostatic Discharge ESD procedures while handling Cables in or near the Circuit Board and Printhead Assemblies A Danger Wear proper eye protection to perform this procedure Remove the
383. ronics Inc Replacing the Over Mount D855062 continued Steps Procedure A Caution Recheck that the Printer is unplugged as metal contact is possible from moving the Roller Shaft out of the way a Remove the Clip from the Roller Shaft above the Over Mount and move the Shaft Rearward out of the way b Remove the screw from the static brush Bracket to allow access to the Over Mount c Release the Spring from Card Path Mount and pull the Over Mount D855062 from the Plate Card Pusher D855065 d Replace the Over Mount D855062 Note The Spring may have to be transferred to the new Rear Over Mount e Push the Over Mount into the Plate Card Pusher D855065 until it snaps in place e Verify the action of the Card Pusher Unit to ensure it is not binding 4 Reverse this procedure to re assemble Continued on the next page DTC550 Direct to Card Printer Encoder Service Manual Rev 2 8 8 75 FOR RESTRICTED USE only Fargo Electronics Inc Replacing the Over Mount D855062 continued See the procedure on the previous page Guide F000172 i CardSide Screw D855070 Screw F000178 Washer Rear Over h iis Mount D855063 TOF Sensor Cable Assy D855018 Over Mount D855062 Plate Cardpusher D855065 F000395 Spring Guide Jam Washer 140040 D855078 Retaining Ring 140072 Plate Card Path D855049 DTC550 Direct to Card Printer E
384. roper eye protection to perform this procedure 2 a Lift up on the bottom edge of the Top Lid Tilt it back into the fully open position b Use the Torx head Screwdriver to remove the two 2 screws F0001 72 located near the hinges c Release the plastic tabs in the four corners of the Cover Lift the Cover off of the Printer 3 a Use the Torx T10 Screwdriver to remove the two 2 screws F000177 that fasten the one 1 Cleaning Cart Guide D850275 to the other side of the Sideplate b Remove the Clean Cart Guide D850275 4 Replace the Clean Cart Guide D850275 5 Reverse this procedure to re assemble Continued on the next page DTC550 Direct to Card Printer Encoder Service Manual Rev 2 8 8 148 FOR RESTRICTED USE only Fargo Electronics Inc Replacing the Clean Cart Guide D850275 continued See the procedure on the previous page PCB RFID Antenna Assembly A000365 RFID Cover D855039 Gray Ribbon Hub D841152 02 Pinion Motor 76040611 Cross Member 840239 Static Brush Assembly D850256 Clean Cart Guide D850275 DTC550 Direct to Card Printer Encoder Service Manual Rev 2 8 8 149 FOR RESTRICTED USE only Fargo Electronics Inc Replacing the Card Side Guide D855070 Refer to Drawing D855056 Tools Needed Torx T10 Screwdriver Parts Needed Card Side Guide D855070 Estimated Repair Time 2 to 10 minutes Steps
385. ror Message 4 19 Resolving the Card Hopper Empty Error Message 4 20 Encoding Errors 4 21 Resolving the No Magnetic Encoder Error Message 4 21 Resolving the No ENC Response Error Message 4 21 Resolving the Failed Magnetic Encoder Error Message 4 22 Resolving the No Prox Encoder Error Message 4 22 Resolving the No Smart Encoder Error Message 4 23 Resolving the Failed Smart Encode Error Message 4 23 Removing the Card Jam in the Printer s Magnetic Encoding Area 4 24 Removing the Card Jam in the Printer s Smart Card Encoding Area 4 25 Resolving the Printer not reading Encoded Magnetic Track Data 4 26 Resolving the Magnetic Stripe Data being printed on a Card problem 4 28 Printing Process Errors 4 29 Resolving the Ribbon Alignment Error Message 4 29 Resolving the Print Ribbon Error Message 4 30 Resolving the Print Ribbon Out Error Message 4 30 Resolving the Ribbon Jam Broken Error Message 4 31 Resolving the Wrong Print Ribbon Error Message 4 32 Resolving the Unknown Ribbon Type Error Message 4 33 Resolving the Headlift Error Message 4 33 Resolving the Printer pausing between panels errors 4 34 Resolving the Printhead Temp Error Message 4 34 Resolving the Flipper Alignment Error Message 4 35 Firmware Errors 4 36 Resolving the Update Firmware Now 4 36 Resolving an Upgrade Failed error 4 36 Resolving a Program Exception Error 4 37 Diagnosing the Image Problems 4 38 Resolving the Pixel failure problems 4 38 Resolving the Card surface debris problems 4
386. rror and press the Lamination Module s Resume button to continue printing Press this button to pause the Lamination Module during normal operation Note The Lamination Module will always finish its current task before pausing e fthis button is pressed while a card is being laminated the Lamination Module will pause only after the current card has finished laminating and the Lamination Module has reached a safe stopping point If the Printer is paused the LED light will flash slowly and will return to solid when operation is resumed Note with the Lamination Station open the Resume button can also be used to manually rotate the Feed Rollers backward This is helpful when cleaning the Rollers or when clearing jammed media DTC550 Direct to Card Printer Encoder Service Manual Rev 2 8 2 30 FOR RESTRICTED USE only Fargo Electronics Inc Reviewing the Rejection Card Hopper and Card Output Hopper Rejection The Rejection Card Hopper helps to separate potentially bad cards from Card Hopper a stack of good cards which it ejects into the Card Output Hopper e The Printer will automatically eject cards into this Hopper to indicate e There is a printing error laminating error or encoding error e There isa card left in the Printer after a print job is canceled or the Printer restarted Card Output Stores up to 100 printed cards 30 mil cards mopper e When the Hopper has reached its maximum capacity of cards note
387. rvice Manual Rev 2 8 6 22 FOR RESTRICTED USE only Fargo Electronics Inc Using the Rotate Front by 180 Degrees option Use this option to change the position of the printed image in relation to the set location of a card s Magnetic Stripe or smart chip Step Procedure 1 Select the Rotate Front 180 Degrees option to rotate the image on the front of the card by 180 degrees when printed amp DTC550 Card Printer Printing Preferences K Panel Resin Printer Supplies Calibrate Magnetic Encoding S08 Full Color 2 Resin Black Overlay Auto Ribbon Select Color Matching Algebraic tt ttst lt CS SCs YS Resin Dither Optimized for Graphics V Print Both Sides F Disable Printing V Split 1 Set of Ribbon Panels Print Back Side First V Rotate Front 180 Degrees DTC550 Direct to Card Printer Encoder Service Manual Rev 2 8 6 23 FOR RESTRICTED USE only Fargo Electronics Inc Using the Rotate Back by 180 Degrees option Use this option to change the position of the printed image in relation to the set location of a card s Magnetic Stripe or smart chip see omer 1 Select the Rotate Back 180 Degrees option to rotate the image on the back of the card by 180 degrees when printed amp DTC550 Card Printer Printing Preferences Lamirge 7 Ment Area K Panel Resin Printer Supplies Card a fre Color Calibrate Magnetic Encoding Ribbon Type YMMONGIN Full Color 2 Resin Black Overlay Auto
388. ry careful not to damage this board Note its orientation e Remove the Motor Bracket Assembly D855164 e Remove the Take up Motor Mount D855037 to the Motor Note its orientation on the Motor also being careful to note that these same screws must be used to reinstall Bracket Continued on the next page DTC550 Direct to Card Printer Encoder Service Manual Rev 2 8 8 22 FOR RESTRICTED USE only Fargo Electronics Inc Replacing the Motor Assembly D855164 continued Step Procedure 4 Attach the Take up Motor Mount D855037 to the Motor in the correct position by using the correct screws and then replace the Motor Assembly D855164 with the connector side down e Be careful to use the correct torque on the sheet metal screws e Attach the bottom screw first Reattach the wire connector and the Belt e Loop the Belt around the Motor Pulley first and then the Encoder wheel Pulley 5 Reverse this procedure to re assemble Ribbon Spring Clean Cart Load Shaft Guide D850346 D850275 Spring 150077 Motor Asy D855164 Spacer 150199 J Post Latch Sideplate D855040 X D850203 PCD LED Asy Cable Twist A Bottom A000109 Lock PRN Arm Sensor F000349 edge Bracket D855064 Standoff Fan 83021411 Slebber gt F000227 Mount Bracket PP Gray Ribbon D850307 Headlift Motor Asy Hub Pictor D855087 160294 09 D855001 DTC550 Direct to Card Prin
389. s Press the DOWN arrow to decrease this setting which will increase the background detail e Press the DONE button to save the value e Press YES when asked to save the change DTC550 Direct to Card Printer Encoder Service Manual Rev 2 8 12 25 FOR RESTRICTED USE only Fargo Electronics Inc Changing the Hopper Settings Use this option to choose settings related to your Printer s Card Input Hopper Use the scroll buttons to select the option to change aun Poets EJ Select MENU Setup Printer and Hopper Settings Change the desired option as needed for Card Sensor Press the SELECT button to turn the Hopper s Card Sensor On or Off e Note 1 The default setting is for this Sensor to be turned ON This Sensor only needs to be turned OFF if you are using blank cards with pre printed backs non white dark colored blank cards or with cards that have a Magnetic Stripe in the non ISO standard position Note 2 In some cases these types of cards cannot be seen by the Sensor This leads the Printer to assume that the Card Input Hopper is empty and that cards will not feed Turn the Sensor to OFF to correct this problem Change the desired option as needed for Exception Feed Press the CHANGE button to turn the Hopper s Exception Card Feed feature On or Off e Note 1 The default setting is for this feature to be turned OFF In this case the Card Input Hopper rests in the DOWN position when the Printer is sitting idle
390. s Inc Diagnosing the Image Problems Resolving the Pixel failure problems Symptom A thin line or scratch travels the entire length of the card Check the card stock for scratches Replace the cards as needed Examine the Printhead for visible damage 3 Clean the Printhead Remove watches rings bracelets and other jewelry Open the Top Cover and Printhead Arm Use a Printhead Cleaning Pen from the Printer Cleaning Kit to firmly wipe back and forth across the surface of the Printhead Close the Top Cover and Printhead Arm once the Printhead is completely dry Mike Berman Student 3957105 library Code 2439 554 DTC550 Direct to Card Printer Encoder Service Manual Rev 2 8 4 38 FOR RESTRICTED USE only Fargo Electronics Inc Resolving the Pixel failure problems continued Step Procedure Replace the Cleaning Roller Open the Printer s Top Cover Pull the Cleaning Cartridge out of the Printer Remove the old roller from the Cleaning Cartridge and replace it with the new roller Pull on the Cleaning Roller s tab to remove the backing from the tape Insert the Cleaning Cartridge back into the Printer Be sure to push down on the cartridge until it clicks into place Clean the Platen Roller Leave the Printer power ON and open the Top Cover and Printhead Arm Remove the Print Ribbon Locate the Print Platen Roller Use a Cleaning Pad from the Printer Cleaning Kit to wipe the Roller clean
391. s SENSOR CALIBRATED If successful then retry the Ribbon operation by pressing RESUME DTC550 Direct to Card Printer Encoder Service Manual Rev 2 8 nc 4 29 FOR RESTRICTED USE only Fargo Electronics Inc Resolving the Print Ribbon Error Message Symptom The Print Ribbon is not installed properly or it has run out jammed broken or been damaged Procedure 1 If the Ribbon is out install a new Ribbon and press RESUME 2 If the Ribbon is broken repair the Ribbon by taping the supply end back onto the take up core and pressing RESUME Check that the Ribbon is loaded properly and completely seated on the Ribbon Hubs 4 Ensure that the LCD supplies info matches the actual Ribbon installed Note It could be an invalid or a wrong Ribbon ID tag Select Menu gt System Info gt Report Supplies gt Print Ribbon Info gt Setup Printer gt Ribbon Sensor 5 Verify that Ribbon jogs ahead then rewinds and finally reports SENSOR CALIBRATED If successful then retry the Ribbon operation by pressing RESUME Resolving the Print Ribbon Out Error Message Symptom The Print Ribbon has run out Procedure Install a new Ribbon and press Resume to continue DTC550 Direct to Card Printer Encoder Service Manual Rev 2 8 4 30 FOR RESTRICTED USE only Fargo Electronics Resolving the Ribbon Jam Broken Error Message Symptom An error message is displayed on the LCD and the Ribbon is broken Procedure Ve
392. s Top Cover Pull the Cleaning Cartridge out of the Printer Remove the old roller from the Cleaning Cartridge and replace it with the new roller Pull on the Cleaning Roller s tab to remove the backing from the tape Insert the Cleaning Cartridge back into the Printer A Caution Be sure to push down on the cartridge until it clicks into place Clean the Platen Roller Leave the Printer power ON and open the Top Cover and Printhead Arm Remove the Print Ribbon Locate the Platen Roller Use a Cleaning Pad from the Printer Cleaning Kit to wipe the Roller clean Press the FWD and REV buttons to move the Roller back and forth while cleaning Replace the Print Ribbon and close the Top Cover and Printhead Arm after the Rollers are clean and completely dry Mike Berman Student 3957105 library Code 2439 554 lt DTC550 Direct to Card Printer Encoder Service Manual Rev 2 8 4 41 FOR RESTRICTED USE only Fargo Electronics Inc Resolving the incorrect Image Darkness problems Symptom Printed cards are too dark or too light as shown on the next page Step Procedure Run a Self Test from the Printer See Printing a Test Print Image a Select Menu from the LCD b Select Print Test Image from the menu c Select Gray Align YMC K Self test from the Menu d lf the Self test card does not appear to have the same darkness issues continue to step 2 Adjusting the Dye sub intensity e If the Se
393. s are jamming on or at the Flipper Table or a Card Jam Flip error is displayed on the LCD 1 Procedure Error message reads Unable to feed card Ensure that the Flipper Table is level Open the Top Cover and remove any cards that are jammed inside the Printer Reset power on the Printer to clear any error messages that are on the LCD Press the MENU button on the LCD Press the Down Arrow button and select PRINTER SETUP Scroll through the menu and select FLIPPER SETTINGS Select PRINT FLIP LEVEL If the cards are feeding over the Feed Rollers on the card path adjust the value by 2 OR If the cards are feeding under the Card Feed Path adjust the value by 2 Ensure that the Flipper Table Tension Spring is providing appropriate tension Open the Top Cover on the Printer Remove the Ribbon Rotate the Flipper Table to an angle perpendicular to the Card Feed Path Using the Forward button insert a card onto the Flipper Table Once fed onto the Flipper Table D850855 manually pull the card from the Flipper table Note There should be sufficient resistance to prevent the card from slipping from the Flipper table If there is not sufficient resistance replace the U shaped spring on the top of the Flipper Table DTC550 Direct to Card Printer Encoder Service Manual Rev 2 8 Inc FOR RESTRICTED USE only Resolving the Card Hopper Jam Error Message Step 1 LE Procedure Clear any obstruc
394. sembly 0855060 DTC550 Direct to Card Printer Encoder Service Manual Rev 2 8 2 13 FOR RESTRICTED USE only Fargo Electronics Inc Printer Components Adjustment Lever to Serial Interface Ports cont Component Description Card Output Stores printed cards up to 100 30 mil cards Hopper Output Hopper with card ejecting DTC550 Direct to Card Printer Encoder Service Manual Rev 2 8 2 14 FOR RESTRICTED USE only Fargo Electronics Inc Printer Components Adjustment Lever to Serial Interface Ports cont Component Description Card Supply Check the current card supply at a glance without having to open Window the Card Hopper Door Card Input This lock allows you to lock the Card Input Hopper Door to help Hopper Lock prevent the theft of blank cards Exception Insert a single exception card into this slot if you would like to print Card Slot onto a card other than those loaded in the Card Input Hopper LCD display Displays the current status of the Printer LED light Indicates Printer ON OFF pause status conditions and error conditions Printhead This Print Station component actually does the printing Note This component is fragile and must not be bumped or touched with anything other than a cleaning pen Printhead Arm Assembly 0855053 Printhead Arm Slide 0855071 Screw F000175 Printhead Assembly D855055 DTC550 Direct to Card Prin
395. sembly D840625 to the Flipper Table D850280 c Remove the Card FTB Sensor Assembly D840625 Continued on the next page DTC550 Direct to Card Printer Encoder Service Manual Rev 2 8 8 84 FOR RESTRICTED USE only Fargo Electronics Inc Replacing the Flipper Table D850280 continued Step Procedure 5 Remove the yellow Ribbon Cable 840176 from the Flipper Table Continued on the next page DTC550 Direct to Card Printer Encoder Service Manual Rev 2 8 8 85 FOR RESTRICTED USE only Fargo Electronics Inc Replacing the Flipper Table D850280 continued Step Procedure 6 Install the new Flipper Table by reversing the previous steps Note The four point stand offs are not used in DTC550 Printers Snap the Flipper Table Brace Clip off the runners Ensure the four stand offs from the Flipper Table flag Arm are removed in order to allow the Table to rotate freely a Reverse this procedure to reassemble being careful to line up the two 2 pins on the large Gear 840221 Ensure the fragile Retainer Clips on the Table easily slide into the groove on the Roller Shaft D855061 as shown on the next page A Caution Failure to do so may damage the retainer clips making it necessary for the Flipper Table to be replaced b During installation pull the yellow Ribbon Cable 840176 through the white Retainer Clip on the Gear towards the right to keep it from becoming enta
396. ser Guide Rev 1 0 16 1 RESTRICTED USE ONLY Glossy Matte 15 8 Graphical Device Interface GDI 15 8 Gray Scale 15 8 H Halftoning 15 8 Hard Drive 15 9 Hardware 15 9 HDP High Definition Printing 15 9 Head 15 9 Heat Seal 15 9 Heat sink 15 9 HiCo High Coercivity 15 9 high coercivity Magnetic Stripes 6 48 Hopper Motor Assembly D840980 8 32 HTML HyperText Markup Language 15 9 HTTP HyperText Transfer Protocol 15 9 I IC Integrated Circuit 15 9 ID Identification 15 9 IEEE 1284 Institute of Electrical and Electronics Engineers 1284 15 10 Image 15 10 Input 15 10 Input Hopper 15 10 Intermediate Transfer Media InTM 15 10 ISO 15 10 ISO Standard Encoding Module 6 48 J JIS C 6220 Type II cards 6 47 JIS II Japanese Industrial Standard 15 10 JIS II option JIS I mode JIS II Magnetic Head 6 48 JIS II Standard Encoding Module 6 48 K K Panel 15 10 L Lamination 15 10 Lamination 8 103 8 107 8 113 8 131 8 140 8 142 8 166 8 168 8 169 8 172 8 173 8 174 8 175 8 176 8 177 8 178 8 181 8 182 8 183 8 184 Lamination Module Top Cover 8 162 8 164 8 165 LAN Local Area Network 15 10 Landscape 15 11 LCD Liquid Crystal Display 15 11 LED Light Emitting Diode 15 11 LoCo Low Coercivity 15 11 LPT Port Line Printer Port 15 11 M Mag encoding 15 11 Mag stripe 15 11 Fargo Electronics Inc Mag Track 15 11 Mag Verify 1
397. sesoccesossscoccesesosocoecososoececeesesocoesesocoesesosoeoesesessssossoses Contrast oD R eosecososcoscosscocsocesocososossocsocococoscossesesococsessossseossoossoocsoses Gamma m 0 Yellow Balance 32 4 x Magenta Balance 36 Cyan Balance me 42 we Dye Sub Intensity 0 MC Resin Heat Front K Resin Heat Back DTC550 Direct to Card Printer Encoder Service Manual Rev 2 8 6 28 FOR RESTRICTED USE only Fargo Electronics Inc Using the Image Color tab continued Step Procedure Return all options to their factory settings by clicking on the Default button amp DTC550 Card Printer Printing Preferences Lamination Overlay z anel Resin Printer Supplies Cad Device Option Image Color Calibrate Magnetic Encoding Contrast SA l 0 R eescesscoscecesococoosososcosoesesocosococsosocoosoesssosecossosssosssssssossese Gamma D x x Yellow Balance 32 K Tie A Eo Sab va Magenta Balance So ot et 8 fot ose i Cyan Balance 42 Dye Sub Intensity 0 MG ooo o oao Resin Heat Front 0 a Gone Resin Heat Back 0 peri EA Overlay Heat 0 aa E SAA 0 Default x x t DTC550 Direct to Card Printer Encoder Service Manual Rev 2 8 6 29 FOR RESTRICTED USE only Fargo Electronics Inc Using the Resin Heat K option Front and Back Use this option to control the amount of
398. side of each Pulley D850190 if applicable Remove Belts and Pulleys D850190 to access the Pulley D850190 that is to be replaced Remove the Belt and remove both Pulleys D850190 between the corresponding Shafts Note It may be possible to remove just the Pulley that needs to be replaced DTC550 Direct to Card Printer Encoder Service Manual Rev 2 8 8 123 FOR RESTRICTED USE only Fargo Electronics Inc Replacing the Main Pulleys D850190 Refer to Drawing D855050 Tools Needed Torx T10 Screwdriver Parts Needed Main Pulley s D850190 Estimated Repair Time 2 to 10 minutes Steps Procedure 4 Replace all of the Main Pulleys D850190 that were removed or that are noticed to be loose to the Shaft NOTE Be careful when replacing the gears There is a small inner RIB that should not be shaved off when this gear installs Start by pushing the gear on from the round side of the shaft not the flat side of the shaft 5 Reverse this procedure to re assemble DTC550 Direct to Card Printer Encoder Service Manual Rev 2 8 8 124 FOR RESTRICTED USE only Fargo Electronics Inc Replacing the Main Pulleys D850190 continued See the procedure on the previous page Screw F000170 Main Pulley Belt D850190 F000268 Belt Bearing F000092 Rey N Me Belt Washer etaining i F000094 130951 Ring Ribbon 140062 Roller Bearing 760219 Pulley AN
399. sitions the printed image correctly on the trailing edge of the card Procedure Choose MENU Print Test Image and Gray Align YMC K to print a test card Select MENU Setup Printer Print Settings and Print EOF Record the Print EOF value on the test card you just printed a Examine the test card b Ifthe test card does not look like the sample shown below go to Print EOF Decrease the Print EOF value to move the printed image more toward the leading edge of the card OR Increase the Print EOF value to move the printed image more toward the trailing edge of the card e The numbers being entered for the settings are in 1 2 pixels e The number of pixels is equal to the measurement in inches times 600 or the measurement in mm times 23 6 For example 0 100 inches or 2 54mm equals 60 increments on the LCD Continued on the next page DTC550 Direct to Card Printer Encoder Service Manual Rev 2 8 8 43 FOR RESTRICTED USE only Fargo Electronics Inc Setting the Print EOF relates to new Printhead installation continued Step Procedure Repeat Steps 1 to 6 above until the Test Image is correctly positioned Press DONE to save the value Press YES when asked to save the change Print a test card as described in step 1 Alignment Arrows TOF EOF Leading Edge Trailing Edge of Card of Card DTC550 Direct to Card Printer Encoder Service Manual Rev 2 8 8 44 FOR RESTRICTED USE only Fargo Electron
400. sor wires connected near the Cleaning Roller on the back side Main Board side of the Printer Continued on the next page DTC550 Direct to Card Printer Encoder Service Manual Rev 2 8 8 57 FOR RESTRICTED USE only Fargo Electronics Inc Replacing the Card Feed Sensor near Cleaning Roller A000125 cont Steps Procedure 7 a Remove the tie wrap that secures the Sensor wire b Disconnect the in line Cable connector to release Sensor c Verify that the Hopper Transport is at maximum height to allow access to the top screw for the Sensor If not then rotate the Gears to gain access 8 a Use the Torx T10 Screwdriver to remove the two 2 screws on the Main Board side F000171 that secure the Sensor Board Assembly b Remove and transfer the stand offs from the old Sensor to the new one Install the new Sensor to the Sideplate and reverse this procedure to re assemble c When replacing this Sensor transfer the stand offs from the old Sensor to the new Sensor DTC550 Direct to Card Printer Encoder Service Manual Rev 2 8 8 58 FOR RESTRICTED USE only Fargo Electronics Inc Replacing the Sensor Board Assembly Magnetic Unit 140407 Refer to Drawing D855084 Tools Needed Torx T10 Screwdriver Parts Needed Sensor Board Assembly 140407 Estimated Repair Time 2 to 10 minutes Steps Procedure A Caution Turn off the Printer and unplug the power cord from t
401. ss EXIT to save the value DTC550 Direct to Card Printer Encoder Service Manual Rev 2 8 12 22 FOR RESTRICTED USE only Fargo Electronics Inc Adjusting the Magnetic TOF Use this setting to position the magnetic data at the correct distance from the leading edge of the card e The Magnetic TOF is the distance from the edge of the card to the Start Sentinel SS e The Start Sentinel marks the beginning of the encoded data Note According to the magnetic recording standard ISO 7811 the correct Start Sentinel distance is 0 293 inches 0 020 inches 7 44 mm 0 51 mm from the leading edge of the card Step Procedure From the application program print and encode a test card e Measure this distance by making the data visible using a magnetic viewer or developer solution Alternatively use a Magnetic Card Analyzer to measure the Start Sentinel distance If the Start Sentinel is too far from the leading edge of the card reduce or make negative the Magnetic TOF OR If the Start Sentinel is too close to the leading edge of the card increase or make positive the Magnetic TOF Select MENU Setup Printer Encoder Settings and Magnetic TOF Record the Magnetic TOF value on the test card last printed DTC550 Direct to Card Printer Encoder Service Manual Rev 2 8 12 23 FOR RESTRICTED USE only Fargo Electronics Inc Setting the Magnetic TOF continued Step Procedure Enter a Magnetic TOF val
402. t Fargo is an ISO certified company at this time e ANSI ISO ASQ _Q9001 2000 American National Standard sub title Quality Management Systems Requirements published by the American Society of Quality Quality Press P O Box 3005 Milwaukee Wisconsin 53201 3005 e The ASQ ISO 9000 2000 Handbook editors Charles A Cianfrani Joseph J Tsiakals and John E West Second Edition published by the American Society of Quality Quality Press 600 N Plankinton Avenue Milwaukee Wisconsin 53203 e Juran s Quality Handbook editors Joseph M Juran and A Blanton Godfrey Fifth Edition McGraw Hill Any questions regarding changes corrections updates or enhancements to this document should be forwarded to FARGO Electronics Incorporated Support Services 6533 Flying Cloud Drive Eden Prairie MN 55344 USA 952 941 0050 FAX 952 941 7836 www fargosupport com DTC550 Direct to Card Printer Encoder Service Manual Rev 2 8 ii FOR RESTRICTED USE only Table of Contents Fargo Electronics Inc Section 1 Introduction 1 1 Safety Messages review carefully 1 1 See Safety Messages below 1 2 How to use the guide 1 3 DTC550 Direct to Card Printer Encoder Overview 1 4 Reviewing the DTC550 Block Diagram 1 4 Reviewing DTC550 Sequence of Operations 1 6 Reviewing DTC550 Boot up
403. t Rollers D855046 8 97 Replacing the Card Feed Input Roller D850415 8 99 Replacing the Pinch Roller D840830 8 102 Replacing the Platen Roller D855047 8 104 Replacing the Intermediate Roller 840318 8 106 Replacing the Cleaning Driven Roller D850308 8 108 Replacing the Flipper Table Card Idler Roller D880153 8 110 Belt and Pulley Replacement Procedures 8 112 Replacing the Front Drive Train Belt FO00092 and or Belt FO000094 8 112 Replacing the Belt FO00108 8 115 Replacing the Belt F000268 8 117 Replacing the Belt 220071 8 119 Replacing the O Ring Drive Belt F000390 8 121 Replacing the Main Pulleys D850190 8 123 Replacing the Main Pulleys D850190 8 124 Replacing the Pulley D850221 Platen or Magnetic Flipper Drive Train 8 126 Replacing the Gear Combo Pulley D880141 8 128 Replacing the O Ring Belt F000385 8 130 Gear Replacement Procedures 8 132 Replacing the Ribbon Idler Gear for Hopper Lift 760288 8 132 Replacing the Pulley Gear D841202 Hopper Transport 8 134 Replacing the Ribbon Idler Gear 760288 Hopper Transport Drive Train 8 137 Replacing the Pulley Gear Combo 760287 Hopper Transport Drive Train 8 139 Idler Replacement Procedures 8 141 Replacing the Card Stack Idler for Input Roller D850271 8 141 PCB related Replacement Procedures 8 144 Replacing the PCB Power Assembly A000380 8 144 Replacing the PCB LED Assembly A000109 Ribbon Sensor LED Board 8 146 Guide Replacement Procedures 8 148 Repla
404. t printing on the card OR Increase the Ribbon Tension value to move the end of the image toward the trailing edge of the card A Caution Be sure to make adjustments in small increments of 2 to avoid over adjusting this setting For example the Ribbon may jam or break if the setting is set too high DTC550 Direct to Card Printer Encoder Service Manual Rev 2 8 12 18 FOR RESTRICTED USE only Fargo Electronics Inc Adjusting the Ribbon Tension continued see Romine Press DONE to save the value and print another test card Press YES when asked to save the change 7 Repeat Steps 1 to 6 until the test image is correctly positioned See the previous page Alignment Arrows TOF EOF Leading Edge Trailing Edge of Card of Card DTC550 Direct to Card Printer Encoder Service Manual Rev 2 8 12 19 FOR RESTRICTED USE only Fargo Electronics Inc Setting the Printhead Resistance Step Procedure Locate the Printhead Setting Number on the bottom of the Printhead The number reads R XXXX 2 Select MENU Setup Printer Print Settings and Printhead Resistance Enter the given value for the Printhead Press the DONE button to save the value Press YES when asked to save the change DTC550 Direct to Card Printer Encoder Service Manual Rev 2 8 12 20 FOR RESTRICTED USE only Fargo Electronics Inc Adjusting the Image Darkness Procedure 1 Choose MENU Print Test Image and Gray Align YMC K to p
405. ta character prior to encoding on the track Fargo Electronics Inc Step Procedure Select NULL to change the ASCII Offset to NULL OR Select SPACE to change the ASCII Offset to SPACE OR Select ZERO to change the ASCII Offset to ZERO Magnetic Track Options Bit Density Character Size ASCII Offset 75 BPI 5Bits NULL 128 BPI 7 Bits f SPACE f 210 BPI C 8Bits C ZERO DTC550 Direct to Card Printer Encoder Service Manual Rev 2 8 6 55 FOR RESTRICTED USE only Fargo Electronics Inc Using the LRC Generation radio buttons Use this option to customize the LRC Generation Mode used to encode the magnetic data on the currently selected track Step Procedure Select NO LRC to change the LRC Generation to none OR Select Even Parity to change the LRC Generation to Even Parity OR Select Odd Parity to change the LRC Generation to Odd Parity LAC Generation Character Parity C NoLRC C No Parity Even Parity C Even Parity C Odd Parity f Odd Parity Default Shift Data Left DTC550 Direct to Card Printer Encoder Service Manual Rev 2 8 6 56 FOR RESTRICTED USE only Fargo Electronics Inc Using the Character Parity radio buttons Use this option to customize the Character Data Parity used to encode the magnetic data on the currently selected track Step Procedure Select No Parity to change the Character Parity to none OR Select Even Parity to change the Character Pa
406. ta to Track 2 2 1234567890987654321 e Sending Data to Track 3 3 1234567890987654321 Track i Valid Characters Maximum Sentinel Separator Number of Characters 78 DTC550 Direct to Card Printer Encoder Service Manual Rev 2 8 6 60 FOR RESTRICTED USE only Fargo Electronics Inc Sending the Track Information Magnetic track data is sent in the form of text strings from the application software to the Printer Driver Specific characters must be added to the magnetic data to be encoded in order for the Printer Driver to differentiate between Magnetic Track data and the rest of the printable objects Note These specify the data and the tracks to encode and mark the start and the stop of the data string e Automatic In some cases these specific characters are automatically added to the string of track data by ID software applications e Manual In most cases the User must manually add these characters to the string of Magnetic Track data Note If these characters are not added to the track data the text intended for the Magnetic Track will appear as printed text on the card To avoid this track information must be entered as described below Step Procedure When entering track data the tilde character is entered first followed by the track number 1 2 or 3 on which the data should encode This is followed by the data to be encoded e Start Sentinel and End Sentinel The first character of this data str
407. tance Please remove or reposition the card and press RESUME to continue The Ribbon must be removed at this point to properly calibrate the Sensor If printing a large number of cards replace the Ribbon now or monitor the Printer until the Ribbon is gone and install a new Ribbon Install a new Ribbon and press RESUME to continue or CANCEL to abort Reinsert the Ribbons or press RESUME Replace the Ribbon or recalibrate according to the steps in the Troubleshooting section of the User Guide Press RESUME to continue or CANCEL to abort See Resolving the Ribbon Alignment Error Message FOR RESTRICTED USE only Fargo Electronics Inc Troubleshooting the LCD Messages continued RIBBON ERROR There is no Ribbon or its Install a new Ribbon and press identification tag cannot RESUME to continue or CANCEL be read to abort If the problem persists call for technical assistance RIBBON The print Ribbon is either If jammed clear it according to the JAM BROKEN jammed or broken steps in the Troubleshooting section If broken repair by taping the Ribbon back on to the take up core Press RESUME to continue or CANCEL to abort RIBBON TAG The Ribbon identification Install a new Ribbon and press ERROR tag cannot be read or the RESUME to continue or CANCEL Ribbon is consumed to abort If the problem persists call for technical assistance RIBBON TENSION The Ribbon tensions or Check and adjust the LCD pr
408. tatus Administration Help Internet DTC550 Direct to Card Printer Encoder Service Manual Rev 2 8 7 15 FOR RESTRICTED USE only Fargo Electronics Inc Reviewing the Ethernet Home Pages This section provides displays of home pages for the DTC550 Reviewing the DTC550 Home Page E Fargo DTC550 S N M0000030 Home Page Microsoft Internet Explorer aA File Edit Yiew Favorites Tools Help ay Q sxx amp x a A P Search J Favorites g A 7 E X 3 Address EIEEE v Eco in G Home Network Status System Log Administration Help FARGO DTC550 Home Check out our web site for product information technical support and downloads Printer Information Label Rob s MVT Location my cube Contact REF Serial Number 140000030 Printer Firmware 117 Version Boot Loader Firmware 01 06 06 Version Hardware Address 100 13 44 00 10 23 Internet DTC550 Direct to Card Printer Encoder Service Manual Rev 2 8 7 16 FOR RESTRICTED USE only Fargo Electronics Inc Reviewing the Home Page Categories and Fields table You can view these categories and fields in the following table Category Field Purpose Fixed for Serial Number Displays the unique fixed serial number of the Printer Printer Hardware Address Displays the unique fixed hardware address MAC of the Printer which is the unique Ethernet device identifier Set by User Label Indicat
409. tended to be supplied by a Listed Power Unit marked Class 2 and rated for 24 V dc 3 3 to 5 A Supply 50 Hz 60 Hz Frequency System Windows 2000 with Service Pack 4 Windows XP with Service Requirements Pack 2 and Windows Server 2003 x86 300 MHz computer with 64 MB of RAM or higher 200 MB free hard disk space or higher USB 1 1 Warranty Printer Two year including On Call Express U S only optional Extended Warranty Program U S only see below for more detail Two 2 Year Factory Warranty Covers parts and depot repair First year On Call Express loaner printer 2 year On Call Express available for a fee This must be purchased before the first year On Call Express expires Extended Warranties available Printhead One year unlimited pass with UltraCard Cards e DTC550 20 lbs 9 1 kg e DTC550 LC 39 Ibs 17 7 kg e LC Module 19 lbs 8 6 kg DTC550 Direct to Card Printer Encoder Service Manual Rev 2 8 2 8 FOR RESTRICTED USE only Fargo Electronics Inc Functional Specifications The Card Printer utilizes two different yet closely related printing technologies to achieve its direct to card print quality for Dye Sublimation and resin thermal transfer The Card Printer will print from any IBM PC or compatible running Windows 2000 or Windows XP The following describes how each of these technologies works pecan pea ea Dye Dye Sublimation is the print method the Card Printer uses t
410. tential damage To prevent equipment or media damage always remove the Ribbon and Cards from the Printer before making any repairs unless otherwise specified To prevent equipment or media damage take jewelry off of fingers and hands as well as thoroughly clean hands to remove oil and debris before working on the Printer DTC550 Direct to Card Printer Encoder Service Manual Rev 2 8 1 2 FOR RESTRICTED USE only Fargo Electronics Inc How to use the guide The DTC550 Direct to Card Printer Encoder User Guide Rev 2 8 is designed to provide Installers and Technicians with quick efficient lookup of related procedures components and terms The manual can be used effectively either in soft or hard copy depending on the preference of the Installer or Technician ee oc ea Sequence of Operations and Technical Functional Specifications hyper linked Table of Contents hyper linked Troubleshooting Diagnostic and Navigation Procedures in hyper linked Sections Cross Referencing hyper linked DTC550 Direct to Card Printer Encoder Service Manual Rev 2 8 You can go directly to the Sequence of Operations Technical Specifications and Functional Specifications to learn how to use the processes procedures functions and windows for the DTC550 Direct to Card Printer Encoder within concise correlative tables You can use the automated Table of Contents to quickly locate for example an error message o
411. ter Encoder Service Manual Rev 2 8 2 15 FOR RESTRICTED USE only Fargo Electronics Inc Printer Components Adjustment Lever to Serial Interface Ports cont Component Power Switch Power Port Securing Latches Softkey Buttons Scroll Buttons USB Interface Port Serial Interface Ports Top Cover Securing Latches Card Output Hopper N DTC550 Direct to Card Printer Encoder Service Manual Rev 2 8 Description This switch turns the Printer power ON and OFF This port connects to the included power supply These latches lock the Print Station securely in place when closed The button function is displayed above the button The buttons change depending upon the Printer s mode of operation These buttons are used to scroll through menus and sub menus and to adjust certain menu options This port connects to a Windows PC with a USB cable For Encoding option These ports are provided only if your Printer includes one or more optional Encoding Modules Print Station i Printhead Card Cleaning Cartridge LCD Display Scroll Buttons LED Light Softkey Buttons Card Input Hopper Card Supply Window Exception Card Slot 2 16 FOR RESTRICTED USE only Fargo Electronics Inc Printer Components LCD and Softkey Control Pad The Printer provides a four line eighty 80 character LCD display that communicates helpful information about the Printer s o
412. ter Encoder Service Manual Rev 2 8 8 23 FOR RESTRICTED USE only Fargo Electronics Inc Replacing the Stepper Motor Assembly D855087 Platen Roller Drive Train Refer to Drawing D855051 and D855050 Tools Needed Torx T10 Screwdriver Parts Needed Stepper Motor Assembly D855087 Estimated Repair Time 10 to 15 minutes Steps Procedure A Caution Turn off the Printer and unplug the power cord from the Printer A Danger Wear proper eye protection to perform this procedure 2 a Lift up on the bottom edge of the Top Lid Tilt it back into the fully open position b Use the Torx head Screwdriver to remove the two 2 screws FO001 72 located near the hinges c Release the plastic tabs in the four corners of the Cover Lift the Cover off of the Printer d Remove the Baseplate from the Printer Assembly Note This is necessary to gain access to the Stepper Motor screws e Remove the three 3 screws holding the Sideplates to the Baseplate Note One of the screws is located inside the Printer between the Flipper Table and the Card path e Slide the Printer toward the direction of the Input Hopper and lift up from the Baseplate Continued on the next page DTC550 Direct to Card Printer Encoder Service Manual Rev 2 8 8 24 FOR RESTRICTED USE only Fargo Electronics Inc Replacing the Stepper Motor Assembly D855087 Platen Roller Drive Train Step Procedure 3
413. ter Supplies Card Device Options Image Color Calibrate Magnetic Encoding Encoding Mode iso C JISI Coercivity C Super 4 000 Oe C Medium 600 Oe Hi 2 750 De C Low 300 Oe Magnetic Track Selection Tracki Track2 Track3 Enable MLE Support DTC550 Direct to Card Printer Encoder Service Manual Rev 2 8 6 51 FOR RESTRICTED USE only Fargo Electronics Inc Using the Magnetic Track Options Use the Magnetic Track options for these purposes e Customize the ISO encoded data format for each of the Magnetic Stripe s three tracks e Customize each track independently of the other two e Specify which of the three tracks to customize by selecting one of the three track options Note 1 After making the required selection the Magnetic Track options box displays the current set of customization options for the selected track Note 2 For most applications the default settings for these options do not need to be changed Magnetic Track Options Bit Density Character Size ASCII Offset 75 BPI C 5Bits NULL C 128 BPI 7 Bits SPACE f 210 BPl C 8 Bits ZERO DTC550 Direct to Card Printer Encoder Service Manual Rev 2 8 6 52 FOR RESTRICTED USE only Using the Bit Density radio buttons Use this option to customize the Bit Recording Density Bits per Inch used to encode Fargo Electronics Inc the magnetic data on the currently selected track The default ISO Standard selections
414. ter s LCD display to help communicate the Printer s current status Note It is especially effective when the User is too far away from the Printer to read the LCD display See the descriptions for Error Screens and Attention Screens below this LED Light display for more detail on the Printer s LCD display LED Light DTC550 Direct to Card Printer Encoder Service Manual Rev 2 8 2 19 FOR RESTRICTED USE only Fargo Electronics Inc Printer Components LCD and Softkey Control Pad continued Error Your Printer is capable of communicating two similar yet different Screens types of message screens The first is called an ERROR screen This screen appears if an error occurs and will completely stop Printer operation In this case the LCD will display ERROR on the first line and a brief description of the error on the second line If multiple errors occur at the same time the first line will display ERROR 1 of 2 or whatever the total number of errors may be To see the other error s use the scroll keys Press the HELP button to bring up the help screen explaining the nature of the error and how to correct it If necessary use the scroll buttons to scroll down the paragraph of help text Press QUIT when you are done reading Once the error is corrected resume operation or reset the Printer according to how you were instructed in the help screen INFO MSG The second type of prompt is called an INFO MSG screen screen
415. terminal emulation program that allows a User to send commands to a TCP IP connected device and receive the responses UDP User Defines a protocol for sending and receiving messages on a network Datagram Protocol Syslog The standard method for logging system events Root User A User with administrative rights to change any Printer settings Guest User A User without rights to change Printer settings Ping A common utility or command that sends a message to network devices asking for a return message Note This is used to diagnose if the device is on the network or to troubleshoot the connection DTC550 Direct to Card Printer Encoder Service Manual Rev 2 8 7 69 FOR RESTRICTED USE only Fargo Electronics Inc Section 8 DTC550 Replacement Procedures The replacement procedures for the DTC550 printer are provided in this section DTC550 Direct to Card Printer Encoder Service Manual Rev 2 8 8 1 FOR RESTRICTED USE only Fargo Electronics Inc Safety Messages review carefully Symbol Critical Instructions for Safety purposes Danger A Failure to follow these installation guidelines can result in death or serious injury Information that raises potential safety issues is indicated by a warning symbol as shown to the below e To prevent personal injury refer to the following safety messages before performing an operation preceded by this symbol e To prevent personal injury a
416. th 2 114 Print Length 3 362 Card Size CR 80 ha DTC550 Direct to Card Printer Encoder Service Manual Rev 2 8 Fargo Electronics Inc 6 3 FOR RESTRICTED USE only Fargo Electronics Inc Using the Card Hopper Selection option The Printer Driver always overrides the LCD based Hopper selection For example the Printer will print from Hopper 2 even if Hopper 1 H 1 is selected on the LCD This is because the print job was sent with Hopper 2 selected from the Printer Driver Step Procedure Select First Available for these purposes To print from the Hopper currently selected as indicated on the Printer s LCD To automatically switch via the Printer to the other Hopper once the current Hopper runs out of cards Note In most cases this option is used when both Hoppers are loaded with the same type of cards such as in higher volume batch printing applications To manually designate the Hopper just prior to each specific print job by pressing the H 1 or H 2 softkey buttons OR Select Hopper 1 to print only from Hopper 1 Select this option and the Hopper will not automatically switch to the other Hopper when running out of cards in Hopper 1 Use this option when two different types of cards are loaded separately into each Hopper in order to print onto only one of those specific cards e g Mag stripe cards in Hopper 1 versus non stripe cards in Hopper 2 OR Select Hopper 2 to print only from Hoppe
417. th Lamination Printer only Connect the other end of the AC power cable to a Surge Protector Connect the cord to the Power Supply See both notes below e Note No 1 Instead of connecting the AC power cable directly into an AC outlet it is recommended that a Surge Protector be used to protect against power surges Note No 2 Some buildings have surge protection built into the electrical outlets Please consult your building supervisor regarding this material DTC550 Direct to Card Printer Encoder Service Manual Rev 2 8 3 25 FOR RESTRICTED USE only Fargo Electronics Inc Connecting power to the DTC550 Printer continued Step Procedure This applies to the DTC550 with Lamination Printer only Connect the plug from the power supply to the Card Lamination Module as shown below DTC550 Direct to Card Printer Encoder Service Manual Rev 2 8 3 26 FOR RESTRICTED USE only Fargo Electronics Inc Connecting power to the DTC550 Printer continued Step Procedure Turn on the Printers power by pressing on the Printer s power switch ON OFF Note Once the DTC550 has been powered on the Printer will initialize the Print Ribbon DTC550 Direct to Card Printer Encoder Service Manual Rev 2 8 3 27 FOR RESTRICTED USE only Fargo Electronics Inc Loading the Blank Cards sep Pomdne Open the Card Hopper door as shown below DTC550 Direct to Card Printer Encoder Service Manual Rev 2 8 3 28
418. the Printer A Caution To prevent equipment or media damage observe all established Electrostatic Discharge ESD procedures while handling Cables in or near the Circuit Board and Printhead Assemblies A Danger Wear proper eye protection to perform this procedure 2 Remove the Lamination Module Top Cover and Lamination Module Rear Cover D855156 and D855162 See Replacing the Lamination Module Top Cover and Lamination Module Rear Cover D855156 and D855162 3 Remove the one 1 screw F000170 from the Card Position Sensor Assembly D870186 to the Card Edge Bracket D870281 4 Follow the wire to the Main Board connection and remove it 5 Reverse assemble to reinstall new part DTC550 Direct to Card Printer Encoder Service Manual Rev 2 8 8 172 FOR RESTRICTED USE only Fargo Electronics Inc Replacing the Lamination Module Flipper Position Sensor D870188 Refer to Drawing D870154 Tools Needed Phillips head Screwdriver Torx T10 Screwdriver Parts Needed Lamination Module Flipper Position Sensor D870188 Estimated Repair Time 15 minutes Step Procedure A Caution Turn off the Printer and unplug the power cord from the Printer A Caution To prevent equipment or media damage observe all established Electrostatic Discharge ESD procedures while handling Cables in or near the Circuit Board and Printhead Assemblies A Danger Wear proper eye protection to perform this p
419. the Custom HoloMark Card 6 85 Using the K Panel Resin tab 6 86 Selecting the Full Card with the K Panel Resin tab 6 87 Selecting the Defined Area s with the K Panel Resin tab 6 88 Selecting the Undefined Area s with the K Panel Resin tab 6 89 Defining the Area to activate the Card Grid 6 90 Measuring the Total Card area 6 91 Defining the positioning of the area on the Card 6 93 Selecting the Print YMC under the K and Print K Only options 6 95 Using the Printer Supplies tab 6 97 Reviewing the Ribbon Information 6 98 Reviewing the Ribbon Level Indicator 6 99 Section 7 Ethernet Option Section 7 1 Introduction 7 1 Technical Specification Ethernet Option 7 2 Functional Specification Ethernet Option 7 3 Network Services Overview 7 4 Reviewing the Print Server 7 4 Reviewing the Web Page Server 7 4 Reviewing the Network Management Interface 7 4 DTC550 Direct to Card Printer Encoder Service Manual Rev 2 8 vi FOR RESTRICTED USE only Reviewing the Telnet Server Fargo Electronics Inc 7 4 Network Management Interface Telnet Command Line Interface Initiating a Telnet Session 7 5 7 6 Reviewing the Telnet Command Table 7 7 Ethernet Web Pages Standard Procedures Reviewing Web page security 7 13 7 13 Logging In Accessing the Home pages Accessing the DTC550 Home Page 7 14 7 15 7 15 Reviewing the Ethernet Home Pages Reviewing the DTC550 Home Page 7 16 7 16 Reviewi
420. the Encoding Mode option Use the Encoding Mode option to specify which magnetic encoding standard to use e The DTC550 Card Printer can be installed with one of two types of factory installed Magnetic Stripe Encoding Modules e Change the encoding mode and coercivity setting or modify the ISO standards for tracks 1 2 and 3 by correctly modifying these Magnetic Encoding options amp DTC550 Card Printer Printing Preferences Lamination Overlay Print Area K Panel Resin Printer Supplies Card Device Options Image Color Calibrate Magnetic Encoding Encoding Mode i180 C Jsi Coercivity C Super 4 000 Oe C Medium 600 Oe Hi 2 750 De C Low 300 Oe Magnetic Track Selection Tracki Track2 Track3 T Enable MLE Support Magnetic Track Options Bit Density Character Size ASCII Offset 75 BPI C 5Bits NULL 128 BPI 7 Bits SPACE 210BPL C 8Bits C ZERO LAC Generation Character Parity Shit Data Left C NoLRC C No Parity Even Parity Even Parity C Odd Parity Odd Parity DTC550 Direct to Card Printer Encoder Service Manual Rev 2 8 6 47 FOR RESTRICTED USE only Fargo Electronics Inc Using the Encoding Mode option continued Step Procedure 1 Select the ISO Standard Encoding Module with a dual coercivity high or low encoding head Note By default the Printer Driver is set to encode according to ISO standards onto high coercivity Magnetic Stripes OR Select
421. the Flipper Table to attempt to home itself DTC550 Direct to Card Printer Encoder Service Manual Rev 2 8 4 35 FOR RESTRICTED USE only Fargo Electronics Inc Firmware Errors Resolving the Update Firmware Now The System Firmware must be updated for one of these reasons e The previous Firmware update was unsuccessful e The program data is corrupt e The Printer model does not correspond with the installed Firmware model number e The revision number of the Firmware does not match on all system components Resolving an Upgrade Failed error Symptom An Upgrade Failed error is displayed on the LCD during the upgrade process Procedure Determine if there is interference from an external device Ensure that the proper procedure is being used DTC550 Direct to Card Printer Encoder Service Manual Rev 2 8 4 36 FOR RESTRICTED USE only Fargo Electronics Resolving a Program Exception Error Symptom An error has occurred in the Printers Firmware causing a Program Exception Error Procedure Restart the Printer and attempt to print the card again If no Error is displayed continue printing If a Program Exception is displayed again continue to step 2 2 Reload the Firmware 3 Replace the Main Board Note The Main Board can only be replaced by an Authorized Service Provider DTC550 Direct to Card Printer Encoder Service Manual Rev 2 8 Inc 4 37 FOR RESTRICTED USE only Fargo Electronic
422. the JIS II Standard Encoding Module commonly used in Japan Select the JIS Il mode to encode only Track 2 Note 1 The JIS Il option provides encoding compatibility with the JIS C 6220 Type II cards commonly used in Japan No encoding customization options are available with the JIS II mode Note 2 A JIS II Magnetic Head must be installed in the Printer to use any of the JIS II options in the Driver amp DTC550 Card Printer Printing Preferences Lamination Overlay Print Area K Panel Resin Printer Supplies Card Device Options Image Color Calibrate Magnetic Encoding Encoding Mode C JISII Coercivity C Super 4 000 Oe C Medium 600 Oe Hi 2 750 Oe C Low 300 Oe Magnetic Track Selection Track1 Track2 Track3 Enable MLE Support Magnetic Track Options Bit Density Character Size ASCII Offset C 75 BPI C 5Bits NULL 128 BPI 7 Bits f SPACE f 210 BPI C 8Bits C ZERO LAC Generation Character Parity enaa C NoLRC C No Parity Even Parity C Even Parity C Odd Parity Odd Parity Default DTC550 Direct to Card Printer Encoder Service Manual Rev 2 8 6 48 FOR RESTRICTED USE only Fargo Electronics Inc Using the Coercivity Selection Use the options in this tab for encoding capability for either high or low Coercivity cards on tracks 1 2 and 3 Step Procedure Select the Coercivity option to select the Magnetic Stripe type that matches the card type Super
423. the application is formatting the magnetic string correctly See the Sending the Track Information procedure under Magnetic Encoding Tab a Use WordPad a Windows 2000 XP word processing program in the Accessories Program Group See previous display Open the program and type 1 JULIEANDERSON 1234567890 Select File gt Page Setup and click on the Printer button Ensure that the DTC550 Series Card Printer is selected and click OK Change all the margin settings to zero 0 and click OK Oo aos Go to File on Menu Bar and select Print Note The Printer should then feed a card into the Encoder and magnetically encode it DTC550 Direct to Card Printer Encoder Service Manual Rev 2 8 4 28 FOR RESTRICTED USE only Fargo Electronics Printing Process Errors Resolving the Ribbon Alignment Error Message Procedure 1 If the Ribbon is out install a new Ribbon and press RESUME 2 If the Ribbon is broken repair the Ribbon by taping the supply end back onto the take up core and pressing RESUME 3 Check that the Ribbon is loaded properly and completely seated on the Ribbon Hubs Ensure that the LCD supplies info matches the actual Ribbon installed Note It could be an invalid or a wrong Ribbon ID tag Select Menu gt System Info gt Report Supplies gt Print Ribbon Info gt Setup Printer gt Sensor Calibration gt Cal Ribbon Sensor 5 Verify that Ribbon jogs ahead then rewinds and finally report
424. the down arrow once and select Setup Printer e Next select Print Settings f Atthe Print Settings window press the down arrow seven times and select Head Resistance g Use the up and down arrows to change the Current Value to closely match the resistance value you had recorded from the new Printhead noted in Step 2 Note The value on the display will change in 50 ohm increments Adjust the value as closely as possible h When the Current Value is set press the Select button then press the Exit button to return to the main display i Print a test card by selecting MENU from the front display panel then Print Test Image and then Gray Align YMC K Note This is to confirm that the new Printhead Assembly is functioning properly e lf the test print looks good and it is consistent with the overall position and darkness of the test print from the old Printhead the Printhead installation is complete e lf you notice a problem with the test print please review the troubleshooting suggestions in this document Reverse this procedure to re assemble Continued on the next page DTC550 Direct to Card Printer Encoder Service Manual Rev 2 8 8 38 FOR RESTRICTED USE only Fargo Electronics Inc Replacing the Printhead Assembly D855055 continued See the procedure on the previous page Dual Input Assembly D855060 Printhead Arm Slide D855071 1 Screw F000175 Printhead
425. the two 2 screws F000172 located near the hinges c Release the plastic tabs in the four corners of the Cover Lift the Cover off of the Printer Continued on the next page DTC550 Direct to Card Printer Encoder Service Manual Rev 2 8 8 63 FOR RESTRICTED USE only Fargo Electronics Inc Replacing the TOF Sensor D855018 continued Steps Procedure AN Caution To prevent equipment or media damage observe all established Electrostatic Discharge ESD procedures while handling Cables in or near the Circuit Board and Printhead Assemblies a Remove the bottom plate and Main Board See Replacing the Main Board A000116 01 Single sided A000116 02 Dual sided and Replacing the Base Plate D850287 b Remove the one 1 Screw F0001 78 with a small Torx screwdriver with a ballstar head that secures the TOF Sensor D855018 to the Card Side Guide D855070 c Push the Sensor through from the top to release Release the Cable from its Retainer on the inside of the Sideplate e If this is not acceptable then it will be necessary to remove the ribbon Roller located above it and Gear located next to the Roller to gain access Retainer Clip Tools are necessary for this procedure d Locate and remove the two tie wraps that secure the TOF Sensor connector to the wiring harness Note This is located behind the Main Board and near the Flipper Table Motor e Disconnect the Sensor from the
426. tion B Ls Portrait C Landscape Copies 0 a Diagnostics Clean Printer Test Print About DTC550 Direct to Card Printer Encoder Service Manual Rev 2 8 6 7 FOR RESTRICTED USE only Fargo Electronics Inc Selecting the number of Copies Specifies the number of copies to be printed See below amp DTC550 Card Printer Printing Preferences Lamination Overlay Print Area K Panel Resin Printer Supplies Card Device Options Image Color Calibrate Magnetic Encoding Card Size CR 80 Xi inches C mm Print Width 2 114 Print Lenath 3 362 Card Hopper Selection First Available v Orientation Portrait C Landscape Copies Diagnostics Clean Printer Test Print About DTC550 Direct to Card Printer Encoder Service Manual Rev 2 8 6 8 FOR RESTRICTED USE only Fargo Electronics Inc Using the Diagnostics button under the Card tab Step Deseription o 1 Click on the Diagnostic button to bring up the Fargo Diagnostics Utility window amp DTC550 Card Printer Printing Preferences TE Overlay Print Area K Panel Resin Printer Supplies Cad Device Options Image Color Calibrate Magnetic Encoding Card Size ER 80 E inches C mm Print Width 2 114 Print Lenath 3 362 Card Hopper Selection First Available v Orientation Portrait C Landscape Copies C S Clean Printer Test Print About DTC550 Direct to Card Print
427. tions a Open the Input Hopper Door as shown below b Remove any cards from the Input Hopper c Ensure that there are no cards that are partially fed out of the Card Hopper a 0 o E Q Ilo Ay fg OQ bae NS ld s by DTC550 Direct to Card Printer Encoder Service Manual Rev 2 8 Fargo Electronics Inc FOR RESTRICTED USE only Fargo Electronics Inc Resolving the Card Hopper Empty Error Message Symptom The Hopper Empty error message is displayed on the LCD Procedure Refill the Hopper when convenient Be sure to load cards with the mag stripe down toward the rear of the Printer Turn the Card Sensor off if it is determined that the Hopper s Card Sensor cannot see these types of cards Note The activated Sensor indicates to the Printer that the Card Input Hopper is empty and the cards will not feed DTC550 Direct to Card Printer Encoder Service Manual Rev 2 8 4 20 FOR RESTRICTED USE only Fargo Electronics Inc Encoding Errors Resolving the No Magnetic Encoder Error Message Symptom The Printer is receiving encoding data but the Printer is not configured with this Encoder type Procedure Ensure the LCD Setting is correct Press Menu on the LCD Select Setup Printer and Encoder Settings Chang
428. to find Fargo Printers with Ethernet connection on a local network Note This utility is included on the CD ROM and online at www fargo com DTC550 Direct to Card Printer Encoder Service Manual Rev 2 8 7 3 FOR RESTRICTED USE only Fargo Electronics Inc Network Services Overview The Ethernet option provides the services described in this section Note Other additional services include a Ping client address assignment and Printer discovery functions Reviewing the Print Server The Print Server provides printing services in the same manner as a printer connected directly to a USB interface except that the Printer is connected through the local area network to the client PC The Print Server must be properly configured in order to provide this printing capability The Print Server is capable of queuing up to eight 8 client PCs while printing Communications between each PC and the Ethernet enabled Fargo Printer are implemented over a bi directional TCP IP interface All clients are able to send print jobs to the Printer and monitor Printer jobs and errors with the standard Windows printing system using the Fargo Printer Driver installed on their local PC In this way the User knows whether or not a print job has been successful Also the User knows what problems have been encountered while processing the print job Printing using Ethernet works in a manner similar to the USB connected PC printer Reviewing the Web P
429. to help protect the card stock Note The Printer will hold a maximum of 100 cards in each Card Input Hopper based on a standard 30 mil card thickness Card Output All standard Card Printers provide a 100 card capacity Card Output Hopper Hopper based on a standard 30 mil card thickness Note This Hopper stores the cards after they are printed DTC550 Direct to Card Printer Encoder Service Manual Rev 2 8 2 25 FOR RESTRICTED USE only Fargo Electronics Inc Reviewing the Card Lamination Module A Danger The Printers Lamination Roller can reach temperatures exceeding 350 F 175 C Use extreme caution when operating the Laminator Never touch the Lamination Roller unless the Printer has been turned off for at least 20 to 30 minutes All DTC550 Printers support the attachment of an optional Card Lamination Module This module can be ordered pre installed on your Printer from the factory or can be ordered separately as a field upgradeable module DTC550 Direct to Card Printer Encoder Service Manual Rev 2 8 2 26 FOR RESTRICTED USE only Fargo Electronics Inc Reviewing the Card Lamination Module continued Here is another display of the Card Lamination Module MT CKO OOP melon _ E J NN z L E HLH 3 j oo OSs
430. ts turn the knob one full rotation then print and laminate a test card Repeat this process as necessary If the card is bowing downward the reverse bending pressure may be too great In this case rotate the adjustment knob counter clockwise Note Some card types have very low heat resistance and may not be acceptable for laminating i Adjustment Knob DTC550 Direct to Card Printer Encoder Service Manual Rev 2 8 5 2 FOR RESTRICTED USE only Fargo Electronics Inc Adjusting the Card Guide Rail If applying PolyGuard overlaminate you may find that the individual patch from the overlaminate roll may be off center when applied to a card Note Although the patch placement will vary slightly from card to card they should never hang over the edge of the card See Card Lamination Module To center the vertical placement of these patches across the card width a mechanical adjustment can be made If the PolyGuard patches are being applied too closely to or overlapping a card s top or bottom edge as the card travels through the Printer the Laminator s Card Guide Rail should be adjusted Note This adjustment is described below Procedure Open the Lamination Module s Top Cover and Lamination Station a Feed a blank card into the module by inserting it through the output Hopper and reverse feeding it by pressing the Lamination module s Resume button b Manually position the card so its edge is flush with the Card Guide
431. ttp 10 1 210 240 adminConf html Links gt rkl rs Home Network Status Administration Help System Upgrade Reboot System Information Q Internet DTC550 Direct to Card Printer Encoder Service Manual Rev 2 8 7 45 FOR RESTRICTED USE only Fargo Electronics Inc Upgrading the Main Firmware DTC550 only continued Step Procedure 8 Select the Browse button See Display A below 9 Navigate to and select the appropriate file to upload 10 Select the Upgrade button to start the Firmware upload See Display A below 11 Select Reboot when requested See Display B below Display A Selecting the Browse and Upgrade buttons Fargo DTC550 S N M0000030 Firmware Upgrade Microsoft Internet Explorer SEE a File Edit view Favorites Tools Help Q sack amp x a A JO search JE Favorites g B ee El 7 w 3 Address http 10 1 210 240 upgrade html Ho ins Home Network Status Administration Help System Upgrade Reboot Firmware Upgrade amp Current firmware version 1 1 8 Check for firmware updates at Fargo Technical Support File to upload Upgrade Clear Changes After selecting a file to upload press the Upgrade button once to begin the firmware upgrade process Note The newly uploaded firmware will only take affect after reboot Internet Display B Continuing to reboot Microsoft Internet
432. two 2 E Clips 140062 that secure the Card Stack Idler D850271 to the one 1 Input Idler Shaft D850272 Continued on the next page DTC550 Direct to Card Printer Encoder Service Manual Rev 2 8 8 141 FOR RESTRICTED USE only Fargo Electronics Inc Replacing the Card Stack Idler D850271 continued Step Procedure 4 a Replace the Card Stack Idler 0850271 b Replace the Input Idler Shaft D850272 Assembly in the same manner that the other was removed Replace the Bushings and Clips Move the Hopper transport and lift back to their original positions 5 a Remove the two 2 E Clips 140062 that secure the Card Stack Idler D850271 to the one 1 Input Idler Shaft D850272 b Replace the Card Stack Idler 0850271 6 Replace the Card Stack Idler D850271 replacing the two 2 E Clips 140062 7 Reverse this procedure to re assemble Continued on the next page DTC550 Direct to Card Printer Encoder Service Manual Rev 2 8 8 142 FOR RESTRICTED USE only Fargo Electronics Inc Replacing the Card Stack Idler D850271 continued See the procedure on the previous page Card Path Roller D855046 Pinch Roller D840830 Static Brush D855088 Platen Roller D855047 Cleaning Driven Roller D850308 Ribbon Intermediate Roller Headlift Cam 840318 760252 Card Stack Idler Cam Sensor D850272 Flipper Table Assy S
433. ual Rev 2 8 4 24 FOR RESTRICTED USE only Fargo Electronics Inc Removing the Card Jam in the Printer s Smart Card Encoding Area Symptom A card is jammed in the Smart Card encoding area of the Printer Procedure g Clear the jammed card a Open the Top Cover and the Printhead Arm b Use the arrows on the LCD panel to move the card forward or backward to free the card Inspect the Card Feed Roller Motor for proper operation a Leave the power ON and open the Top Lid and Printhead Arm b Press the FWD button to advance the card or the REV button to reverse the card Note Use these buttons to move the card through the Printer Adjust the Flipper Offset a Select Menu on the LCD display Select Setup Printer Select Flipper Offset Select Encoder Flip Angle Change the setting in small increments Note A negative adjustment will lower the side of the Flipper Table closest to the Exit Hopper Press Done When it asks if you want to save press Yes ooo OOO o DTC550 Direct to Card Printer Encoder Service Manual Rev 2 8 4 25 FOR RESTRICTED USE only Fargo Electronics Inc Resolving the Printer not reading Encoded Magnetic Track Data Procedure o go p D Verify that the cards are loaded properly with the Magnetic Stripe facing down and towards the back of the Printer 2 Verify that the card is encoded with magnetic data by using a magnetic imager or developer solution Use Wo
434. uared area size Security Options Visual Security Solutions E Upper Left C Werk ark DTC550 Direct to Card Printer Encoder Service Manual Rev 2 8 6 83 FOR RESTRICTED USE only Fargo Electronics Inc Reviewing the Custom VeriMark and HoloMark Cards Description VeriMark Cards see below The custom VeriMark image is stamped on blank standard sized cards You can select one of eight positions A to H as shown in the Portrait and Landscape samples below Sample 1 VeriMark Card Landscape Orientation 4 positions below A Sample 2 VeriMark Card Portrait Orientation 4 positions below DTC550 Direct to Card Printer Encoder Service Manual Rev 2 8 6 84 FOR RESTRICTED USE only Fargo Electronics Inc Reviewing the Custom HoloMark Card Description Custom HoloMark Cards see below The custom HoloMark image is stamped on blank standard sized cards You can select one of eight positions A to H as shown in the Portrait and Landscape samples below Sample 1 HoloMark Card Landscape Orientation 4 positions below DTC550 Direct to Card Printer Encoder Service Manual Rev 2 8 6 85 FOR RESTRICTED USE only Fargo Electronics Inc Using the K Panel Resin tab Use this tab to adjust the Print All Black with K Panel options and the Defined Areas Use this tab to control where the resin black K panel of a full color Ribbon is printed e Resin black text is desirab
435. ue appropriate for the direction for the magnetic data to move e As arule a shift of 27 equals about 0625 1 16 or 1 6mm Note Keep this in mind when adjusting this option to avoid over adjusting e fthe negative value is set too high for example the Printer may start encoding before the card s Magnetic Stripe reaches the encoding head Repeat steps 1 to 5 until the Magnetic TOF is correct Press DONE to save the value Press YES when asked to save the change 293 744mm NUA 000000 PA ADLONIANT NYO An a Magnetic Track Data Trailing Edge Leading Edge of Card of Card E 2 DTC550 Direct to Card Printer Encoder Service Manual Rev 2 8 12 24 FOR RESTRICTED USE only Fargo Electronics Inc Disabling the Mag Verify process on the DTC550 Printer The LCD tree shows a method to disable verification of the magnetic encoding on all encoded cards See Selecting from the Menu Option Structure Tree A Caution This setting should not be used under normal circumstances since this setting will discontinue any indication of success or failure for the Magnetic Encoding Contact Fargo Technical Support to use this control Adjusting the White Level Use this option to reduce any noticeable image transfer in the white areas of the card image CoC Ea Select MENU Setup Printer Print Settings and White Level Press the UP arrow to increase this setting which will reduce the background darknes
436. ully open position c Use the Torx head Screwdriver to remove the two 2 screws F000172 located near the hinges d Release the plastic tabs in the four corners of the Cover Lift the Cover off of the Printer a Remove Main Board See Replacing the Main Board A000116 01 Single sided A0001 16 02 Dual sided Remove the screws from either side of Static Brush D855088 from the Rear Sideplate D855052 TS gt There are two Static Brushes Replace the Static Brush D855088 Reverse this procedure to re assemble Continued on the next page DTC550 Direct to Card Printer Encoder Service Manual Rev 2 8 8 155 FOR RESTRICTED USE only Fargo Electronics Inc Replacing the Static Brush near the Platen Roller D855088 continued See the procedure on the previous page Card Path Roller D855046 Pinch Roller D840830 Static Brush D855088 Platen Roller D855047 Cleaning Driven Roller D850308 Ribbon Intermediate Roller Headlift Cam 840318 760252 Card Stack Idler Cam Sensor D850272 Flipper Table Assy Shaft 850166 D850271 D855089 Card Feed Input Cross Member 1x1 D850415 840239 Compression Spring F000394 Spring Plate Assembly D855058 DTC550 Direct to Card Printer Encoder Service Manual Rev 2 8 8 156 FOR RESTRICTED USE only Fargo Electronics Inc Replacing the Static Brush Assembly near the Input Sensor D8
437. us generating a darker print Note This slide only affects those images printed with Dye Sublimation Ribbon panels YMC amp DTC550 Card Printer Printing Preferences Lamia ant Area K Panel Resin Printer Supplies Card ao Color Calibrate Magnetic Encoding SO Full Color 2 Resin Black Overlay Color Matching ha Resin Dither zl Ribbon Type fi Dye Sub Intensity MMC Resin Heat Front Oo 4 Ean ca ee os DTC550 Direct to Card Printer Encoder Service Manual Rev 2 8 6 27 FOR RESTRICTED USE only Fargo Electronics Inc Using the Image Color tab continued Step Procedure Control the amount of heat the Printer uses a when printing with the resin black panel of a full color Ribbon or b when printing with a resin only Ribbon by adjusting the Resin Heat slide See the Printer Components Print Ribbons description Move the slide to the left to cause less heat to be used in the printing process causing resin images to be lighter or less saturated OR Move the slide to the right to cause more heat to be used causing resin images to be darker or more saturated Note This control can be helpful for fine tuning the sharpness of resin text and bar codes See Resolving the excessive Resin Printing problems amp DTC550 Card Printer Printing Preferences Lamination Overlay EN Resin Printer Supplies Card Device Options I Image Caler Color Calibrate Magnetic Encoding poese
438. ust the Image Placement Note The gray boxes are composed from a composite of YMC color panels DTC550 Direct to Card Printer Encoder Service Manual Rev 2 8 4 54 FOR RESTRICTED USE only Fargo Electronics Inc Reviewing the Color Resin YMCK Self Test sofe S 1 Use this card to determine Image Placement and confirm that a the image colors are properly reproduced and b the Resin Panel is printing properly Note The Image consists of twelve spot colors YMC and RGB as well as gray density bars and thin resin lines Reviewing the Color Bars YMC Self Test Step Procedure Use this card to confirm that image colors are properly reproduced Image consists of sixteen graduated steps of RGB and YMCK Note This print will provide maximum image size giving complete card coverage on a CR 80 sized card DTC550 Direct to Card Printer Encoder Service Manual Rev 2 8 4 55 FOR RESTRICTED USE only Fargo Electronics Inc Reviewing the Printer Settings Self Test Procedure Use this card to view Printer settings and counts for Card Count CC Pass Count PC Card Cleaning Count TC and others The Card Count is the total number of cards the Printer has produced Pass Count is the total number of print passes made by the Printhead Note A pass is measured each time a single Ribbon panel is printed or passes beneath the Printhead Image Darkness 0 0 Resin Heat Adj 0 0 Print Top
439. utomatically print on both the front and backside of a card Step Procedure Select this option in conjunction with any application program that supports a multiple page document duplex printing Note The program must be able to send down two or more separate pages to be printed within the same document amp DTC550 Card Printer Printing Preferences Lamination Overlay Print Area K Panel Resin Printer Supplies Card Device Options Image Color Calibrate Magnetic Encoding Ribbon Type YMOROR Full Color 2 Resin Black Overlay w Auto Ribbon Select Color Matching Algebraic 0 l Resin Dither Optimized for Graphics z V Print Both Sides F Disable Printing V Split 1 Set of Ribbon Panels MP t DTC550 Direct to Card Printer Encoder Service Manual Rev 2 8 6 19 FOR RESTRICTED USE only Fargo Electronics Inc Using the Split 1 Set of Ribbon Panels option Use this option to provide the most economical means of printing a dual sided card since a single set of Ribbon panels is essentially split to print both the front and backsides of a card Step Procedure Select this option to automatically print full color on the front of a card and resin black on the back of a card using either of the Full Color YMCKO or YMCKOK Print Ribbons e YMCKO Ribbon type usage The front of the card is printed with the Ribbon s YMC and O panels and the back is printed with the K panel YMCKOK Ribbon type usage The fr
440. uttons LED Light Card Output Hopper Softkey Buttons Card Input Hopper Card Supply Window Exception Card Slot DTC550 Direct to Card Printer Encoder Service Manual Rev 2 8 9 1 FOR RESTRICTED USE only Fargo Electronics Inc Cleaning the Printhead D855055 A Caution Perform this procedure during every Ribbon change or after every 1 000 prints to maintain consistent print quality Perform this procedure for streaks on the card where the color was not transferred correctly Procedure Open the Printer s Top Cover and Print Station Using a Printhead Cleaning Pen from the Printer Cleaning Kit firmly wipe back and forth across the surface of the Printhead Once the Printhead is completely dry close the Printer If a streak persists replace the Printhead Assembly D855055 Printhead C o D j o Pa amp s n M B WWE oll o DTC550 Direct to Card Printer Encoder Service Manual Rev 2 8 9 2 FOR RESTRICTED USE only Fargo Electronics Inc Replacing the Card Cleaning Roller gt Caution Replace the Card Cleaning Roller with every Ribbon change depending on the cleanliness of the card stock or the environment in which the Printer is located step Procedure 1 Open the Printer s Top Cover Pull the Cleaning Cartridge out of the Printer as shown below DTC550 Direct to Card Printer Encoder Service Manual Rev 2 8 9 3 F
441. ve the Retaining Ring 140062 that secures Pulley Gear D841202 to the Post Travel Gear D841173 or Spring Load Post D841176 Note This depends on which end the Pulley Gear D841202 is being removed from in the procedure c Slide the Pulley Gear D841202 from the Shaft 4 Replace the Pulley Gear D841202 5 Reverse this procedure to re assemble Continued on the next page DTC550 Direct to Card Printer Encoder Service Manual Rev 2 8 8 135 FOR RESTRICTED USE only Fargo Electronics Inc Replacing the Pulley Gear D841202 Hopper Transport continued See the procedure on the previous page Spring Load Lever D841175 Spring Load Bushin D841177 Spring Load Post D841176 X S j S i j ail Washer 130876 _ Screw Screw Post Travel Gear F000190 F000170 j D841173 Post Travel Idler Ribbon Motor Assy DN 174 Trav l Bracket D840980 Retaining Ring 140062 D841172 Pulley Gear i D841202 a As O Ring ae a ee F000063 i ot 2 S ELEA a Screw 130302 N v Washer F000132 Idler Film Drive Post D840867 Ribbon Idler Gear 760288 Washer 140040 Washer 130884 Pulley Gear Combo 760287 Retaining Ring 140061 DTC550 Direct to Card Printer Encoder Service Manual Rev 2 8 8 136 FOR RESTRICTED USE only Fargo Electronics Inc Replacing the Ribbon Idler Gear 760288 Hopper Transport Drive Train Refer to Drawing
442. ward the front of the Printer and tilt the back side out Continued on the next page DTC550 Direct to Card Printer Encoder Service Manual Rev 2 8 8 108 FOR RESTRICTED USE only Fargo Electronics Inc Replacing the Cleaning Driven Roller D850308 continued Step Procedure 4 Replace the Cleaning Driven Roller 0850308 Note the placement and orientation of the Roller Belts and Pulleys Note The Pulleys D850190 must be replaced whenever removed from the Printer Adjust Tensioner if necessary as noted above 5 Reverse this procedure to re assemble Card Path Roller D855046 Pinch Roller D840830 Static Brush D855088 Platen Roller D855047 Cleaning Driven Roller D850308 Ribbon Intermediate Roller Headlift Cam Input 840318 760252 aa Card Stack i Idler Cam Sensor D850272 Flipper Table Assy Shaft 850166 D85027 1 D855089 Card Feed Input Cross Member 1x1 D850415 840239 Compression Spring F000394 Spring Plate Assembly D855058 DTC550 Direct to Card Printer Encoder Service Manual Rev 2 8 8 109 FOR RESTRICTED USE only Replacing the Flipper Table Card Idler Roller D880153 Refer to Drawing D855050 and D855089 Tools Needed Torx T10 Screwdriver Parts Needed Card Idler Roller D880153 two 2 Card Idler Springs 810480 Estimated Repair Time 2 to 10 minutes Steps Procedure L
443. y Fargo Electronics Inc Printer Components Resin Only Print Ribbons Resin only Print Ribbons consist of a continuous roll of a single resin color No protective overlay panel O is provided since resin images do not require the protection of such an overlay Standard Resin Black K provides 3 000 prints Premium Resin Black K provides 3 000 prints KO 1500 image with RFID Colored Resin provides 1 000 prints Metallic Resin provides 1 000 prints This Ribbon provides high resin durability ideal for most general purpose monochrome ID card applications Resin black bar codes are readable by both infrared and visible light bar codes scanners This Ribbon provides maximum resin durability ideal for applications such as access control where cards are repeatedly swiped through a Magnetic Stripe reader Resin black bar codes are readable by both infrared and visible light bar codes scanners Note Using a Premium Resin Black Ribbon will provide better photo realistic output This Ribbon provides resin with Overlaminate KO Several colored resin Ribbons are available in a variety of colors for customizing or color coding resin only ID cards Metallic resin Ribbons are available for printing resin images with a unique metallic sheen DTC550 Direct to Card Printer Encoder Service Manual Rev 2 8 FOR RESTRICTED USE only Fargo Electronics Inc Printer Components Dye Sublimation Resin Print
444. y Setting Defaut Curent C a E e fa ie Pinttndcifom foie Pinttettfom ie pooo MeaTopelfom ie ide Feson Terse ide id Pintfipleel T Pintfipange oo o o pooo e fei Pennans p po DTC550 Direct to Card Printer Encoder Service Manual Rev 2 8 6 38 FOR RESTRICTED USE only Fargo Electronics Inc Using the Image Darkness Option Use this option to set the overall darkness of the printed image by increasing or decreasing the amount of heat used by the Printhead when printing Step Procedure Lighten the printed image by clicking the down arrow w to enter a negative value and decrease the amount of Printhead heat OR Darken the image by clicking the up arrow to enter a positive value and increase the amount of Printhead heat A Caution If the value is set too high the Ribbon may jam or even break Mike Berman Student 3957105 2439 55 Mike Berman Student 3957105 library Code 2439 554 f DTC550 Direct to Card Printer Encoder Service Manual Rev 2 8 6 39 FOR RESTRICTED USE only Fargo Electronics Inc Using the Print Top of Form Option Use this option to adjust the lengthwise or horizontal position of the printed image ona card so it appears centered Note When adjusting this value keep in mind that cards always remain in the same landscape orientation while moving through the Printer The diagram below represents how the printed image will move in relation to the fixed car

dtc550 service manual

Contents

Download Pdf Manuals

Related Search

Related Contents